[go: nahoru, domu]

US20130317368A1 - System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue - Google Patents

System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20130317368A1
US20130317368A1 US13/954,949 US201313954949A US2013317368A1 US 20130317368 A1 US20130317368 A1 US 20130317368A1 US 201313954949 A US201313954949 A US 201313954949A US 2013317368 A1 US2013317368 A1 US 2013317368A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
electromagnetic radiation
approximately
appliance
sensor
tissue
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/954,949
Inventor
Gary P. Warren
Matthew S. Alley
Scott J. Anchell
Javier A. Garriz
William J. Naramore
Garret T. Bonnema
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
IVWatch LLC
Original Assignee
IVWatch LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US13/792,051 external-priority patent/US20130237848A1/en
Priority claimed from US13/792,079 external-priority patent/US20130237858A1/en
Priority claimed from US13/794,776 external-priority patent/US20130237840A1/en
Priority claimed from US13/792,193 external-priority patent/US20130237832A1/en
Application filed by IVWatch LLC filed Critical IVWatch LLC
Priority to US13/954,949 priority Critical patent/US20130317368A1/en
Assigned to IVWATCH, LLC reassignment IVWATCH, LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ALLEY, MATTHEW S., ANCHELL, SCOTT J., BONNEMA, GARRET T., GARRIZ, JAVIER A., NARAMORE, WILLIAM J., WARREN, GARY P.
Publication of US20130317368A1 publication Critical patent/US20130317368A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/145Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue
    • A61B5/1455Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue using optical sensors, e.g. spectral photometrical oximeters
    • A61B5/14551Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue using optical sensors, e.g. spectral photometrical oximeters for measuring blood gases
    • A61B5/14552Details of sensors specially adapted therefor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/44Detecting, measuring or recording for evaluating the integumentary system, e.g. skin, hair or nails
    • A61B5/441Skin evaluation, e.g. for skin disorder diagnosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/0059Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons using light, e.g. diagnosis by transillumination, diascopy, fluorescence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/0059Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons using light, e.g. diagnosis by transillumination, diascopy, fluorescence
    • A61B5/0075Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons using light, e.g. diagnosis by transillumination, diascopy, fluorescence by spectroscopy, i.e. measuring spectra, e.g. Raman spectroscopy, infrared absorption spectroscopy
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/0059Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons using light, e.g. diagnosis by transillumination, diascopy, fluorescence
    • A61B5/0082Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons using light, e.g. diagnosis by transillumination, diascopy, fluorescence adapted for particular medical purposes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/02Detecting, measuring or recording pulse, heart rate, blood pressure or blood flow; Combined pulse/heart-rate/blood pressure determination; Evaluating a cardiovascular condition not otherwise provided for, e.g. using combinations of techniques provided for in this group with electrocardiography or electroauscultation; Heart catheters for measuring blood pressure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/02Detecting, measuring or recording pulse, heart rate, blood pressure or blood flow; Combined pulse/heart-rate/blood pressure determination; Evaluating a cardiovascular condition not otherwise provided for, e.g. using combinations of techniques provided for in this group with electrocardiography or electroauscultation; Heart catheters for measuring blood pressure
    • A61B5/02007Evaluating blood vessel condition, e.g. elasticity, compliance
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/02Detecting, measuring or recording pulse, heart rate, blood pressure or blood flow; Combined pulse/heart-rate/blood pressure determination; Evaluating a cardiovascular condition not otherwise provided for, e.g. using combinations of techniques provided for in this group with electrocardiography or electroauscultation; Heart catheters for measuring blood pressure
    • A61B5/021Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessels
    • A61B5/02141Details of apparatus construction, e.g. pump units or housings therefor, cuff pressurising systems, arrangements of fluid conduits or circuits
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/02Detecting, measuring or recording pulse, heart rate, blood pressure or blood flow; Combined pulse/heart-rate/blood pressure determination; Evaluating a cardiovascular condition not otherwise provided for, e.g. using combinations of techniques provided for in this group with electrocardiography or electroauscultation; Heart catheters for measuring blood pressure
    • A61B5/026Measuring blood flow
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/02Detecting, measuring or recording pulse, heart rate, blood pressure or blood flow; Combined pulse/heart-rate/blood pressure determination; Evaluating a cardiovascular condition not otherwise provided for, e.g. using combinations of techniques provided for in this group with electrocardiography or electroauscultation; Heart catheters for measuring blood pressure
    • A61B5/026Measuring blood flow
    • A61B5/0261Measuring blood flow using optical means, e.g. infrared light
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/05Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnosis by means of electric currents or magnetic fields; Measuring using microwaves or radio waves 
    • A61B5/0507Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnosis by means of electric currents or magnetic fields; Measuring using microwaves or radio waves  using microwaves or terahertz waves
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/145Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue
    • A61B5/14546Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue for measuring analytes not otherwise provided for, e.g. ions, cytochromes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/68Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/68Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient
    • A61B5/6801Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be attached to or worn on the body surface
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/68Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient
    • A61B5/6801Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be attached to or worn on the body surface
    • A61B5/683Means for maintaining contact with the body
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/68Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient
    • A61B5/6801Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be attached to or worn on the body surface
    • A61B5/683Means for maintaining contact with the body
    • A61B5/6832Means for maintaining contact with the body using adhesives
    • A61B5/68335Means for maintaining contact with the body using adhesives including release sheets or liners
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/02Adhesive bandages or dressings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/02Adhesive bandages or dressings
    • A61F13/0276Apparatus or processes for manufacturing adhesive dressings or bandages
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/168Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/168Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
    • A61M5/16804Flow controllers
    • A61M5/16813Flow controllers by controlling the degree of opening of the flow line
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/168Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
    • A61M5/16831Monitoring, detecting, signalling or eliminating infusion flow anomalies
    • A61M5/16836Monitoring, detecting, signalling or eliminating infusion flow anomalies by sensing tissue properties at the infusion site, e.g. for detecting infiltration
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B2562/00Details of sensors; Constructional details of sensor housings or probes; Accessories for sensors
    • A61B2562/02Details of sensors specially adapted for in-vivo measurements
    • A61B2562/0233Special features of optical sensors or probes classified in A61B5/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B2562/00Details of sensors; Constructional details of sensor housings or probes; Accessories for sensors
    • A61B2562/02Details of sensors specially adapted for in-vivo measurements
    • A61B2562/0271Thermal or temperature sensors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B2562/00Details of sensors; Constructional details of sensor housings or probes; Accessories for sensors
    • A61B2562/12Manufacturing methods specially adapted for producing sensors for in-vivo measurements
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B2562/00Details of sensors; Constructional details of sensor housings or probes; Accessories for sensors
    • A61B2562/18Shielding or protection of sensors from environmental influences, e.g. protection from mechanical damage
    • A61B2562/187Strain relief means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B2562/00Details of sensors; Constructional details of sensor housings or probes; Accessories for sensors
    • A61B2562/24Hygienic packaging for medical sensors; Maintaining apparatus for sensor hygiene
    • A61B2562/247Hygienic covers, i.e. for covering the sensor or apparatus during use
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/01Measuring temperature of body parts ; Diagnostic temperature sensing, e.g. for malignant or inflamed tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/158Needles for infusions; Accessories therefor, e.g. for inserting infusion needles, or for holding them on the body
    • A61M2005/1588Needles for infusions; Accessories therefor, e.g. for inserting infusion needles, or for holding them on the body having means for monitoring, controlling or visual inspection, e.g. for patency check, avoiding extravasation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/168Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
    • A61M5/172Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body electrical or electronic
    • A61M5/1723Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body electrical or electronic using feedback of body parameters, e.g. blood-sugar, pressure
    • A61M2005/1726Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body electrical or electronic using feedback of body parameters, e.g. blood-sugar, pressure the body parameters being measured at, or proximate to, the infusion site
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2205/00General characteristics of the apparatus
    • A61M2205/33Controlling, regulating or measuring
    • A61M2205/3306Optical measuring means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2230/00Measuring parameters of the user
    • A61M2230/65Impedance, e.g. conductivity, capacity

Definitions

  • FIGS. 33A and 33B show a typical arrangement for intravascular infusion.
  • intravascular preferably refers to being situated in, occurring in, or being administered by entry into a blood vessel
  • intravascular infusion preferably refers to introducing a fluid or infusate into a subcutaneous blood vessel V.
  • Intravascular infusion accordingly encompasses both intravenous infusion (administering a fluid into a vein) and intra-arterial infusion (administering a fluid into an artery).
  • a cannula 20 typically is used for administering fluid via the blood vessel V.
  • cannula 20 is inserted through skin S at a cannulation site N and punctures the blood vessel V, for example, the cephalic vein, basilica vein, median cubital vein, or any suitable vein for an intravenous infusion.
  • any suitable artery may be used for an intra-arterial infusion.
  • Cannula 20 typically is in fluid communication with a fluid source 22 .
  • cannula 20 includes an extracorporeal connector 20 a , a hub 20 b , and a transcutaneous sleeve 20 c .
  • An extension tube may couple the extracorporeal connector 20 a and the hub 20 b , as shown in FIG. 33A , or the hub 20 b may incorporate the extracorporeal connector 20 a .
  • Fluid source 22 typically includes one or more sterile containers that hold the fluid(s) to be administered. Examples of typical sterile containers include plastic bags, glass bottles or plastic bottles.
  • An administration set 30 typically provides a sterile conduit for fluid to flow from fluid source 22 to cannula 20 .
  • administration set 30 includes tubing 32 , a drip chamber 34 , a flow control device 36 , and a cannula connector 38 .
  • Tubing 32 typically is made of polypropylene, nylon, or another flexible, strong and inert material.
  • Drip chamber 34 typically permits the fluid to flow one drop at a time for reducing air bubbles in the flow.
  • Tubing 32 and drip chamber 34 typically are transparent or translucent to provide a visual indication of the flow.
  • flow control device 36 controls fluid flow in tubing 32 and is positioned upstream from drip chamber 34 . Roller clamps and Dial-A-Flo®, manufactured by Hospira, Inc.
  • cannula connector 38 and extracorporeal connector 20 a provide a leak-proof coupling through which the fluid may flow.
  • Luer-LokTM manufactured by Becton, Dickinson and Company (Franklin Lakes, N.J., US), is an example of a typical leak-proof coupling.
  • Administration set 30 may also include at least one of a clamp 40 , an injection port 42 , a filter 44 , or other devices.
  • clamp 40 pinches tubing 32 to cut-off fluid flow.
  • Injection port 42 typically provides an access port for administering medicine or another fluid via cannula 20 .
  • Filter 44 typically purifies and/or treats the fluid flowing through administration set 30 .
  • filter 44 may strain contaminants from the fluid.
  • An infusion pump 50 may be coupled with administration set 30 for controlling the quantity or the rate of fluid flow to cannula 20 .
  • the Alaris® System manufactured by CareFusion Corporation (San Diego, Calif., US), BodyGuard® Infusion Pumps manufactured by CMA America, L.L.C. (Golden, Colo., US), and Flo-Gard® Volumetric Infusion Pumps manufactured by Baxter International Inc. (Deerfield, Ill., US) are examples of typical infusion pumps.
  • Intravenous infusion or therapy typically uses a fluid (e.g., infusate, whole blood, or blood product) to correct an electrolyte imbalance, to deliver a medication, or to elevate a fluid level.
  • Typical infusates predominately consist of sterile water with electrolytes (e.g., sodium, potassium, or chloride), calories (e.g., dextrose or total parenteral nutrition), or medications (e.g., anti-infectives, anticonvulsants, antihyperuricemic agents, cardiovascular agents, central nervous system agents, chemotherapy drugs, coagulation modifiers, gastrointestinal agents, or respiratory agents).
  • electrolytes e.g., sodium, potassium, or chloride
  • calories e.g., dextrose or total parenteral nutrition
  • medications e.g., anti-infectives, anticonvulsants, antihyperuricemic agents, cardiovascular agents, central nervous system agents, chemotherapy drugs, coagulation modifiers, gastrointestinal agents, or respiratory agents.
  • Examples of medications that are typically administered during intravenous therapy include acyclovir, allopurinol, amikacin, aminophylline, amiodarone, amphotericin B, ampicillin, carboplatin, cefazolin, cefotaxime, cefuroxime, ciprofloxacin, cisplatin, clindamycin, cyclophosphamide, diazepam, docetaxel, dopamine, doxorubicin, doxycycline, erythromycin, etoposide, fentanyl, fluorouracil, furosemide, ganciclovir, gemcitabine, gentamicin, heparin, imipenem, irinotecan, lorazepam, magnesium sulfate, meropenem, methotrexate, methylprednisolone, midazolam, morphine, nafcillin, ondansetron, paclitaxel
  • Unintended infusing typically occurs when fluid from cannula 20 escapes from its intended vein/artery.
  • unintended infusing causes an abnormal amount of the fluid to diffuse or accumulate in perivascular tissue P and may occur, for example, when (i) cannula 20 causes a vein/artery to rupture; (ii) cannula 20 improperly punctures the vein/artery; (iii) cannula 20 backs out of the vein/artery; (iv) cannula 20 is improperly sized; (v) infusion pump 50 administers fluid at an excessive flow rate; or (vi) the infusate increases permeability of the vein/artery.
  • tissue preferably refers to an association of cells, intercellular material and/or interstitial compartments
  • perivascular tissue preferably refers to cells, intercellular material, interstitial fluid and/or interstitial compartments that are in the general vicinity of a blood vessel and may become unintentionally infused with fluid from cannula 20 .
  • unintended infusing of a non-vesicant fluid is typically referred to as “infiltration,” whereas unintended infusing of a vesicant fluid is typically referred to as “extravasation.”
  • the symptoms of infiltration or extravasation typically include edema, pain or numbness in the vicinity of the cannulation site N; blanching, discoloration, inflammation or coolness of the skin S in the vicinity of the cannulation site N; breakdown, tautness or stretching of the skin S; or drainage from the cannulation site N.
  • the consequences of infiltration or extravasation typically include skin reactions (e.g., blisters), nerve compression, compartment syndrome, or necrosis.
  • Typical treatments for infiltration or extravasation include (i) applying warm or cold compresses; (ii) elevating the affected limb; (iii) administering hyaluronidase, phentolamine, sodium thiosulfate or dexrazoxane; (iv) fasciotomy; or (v) amputation.
  • Embodiments according to the present invention include a system to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue.
  • the system includes a sensor, a dressing configured to couple the sensor to an epidermis of the Animalia tissue, a device, and a cable that couples the sensor and the device.
  • the sensor includes a housing having a surface configured to confront the epidermis and first and second waveguides partially disposed in the housing.
  • the first waveguide is configured to transmit first and second signals that enter the Animalia tissue through the epidermis.
  • the first signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers
  • the second signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers.
  • the second waveguide is configured to transmit third and fourth signals that exit the Animalia tissue through the epidermis.
  • the third signal includes a portion of the first signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue
  • the fourth signal includes a portion of the second signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue.
  • the device is configured to evaluate the third and fourth signals, and includes an optics bench, a processor coupled to the optics bench, and an indicator coupled to the processor.
  • the optics bench includes a first light emitting diode, a second light emitting diode and a photodiode.
  • the first light emitting diode is configured to emit the first signal transmitted by the first waveguide
  • the second light emitting diode is configured to emit the second signal transmitted by the first waveguide
  • the photodiode is configured to detect the third and fourth signals transmitted by the second waveguide.
  • the processor is configured to (i) compute normalized values of the third and fourth signals, (ii) compare the normalized value of the third signal with a threshold value, and (iii) compare the normalized values of the third and fourth signals.
  • the indicator is configured to output a notice when (i) the normalized value of the third signal is less than the threshold value and (ii) the normalized value of the fourth signal is greater than the normalized value of the third signal.
  • the cable includes portions of the first and second waveguides.
  • inventions include a system to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue.
  • the system includes a sensor, a dressing configured to couple the sensor to an epidermis of the Animalia tissue, a device, and a cable that couples the sensor and the device.
  • the sensor includes a housing having a surface configured to confront the epidermis and first and second waveguides partially disposed in the housing.
  • the first waveguide is configured to transmit first and second signals that enter the Animalia tissue through the epidermis.
  • the first signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers
  • the second signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers.
  • the second waveguide is configured to transmit third and fourth signals that exit the Animalia tissue through the epidermis.
  • the third signal includes a portion of the first signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue
  • the fourth signal includes a portion of the second signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue.
  • the device is configured to evaluate the third and fourth signals, and includes an optics bench, a processor coupled to the optics bench, and an indicator coupled to the processor.
  • the optics bench includes a first light emitting diode, a second light emitting diode and a photodiode.
  • the first light emitting diode is configured to emit the first signal transmitted by the first waveguide
  • the second light emitting diode is configured to emit the second signal transmitted by the first waveguide
  • the photodiode is configured to detect the third and fourth signals transmitted by the second waveguide.
  • the processor is configured to (i) activate and deactivate the first and second light emitting diodes during each of a plurality of cycles, (ii) sample the third and fourth signals during each of the plurality of cycles, (iii) compute normalized values of individual third and fourth signal samples for each of the plurality of cycles, (iv) fit an equation to ordered pairs of the normalized values for each cycle in a first collection of the plurality of cycles, and (v) compare the equation to ordered pairs of the normalized values for each cycle in a second collection of the plurality of cycles.
  • the indicator is configured to output a notice when (i) the ordered pairs of the second collection number more than a first threshold value, (ii) the ordered pairs of the second collection are perpendicularly spaced a displacement from the equation, (iii) the displacement corresponds to a change in the normalized values of the third signal samples that is greater than a second threshold value, and (iv) the displacement corresponds to a change in the normalized values of the fourth signal samples that is less than the change in the normalized values of the third signal samples.
  • the cable includes portions of the first and second waveguides.
  • inventions include a system to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue.
  • the system includes a sensor, a dressing configured to couple the sensor to an epidermis of the Animalia tissue, a device, and a cable that couples the sensor and the device.
  • the sensor includes a housing having a surface configured to confront the epidermis and first and second waveguides partially disposed in the housing.
  • the first waveguide is configured to transmit first and second signals that enter the Animalia tissue through the epidermis.
  • the first signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers
  • the second signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers.
  • the second waveguide is configured to transmit third and fourth signals that exit the Animalia tissue through the epidermis.
  • the third signal includes a portion of the first signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue
  • the fourth signal includes a portion of the second signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue.
  • the device is configured to evaluate the third and fourth signals, and includes an optics bench, a processor coupled to the optics bench, and an indicator coupled to the processor.
  • the optics bench includes a first light emitting diode, a second light emitting diode and a photodiode.
  • the first light emitting diode is configured to emit the first signal transmitted by the first waveguide
  • the second light emitting diode is configured to emit the second signal transmitted by the first waveguide
  • the photodiode is configured to detect the third and fourth signals transmitted by the second waveguide.
  • the processor is configured to (i) compute normalized values of the third and fourth signals, (ii) compute a predicted signal based on the normalized values of the fourth signal, and (iii) compare the predicted signal and the normalized values of the third signal.
  • the indicator is configured to output a notice when (i) the predicted signal is less than a first threshold value and (ii) the predicted signal and the normalized values of the third signal diverge less than a second threshold value.
  • the cable includes portions of the first and second waveguides.
  • inventions include a system to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue.
  • the system includes a sensor configured to emit first and second signals entering the Animalia tissue and to detect third and fourth signals exiting the Animalia tissue, and a device coupled to the sensor and configured to output a notice based on the third and fourth signals.
  • the first signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers
  • the second signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 560 nanometers and approximately 660 nanometers.
  • the third signal includes a portion of the first signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue
  • the fourth signal includes a portion of the second signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue.
  • the third signal is configured to detect infusate accumulation over time in the Animalia tissue
  • the fourth signal is configured to detect tissue blood volume changes in the Animalia tissue.
  • inventions include a system including a sensor and a device coupled to the sensor.
  • the sensor is configured to detect infusate accumulation in Animalia tissue and to detect tissue blood volume change in the Animalia tissue.
  • the device is configured to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue based on evaluating infusate accumulation detected by the sensor and on evaluating tissue blood volume change detected by the sensor.
  • inventions include a system including a sensor and a device coupled to the sensor.
  • the sensor is configured to detect in Animalia tissue (i) a first electromagnetic radiation extinction that is dominated by absorption of a first wavelength and (ii) a second electromagnetic radiation extinction that is dominated by scattering of a second wavelength.
  • the device is configured to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue based on evaluating the first and second electromagnetic radiation extinctions detected by the sensor.
  • inventions include a method to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue.
  • the method includes detecting infusate accumulation in the Animalia tissue, detecting tissue blood volume change in the Animalia tissue, evaluating whether infusate is accumulating in the Animalia tissue, and evaluating whether tissue blood volume is changing in the Animalia tissue.
  • inventions include a method to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue.
  • the method includes (i) detecting extinction of a first electromagnetic radiation signal in the Animalia tissue, the extinction is dominated by scattering of the first electromagnetic radiation signal, (ii) detecting extinction of a second electromagnetic radiation signal in the Animalia tissue, the extinction is dominated by absorption of the second electromagnetic radiation signal; and (iii) evaluating the extinctions of the first and second electromagnetic radiation signals in the Animalia tissue.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a system according to the present disclosure for aiding in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue.
  • FIG. 2A is a plan view illustrating an embodiment of an epidermal appliance according to the present disclosure. Portions of a fitting and a frame are shown in dashed line.
  • FIG. 2B is a bottom view of the appliance shown in FIG. 2A .
  • FIG. 2C is a cross-section view taken along line IIC-IIC in FIG. 2A .
  • FIG. 3A is a partial cross-section view illustrating a second arrangement of the appliance shown in FIG. 2A releasing an electromagnetic radiation sensor.
  • FIG. 3B is a partial cross-section view illustrating a first arrangement of the appliance shown in FIG. 2A retaining an electromagnetic radiation sensor.
  • FIG. 4 is a partially exploded perspective view illustrating a dressing assembly including an embodiment of an appliance according to the present disclosure, an electromagnetic radiation sensor, a cannula, and a barrier film.
  • FIG. 5 is an exploded view of the dressing assembly shown in FIG. 4 .
  • FIG. 6A is a cross-section view illustrating a first arrangement of the appliance shown in FIG. 4 retaining an electromagnetic radiation sensor.
  • FIG. 6B is a cross-section view illustrating a second arrangement of the appliance shown in FIG. 4 releasing an electromagnetic radiation sensor.
  • FIG. 7 is a partially exploded perspective view illustrating a dressing assembly including an embodiment of an appliance according to the present disclosure, an electromagnetic radiation sensor, a cannula, and a barrier film.
  • FIG. 8 is an exploded view of the dressing assembly shown in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic view illustrating an embodiment according to the present disclosure of a dressing assembly including an appliance integrated with a barrier film. A cannula is also shown in broken line.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded schematic partial cross-section view taken along line X-X in FIG. 9 .
  • An electromagnetic radiation sensor and a portion of a sensor cable are also shown.
  • Certain features of Animalia tissue are also shown.
  • FIGS. 11A-11D illustrate a fitting of the dressing assembly shown in FIG. 9 .
  • FIG. 11A is a plan view
  • FIG. 11B is a cross-section view taken along line XIB-XIB in FIG. 11A
  • FIG. 11 C is an enlarged view illustrating detail XIC in FIG. 11B
  • FIG. 11D is an enlarged view illustrating detail XID in FIG. 11B .
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic view illustrating an embodiment according to the present disclosure of a dressing assembly including an appliance integrated with a barrier film. An electromagnetic radiation sensor, a portion of a sensor cable, a cannula and a portion of an administration set are also shown.
  • FIGS. 13A-13D are schematic views illustrating details of the dressing shown in FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 13A is a cross-section view taken along line XIIIA-XIIIA in FIG. 12 with the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in dash-dot line
  • FIG. 13B is a detail view showing features of the electromagnetic radiation sensor in FIG. 13A
  • FIG. 13C is a cross-section view taken along line XIIIC-XIIIC in FIG. 12
  • FIG. 13D is a cross-section view taken along line XIIID-XIIID in FIG. 12 .
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B are schematic views illustrating an embodiment according to the present disclosure of a set of alternate dressing assemblies. Each assembly includes an appliance integrated with a barrier film. A cannula and a portion of an administration set are also shown.
  • FIGS. 15A-15D illustrate an embodiment according to the present disclosure of a dressing assembly including an appliance integrated with a barrier film.
  • FIG. 15A is a plan view showing the dressing assembly including a frame
  • FIG. 15B is a plan view showing the barrier film of FIG. 15A with a framework
  • FIG. 15C is a plan view of the frame in FIG. 15A including a lead management system
  • FIG. 15D is a plan view showing an implementation of the dressing assembly including the frame and the lead management system.
  • An electromagnetic radiation sensor, a portion of a sensor cable, a cannula and a portion of an administration set are also shown in FIG. 15D .
  • FIGS. 16A-16D illustrate embodiments according to the present disclosure of dressing assemblies including an appliance integrated with a barrier film.
  • FIG. 16A is a plan view illustrating a dressing assembly including the appliance integrally molded with a frame
  • FIG. 16B is a cross-section view taken along line XVIB-XVIB in FIG. 16A
  • FIG. 16C is a plan view illustrating a dressing assembly including the appliance over-molded with a frame
  • FIG. 16D is a cross-section view taken along line XVID-XVID in FIG. 16C .
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic view illustrating an electromagnetic radiation sensor according to the present disclosure.
  • the electromagnetic radiation sensor is shown contiguously engaging Animalia skin.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C are schematic cross-section views explaining how an anatomical change over time in perivascular tissue impacts the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17 .
  • FIGS. 18D-18F are schematic cross-section views explaining how a tissue volume blood change impacts the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17 .
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic plan view illustrating a superficies geometry of the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17 .
  • FIGS. 20A-20C are schematic cross-section views explaining the impact of different nominal spacing distances between emission and detection waveguides of the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17 .
  • FIG. 21 is a graph illustrating a relationship between spacing, depth and wavelength for the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17 .
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic cross-section view illustrating an angular relationship between waveguides of the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17 .
  • FIG. 23A is a schematic cross-section view illustrating another angular relationship between waveguides of an electromagnetic radiation sensor according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 23B illustrates a technique for representing the interplay between emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation of the waveguides shown in FIG. 23A .
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic cross-section view illustrating an electromagnetic radiation sensor according to the present disclosure.
  • the electromagnetic radiation sensor is shown contiguously engaging Animalia skin.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic cross-section view explaining separation between the Animalia skin and the electromagnetic energy sensor shown in FIG. 24 .
  • FIGS. 26A and 26B are schematic cross-section views illustrating alternative details of area XXVI shown in FIG. 25 .
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic cross-section view illustrating an electromagnetic radiation sensor according to the present disclosure.
  • the electromagnetic radiation sensor is shown separated from Animalia skin.
  • FIGS. 28A-28C are perspective views illustrating a patient monitoring device according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram illustrating one embodiment of an operating device of the patient monitoring device shown in FIGS. 28A-28C .
  • FIGS. 30A and 30B are time lines schematically illustrating embodiments of strategies for controlling the optics bench shown in FIG. 29 .
  • FIGS. 31A and 31B are plots schematically illustrating a relationship between the electromagnetic radiation collected by the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the plots illustrate the normalized optical signals of the infrared radiation versus the visible light when an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated ( FIG. 31A ) and indicated ( FIG. 31B ).
  • FIGS. 32A and 32B are graphs schematically illustrating normalized signals of the infrared radiation and visible light collected over time by the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17 .
  • a predicted signal based on the normalized signals illustrates when an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated ( FIG. 32A ) and indicated ( FIG. 32B ).
  • FIG. 33A is a schematic view illustrating a typical set-up for infusion administration.
  • FIG. 33B is a schematic view illustrating a subcutaneous detail of the set-up shown in FIG. 33A .
  • FIGS. 34A-34C are schematic views illustrating level, dependency and elevation relative to a patient's heart of the cannulation site shown in FIG. 33A .
  • FIG. 35A is a graph of extinction coefficients for deoxyhemoglobin, oxyhemoglobin and water at electromagnetic radiation wavelengths between 400 nanometers and 1000 nanometers.
  • FIG. 35B is a schematic view illustrating materials in the propagation path of typical pulse oximetry systems. The relative proportions of the materials are not to scale.
  • references in this specification to “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment according to the disclosure.
  • the appearances of the phrases “one embodiment” or “other embodiments” in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments.
  • various features are described that may be exhibited by some embodiments and not by others.
  • various features are described that may be included in some embodiments but not other embodiments.
  • FIG. 1 shows a system 100 to preferably aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue.
  • system 100 includes a dressing 1000 , an electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 , a sensor cable 5000 , and a patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • Dressing 1000 preferably includes an epidermal appliance coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with the skin S.
  • dressing 1000 locates electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to overlie a target area of the skin S.
  • target area preferably refers to a portion of a patient's skin that is generally proximal to where an infusate is being administered and frequently proximal to the cannulation site N.
  • the target area overlies the perivascular tissue P.
  • dressing 1000 preferably uses adhesion to couple electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to an epidermis E of the skin S.
  • any suitable coupling may be used that preferably minimizes relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the skin S.
  • dressing 1000 and the skin S have generally similar viscoelastic characteristics such that both respond in a generally similar manner to stress and strain.
  • Dressing 1000 preferably includes different arrangements that permit electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to be coupled, decoupled and recoupled, e.g., facilitating multiple independent uses with one or a plurality of dressings 1000 .
  • “arrangement” preferably refers to a relative configuration, formation, layout or disposition of dressing 1000 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • dressing 1000 includes a first arrangement that retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S for monitoring infiltration or extravasation during an infusion with cannula 20 .
  • a second arrangement of dressing 1000 preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be decoupled from a singular dressing 1000 in the second arrangement, e.g., during patient testing or relocation, and subsequently recoupled in the first arrangement of the singular dressing 1000 such that a relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the skin S is generally repeatable. Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may also be coupled to a first dressing 1000 in the first arrangement, decoupled from the first dressing 1000 in the second arrangement, and subsequently coupled to a second dressing 1000 in the first arrangement.
  • An appliance 1100 includes (i) a fitting 1110 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 , which senses if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c ; (ii) a frame 1120 for distributing to the skin S forces acting on appliance 1100 ; and (iii) a body 1130 for covering fitting 1110 and frame 1120 with a soft haptic surface.
  • Appliance 1100 preferably couples electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with the skin S proximate the cannulation site N.
  • appliance 1100 positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to skin S within approximately 10 centimeters of the cannulation site N and preferably in a range of approximately one centimeter to approximately five centimeters away from the cannulation site N. According to other embodiments, appliance 1100 positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to skin S so as to generally overlie an infusate outlet of transcutaneous sleeve 20 c.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be coupled to the skin S separately from typical contamination barriers.
  • An example of a contamination barrier 1260 is shown in FIG. 4 .
  • Typical contamination barriers may (i) protect the cannulation site N; and (ii) allow the epidermis E to be observed around the cannulation site N.
  • appliance 1100 and a contamination barrier are coupled to the epidermis E separately, e.g., at different times or in different steps of a multiple step process.
  • a contamination barrier that overlies the cannulation site N may also overlie portions of the cannula 20 and/or appliance 1100 .
  • a contamination barrier may overlie the cannulation site N and be spaced from appliance 1100 .
  • Fitting 1110 preferably provides two arrangements with respect to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • a first arrangement of fitting 1110 preferably retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to appliance 1100 for monitoring infiltration or extravasation during an infusion with cannula 20 .
  • a second arrangement of fitting 1110 preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement. Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be decoupled from appliance 1100 in the second arrangement of fitting 1110 , e.g., during patient testing or relocation, and subsequently recoupled in the first arrangement of fitting 1110 such that a positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 , the skin S and the perivascular tissue P is generally repeatable.
  • Relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and appliance 1100 preferably is limited between the first and second arrangements.
  • fitting 1110 includes a chute 1112 that extends along an axis A between a first end 1114 and a second end 1116 .
  • chute 1112 preferably is centered about axis A, which preferably is obliquely oriented relative to the epidermis E.
  • Chute 1112 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably are cooperatively sized and shaped so that (i) electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 can be inserted in first end 1114 in only one relative orientation; and (ii) relative movement between the first and second arrangements is constrained to substantially only translation along axis A.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably does not rub the epidermis E during translation along axis A. Accordingly, forces that may tend to distort the skin S preferably are prevented or at least minimized while moving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1110 . It is believed that reducing distortion of the skin S reduces distortion of subcutaneous tissue including the perivascular tissue P and the blood vessel V, and therefore also reduces the likelihood of displacing cannula 20 while moving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1110 .
  • Appliance 1100 preferably includes a latch 1118 for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1110 .
  • latch 1118 is resiliently biased into engagement with a cooperating feature on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement.
  • latch 1118 preferably includes a cantilever 1118 a that has a recess or aperture 1118 b for cooperatively receiving a projection 3106 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement.
  • latch 1118 may be manipulated to alter the nominal form of cantilever 1118 a for releasing projection 3106 from recess or aperture 1118 a so that electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be withdrawn from chute 1112 though first end 1114 .
  • latch 1118 provides a positive indication, e.g., a tactile or audible notification, that electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is in at least one of the first and second arrangements.
  • latch 1118 may include snaps, a cap, or another suitable device that, in the first arrangement, retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in fitting 1110 and, in the second arrangement, releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from fitting 1110 , e.g., allowing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to separate from appliance 1100 .
  • Fitting 1110 preferably permits multiple uses of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • the first and second arrangements of fitting 1110 preferably permit electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to be decoupled and recoupled with appliance 1100 , or decoupled from a first patient's appliance 1100 and coupled to a second patient's appliance 1100 .
  • fitting 1110 preferably permits reusing electromagnetic radiation sensor 11000 with a plurality of appliances 1100 that are individually coupled to patients' epidermises.
  • Appliance 1100 also preferably maintains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in a substantially consistent location relative to the perivascular tissue P.
  • chute 1112 constrains movement of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 such that a superficies 3300 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is disposed proximate second end 1116 of fitting 1110 in the first arrangement.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably emits electromagnetic radiation 3002 from superficies 3300 and collects electromagnetic radiation 3006 that impinges on superficies.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 projects from appliance 1100 such that superficies 3300 preferably is disposed beyond second end 1116 toward the epidermis E for substantially eliminating or at least minimizing a gap between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E.
  • appliance 1100 in the first arrangement of fitting 1110 preferably maintains a substantially consistent relative position between superficies 3300 and the skin S for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Appliance 1100 preferably resists forces that tend to change the position of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the perivascular tissue P.
  • Pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 is one example of the forces that frame 1120 distributes over a larger area of the skin S than the areas overlaid by superficies 3300 or by fitting 1110 .
  • Frame 1120 therefore preferably enhances maintaining a substantially consistent relative position between superficies 3300 and the skin S for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Appliance 1100 preferably includes a relatively rigid skeleton and a relatively supple covering.
  • the skeleton includes fitting 1110 for interacting with electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and frame 1120 for distributing to the skin S forces acting on fitting 1110 .
  • Frame 1120 preferably includes a hoop 1122 coupled with fitting 1110 by at least one arm (four arms 1124 a - 1124 d are indicated in FIG. 2A ).
  • hoop 1122 preferably includes an uninterrupted annulus disposed about fitting 1110 .
  • hoop 1122 preferably includes a plurality of segments disposed about fitting 1110 .
  • fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably are formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a substantially homogeneous chemical compound.
  • fitting 1110 and frame 1120 may be composed of more than one compound and/or may include an assembly of a plurality of pieces.
  • Appliance 1100 may be subjected to a variety of forces, for example, due to pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 , and preferably the dimensions of hoop 1122 and arms 1124 a - 1124 d are selected for reacting to these forces.
  • the dimensions of frame 1120 preferably include arm 1124 a being relatively more robust than arms 1124 b - 1124 d , arms 1124 c and 1124 d being relatively the least robust, and arm 1124 b being relatively less robust than arm 1124 a and relatively more robust than arms 1124 c and 1124 d .
  • appliance 1100 reacts to forces, e.g., an approximately eight-pound force pulling sensor cable 5000 away from the skin S, that may tend to move electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 by (i) distributing a compression force to a first area of the skin S proximate arm 1124 a ; and (ii) distributing a tension force to a second area of the skin S proximate arm 1124 b .
  • the first and second areas preferably are larger than a third area of the skin S that the superficies 3300 and/or fitting 1110 overlie.
  • arms 1124 c and 1124 d preferably distribute compression and tension forces to fourth and fifth areas of the epidermis in response to, e.g., torsion forces acting on sensor cable 5000 .
  • Appliance 1100 therefore preferably resists changes to the relative position between superficies 3300 and the skin S by distributing over relatively large areas of the skin S the forces that may tend to move electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1110 .
  • the relatively supple covering of appliance 1100 preferably includes a body 1130 that presents a soft haptic exterior surface overlying the skeleton.
  • body 1130 has a relatively lower hardness as compared to fitting 1110 and frame 1120 .
  • body 1130 preferably consists of a first homogeneous chemical compound, fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably consist of a second homogeneous chemical compound, and the first homogeneous chemical compound has a lower hardness than the second homogeneous chemical compound.
  • the first homogeneous chemical compound preferably includes silicone or another material having a relatively low durometer, e.g., approximately Shore A 10 to approximately Shore A 60
  • the second homogeneous chemical compound preferably includes polyurethane or another material having a relatively higher durometer, e.g., approximately Shore D 30 to approximately Shore D 70.
  • the skeleton including fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably provides a structure for distributing forces applied to appliance 1100
  • body 1130 provides a soft haptic exterior surface that imparts to appliance 1100 a desirable tactile feel, which may be characterized as soft rather than hard to the touch.
  • Body 1130 includes a face 1132 preferably confronting the epidermis E.
  • a process for manufacturing appliance 1100 preferably includes covering the skeleton with the soft haptic exterior surface.
  • appliance 1100 is molded in a multiple step process.
  • one step includes molding fitting 1110 and frame 1120 in a mold
  • another step includes adjusting the mold
  • yet another step includes molding body 1130 over fitting 1110 and frame 1120 in the adjusted mold.
  • An apparatus for molding fitting 1110 , frame 1120 and body 1130 preferably includes a common mold portion, a first mold portion cooperating with the common mold portion for molding fitting 1110 and frame 1120 , and a second mold portion cooperating with the common mold portion for over-molding body 1130 .
  • the common and first mold portions receive a first shot of material to mold fitting 1110 and frame 1120
  • the mold is adjusted by decoupling the first mold portion from the common mold portion and coupling the second mold portion with the common mold portion
  • the common and second mold portions receive a second shot of material to mold body 1130 .
  • Fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably remain in the common mold portion while decoupling the first mold portion and coupling the second mold portion.
  • appliance 1100 is preferably molded in a two-shot process with a skeleton including fitting 1110 and frame 1120 being subsequently covered with a soft haptic exterior surface including body 1130 .
  • the skeleton may consist solely of fitting 1110 , which may exclusively be molded in the first shot of a two-shot process.
  • Appliance 1100 may be wholly biocompatible and/or include a biocompatible layer for contacting the epidermis E.
  • biocompatible preferably refers to compliance with Standard 10993 promulgated by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO 10993) and/or Class VI promulgated by The United States Pharmacopeial Convention (USP Class VI).
  • ISO 10993 International Organization for Standardization
  • USP Class VI Class VI promulgated by The United States Pharmacopeial Convention
  • Other regulatory entities e.g., National Institute of Standards and Technology, may also promulgate standards that may additionally or alternatively be applicable regarding biocompatibility.
  • a foundation 1150 preferably (1) couples appliance 1100 and the epidermis E; and (2) separates the rest of appliance 1100 from the epidermis E.
  • foundation 1150 includes a panel 1152 that is coupled to face 1132 confronting the epidermis E.
  • panel 1152 preferably is adhered to face 1132 .
  • Panel 1152 preferably includes polyurethane and occludes second end 1116 for providing a barrier between the epidermis E and superficies 3300 in the second arrangement.
  • panel 1152 is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI.
  • Foundation 1150 preferably includes an adhesive coating 1154 for adhering appliance 1100 to the epidermis E.
  • Adhesive 1154 preferably includes a silicone adhesive, an acrylic adhesive or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI. According to one embodiment, adhesive 1154 may be applied to all or a portion of panel 1152 on the surface that confronts the epidermis E. According to other embodiments, panel 1152 may be omitted and adhesive 1154 may directly adhere body 1130 and/or fitting 1110 to the epidermis E.
  • Adhesive 1154 preferably may be adjusted to vary the bond strength between appliance 1100 and the epidermis E. Preferably, stronger or more adhesive 1154 may be used for coupling appliance 1100 to relatively robust skin, e.g., adult skin, and weaker or less adhesive 1154 may be used for coupling appliance 1100 to relatively delicate skin, e.g., pediatric skin.
  • appliance 1100 permits viewing the epidermis E with visible light and generally rejects interference by ambient sources with emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 .
  • visible light refers to energy in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum, for example, wavelengths between approximately 380 nanometers and approximately 760 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 400 terahertz to approximately 790 terahertz.
  • body 1130 is transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the epidermis E that underlies at least a portion of appliance 1100 .
  • fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably are also transparent or translucent to visible light.
  • fitting 1110 and/or frame 1120 may be generally opaque to visible light.
  • body 1130 may be generally opaque to visible light or fitting 1110 and/or frame 1120 may be may be transparent or translucent to visible light.
  • fitting 1110 , frame 1120 and body 1130 , but not foundation 1150 absorb or block electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths that approximately correspond to emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 , e.g., radiation in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • appliance 1100 preferably permits visible light viewing of the epidermis E and minimizes ambient source interference with emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 .
  • Appliance 1100 preferably is advantageous at least because (i) the location of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is not linked by appliance 1100 to cannula 20 or to an IV dressing for the cannulation site N; (ii) appliance 1100 is useable with typical dressings for the IV cannulation site N; and (iii) minimal stress and strain is transferred by appliance 1100 to the skin S when changing between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1110 .
  • “link” or “linking” preferably refers to at least approximately fixing the relative locations of at least two objects.
  • An appliance 1200 preferably includes (i) a fitting 1210 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 , which senses if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c ; (ii) a frame 1220 for distributing to the skin S forces acting on appliance 1200 ; and (iii) a body 1230 for covering fitting 1210 and frame 1220 with a soft haptic surface.
  • a fitting 1210 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 , which senses if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c ;
  • a frame 1220 for distributing to the skin S forces acting on appliance 1200 ; and
  • a body 1230 for covering fitting 1210 and frame 1220 with a soft haptic surface.
  • the location of cannula 20 is linked by appliance 1200 to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • appliance 1200 preferably positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S within approximately five centimeters of the cannulation site N and preferably in a range of approximately one centimeter to approximately three centimeters away from the cannulation site N. According to other embodiments, appliance 1200 positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to skin S so as to generally overlie an infusate outlet of transcutaneous sleeve 20 c.
  • Appliances 1100 and 1200 preferably include some features and advantages that are comparable. As the terminology is used herein, “comparable” refers to similar, if not identical, compositions, constructions, properties, functions or purposes, and preferably combinations thereof. Preferably, features of appliances 1100 and 1200 that are comparable include (i) fittings 1110 and 1210 ; (ii) chutes 1112 and 1212 ; (iii) latches 1118 and 1218 ; (iv) hoops 1122 and 1222 ; and (v) arms 1124 and 1224 .
  • Appliance 1200 preferably includes one or more wings 1240 that are in addition to at least some of the features and advantages of appliance 1100 .
  • individual wings 1240 perform several functions including (i) linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20 ; (ii) separating cannula 20 from the epidermis E; (iii) providing resistance to forces that tend to change the relative position of appliance 1200 with respect to the perivascular tissue P; and/or (iv) stabilizing the positions of cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S.
  • Each wing 1240 preferably is coupled with fitting 1210 , frame 1220 or body 1230 and includes a first surface 1242 for contiguously engaging cannula 20 and a second surface 1244 for confronting the epidermis E.
  • individual wings 1240 include portions of frame 1220 and body 1230 .
  • Appliance 1200 preferably includes plural locating options for linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20 .
  • individual wings 1240 preferably extend in two generally opposite lateral directions with respect to axis A of fitting 1210 .
  • a footprint of appliance 1200 on the epidermis E preferably is approximately T-shaped or approximately Y-shaped and cannula 20 may be located on either one of the wings 1240 on opposite sides of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • a single wing 1240 preferably extends in one lateral direction with respect to axis A of fitting 1210 .
  • a footprint of appliance 1200 on the epidermis E preferably is approximately L-shaped with cannula 20 being located on wing 1240 extending to one side of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • individual appliances 1200 with single wings 1240 that extend on different sides of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be included in a kit. Accordingly, one or another of appliances 1200 in the kit preferably is selected to provide the most suitable locating option for linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20 .
  • the most suitable locating option preferably is selected based on one or more factors including: (i) the location on the patient of the cannulation site N; (ii) the orientation of cannula 20 relative to the cannulation site N; (iii) minimizing movement of cannula 20 or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000 ; and (iv) comfort of the patient.
  • a single wing 1240 may make appliance 1200 more compact and plural wings 1240 on a single appliance 1200 may provide additional options for locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to cannula 20 .
  • appliance 1200 may include perforations or shear line indicators for separating, e.g., tearing-off or cutting, at least one wing 1240 from the rest of appliance 1200 . Accordingly, the size of appliance 1200 may be compacted and/or appliance 1200 may be made wingless in the manner of appliance 1100 .
  • an advantage of each of the aforementioned embodiments is increasing the options for how an anatomical sensor may be located on a patient relative to the cannulation site N.
  • Appliance 1200 preferably separates cannula 20 from the epidermis E.
  • wing 1240 includes a thickness 1246 between first surface 1242 and second surface 1244 .
  • thickness 1246 provides a spacer that prevents or at least minimizes contiguous engagement between the epidermis E and hub 20 b of cannula 20 .
  • Wing 1240 therefore preferably eliminates or at least substantially reduces epidermal inflammation or breakdown, e.g., chafing or blistering, caused by cannula 20 .
  • wing 1240 eliminates or at least minimizes hub 20 b as a source of epidermal inflammation or breakdown that may be observed when a healthcare giver evaluates the cannulation site N.
  • Wing(s) 1240 preferably supplement the ability of appliance 1200 to resist forces that tend to change the positions of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20 relative to the skin S and the perivascular tissue P.
  • a skeleton of appliance 1200 includes fitting 1210 , frame 1220 , and at least one wing rib 1248 .
  • Fitting 1210 preferably interacts with electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in a manner comparable to fitting 1110 discussed above.
  • frame 1220 includes a hoop 1222 coupled with fitting 1210 by at least one arm 1224 .
  • frame 1220 may be comparable to frame 1120 at least insofar as preferably contributing to distributing to the skin S the forces that act on fitting 1210 .
  • Appliance 1200 preferably resists changes to the relative position between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E by distributing over relatively large areas of the skin S the forces that may tend to move electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1210 .
  • Individual wing ribs 1248 preferably enlarge the area of the skin S over which frame 1220 distributes forces acting on fitting 1210 .
  • individual wing ribs 1248 preferably include a cantilever having a base coupled with frame 1220 and a tip disposed in a corresponding wing 1240 .
  • more than one wing rib 1248 may be disposed in a corresponding wing 1240 , individual wing ribs 1248 may include a bifurcated cantilever, and/or individual cantilevers may include one or more branches.
  • the skeleton of appliance 1200 therefore preferably enhances maintaining a substantially consistent relative position between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Appliance 1200 preferably is sufficiently flexible to conform to the approximate contours of the skin S.
  • frame 1220 may include one or more lines of weakness disposed on hoop 1222 , arm(s) 1224 and/or wing rib(s) 1248 .
  • lines of weakness preferably refers to living hinges or other suitable features for increasing flexibility at a particular location of the skeleton of appliance 1200 .
  • Body 1230 preferably presents a soft haptic exterior surface of wings 1240 .
  • body 1230 is relatively supple, e.g., has a relatively lower hardness, and may be molded over fitting 1210 , frame 1220 and wing rib(s) 1248 .
  • body 1230 preferably includes first surface 1242 , at least a portion of second surface 1244 , and a large portion of thickness 1246 . The remaining portions of second surface 1244 and thickness 1246 preferably are occupied by wing rib(s) 1248 .
  • an individual wing 1240 preferably is primarily composed of the relatively supple material of body 1230 with wing rib(s) 1248 included for force distribution and/or structural reinforcement.
  • one or more of hoop 1222 , arms 1224 and wing ribs 1248 preferably are omitted from the skeleton of appliance 1200 .
  • individual wings 1240 preferably include portions of body 1230 with minimal or no reinforcement by the skeleton of appliance 1200 .
  • wing rib(s) 1248 preferably are excluded from an individual wing 1240 .
  • Appliance 1200 includes a foundation 1250 that preferably (1) separates the rest of appliance 1200 from the epidermis E; and (2) couples appliance 1200 and the epidermis E.
  • foundation 1250 includes a panel 1252 that is coupled to a face of appliance 1200 confronting the skin S.
  • panel 1252 preferably is adhered to second surface 1244 and separates at least one of fitting 1210 , frame 1220 and body 1230 from the epidermis E.
  • panel 1252 occludes chute 1212 for providing a barrier between the epidermis E and superficies 3300 in the second arrangement.
  • panel 1252 includes polyurethane or another sheet material that is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI.
  • Foundation 1250 includes an adhesive 1254 preferably for bonding appliance 1200 to the epidermis E.
  • adhesive 1154 includes a silicone adhesive, an acrylic adhesive or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI.
  • the shape and size of adhesive 1254 preferably is congruent with panel 1252 .
  • adhesive 1254 preferably is omitted in a window 1254 a through which emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 propagate.
  • foundation 1250 includes a release liner (not shown) that is removed to bond appliance 1200 to the epidermis E.
  • a kit including appliance 1200 preferably also includes at least one independent contamination barrier 1260 for overlying the epidermis E and at least a portion of cannula 20 while allowing visual inspection of the cannulation site N.
  • FIG. 4 shows an exploded view with contamination barrier 1260 displaced from appliance 1200 .
  • contamination barrier 1260 preferably is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI and may include a polyurethane membrane 1262 with a coating of medical grade acrylic adhesive 1264 .
  • typical contamination barriers include TegadermTM, manufactured by 3M (St.
  • contamination barrier 1260 is supplied in the kit separate from appliance 1200 and is independently coupled to the skin S at different times or in different steps.
  • Appliance 1200 and contamination barrier 1260 preferably include form factors that cooperate with one another.
  • body 1230 preferably includes a form factor such as a flange 1232 that covers hoop 1222 and arm(s) 1224 .
  • flange 1232 includes a top surface 1232 a to which adhesive 1264 may adhere membrane 1262 when appliance 1200 and contamination barrier 1260 are used in combination.
  • a set of individual contamination barriers 1260 preferably accompanies each appliance 1200 .
  • Each of the contamination barriers 1260 in the set preferably includes a notch 1266 or another form factor having a peripheral edge that is sized and/or shaped to correspond with at least a portion of flange 1232 and/or wing 1240 on one or the other side of axis A. Accordingly, one or another of contamination barriers 1260 in the set preferably is selected to apply to the skin S on the side of axis A that cannula 20 is located. According to other embodiments, contamination barrier 1260 has a symmetrical shape that preferably is turned or otherwise reoriented to cooperatively engage appliance 1200 on either side of axis A that cannula 20 is located.
  • a method of using appliance 1200 to monitor if fluid is infusing perivascular tissue around cannula 20 preferably includes (i) coupling appliance 1200 to the skin 5 ; (ii) coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1210 ; and (iii) coupling cannula 20 with one wing 1240 .
  • appliance 1200 is coupled with the skin S by adhesive 1254 or by another suitable epidermal fastener.
  • Adhesive 1254 preferably is exposed to the skin S by removing a release liner (not shown).
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably is translated along axis A to the first arrangement of fitting 1210 and securely latched.
  • one wing 1240 underlays cannula 20 and an adhesive strip 1270 (see FIG. 5 ) secures cannula 20 to wing 1240 .
  • cannula 20 is inserted in the blood vessel V and then one wing 1240 is positioned under cannula 20 before adhering appliance 1200 to the epidermis E.
  • Adhesive strip 1270 subsequently overlies and couples cannula 20 with respect to wing 1240 before coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1210 .
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is coupled in the first arrangement of fitting 1210 before positioning one wing 1240 under cannula 20 and adhering appliance 1200 to the epidermis E.
  • Adhesive strip 1270 subsequently overlies and couples cannula 20 with respect to wing 1240 .
  • Each of the aforementioned embodiments may also include adhering contamination barrier 1260 with top surface 1232 a of flange 1232 , as well as with the epidermis E.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be moved between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1210 without decoupling appliance 1200 from the epidermis E, without decoupling cannula 20 or adhesive strip 1270 from wing 1240 , and without decoupling contamination barrier 1260 from the epidermis E.
  • Appliance 1200 preferably is advantageous at least because (i) appliance 1200 may be physically associated with a dressing for the IV cannulation site N; (ii) appliance 1200 links electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20 ; (iii) appliance 1200 includes a plurality of locating options for linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20 ; (iv) appliance 1200 maintains a substantially consistent relative position between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P; and (v) appliance 1200 eliminates or at least reduces epidermal inflammation or breakdown caused by cannula 20 .
  • Appliance 1200 preferably also is advantageous insofar as preventing or minimizing forces that tend to distort the skin S while moving between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1210 . It is believed that reducing distortion of the skin S reduces distortion of subcutaneous tissue including the perivascular tissue P and the blood vessel V, and therefore also reduces the likelihood of displacing cannula 20 while moving between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1210 .
  • An appliance 1300 preferably includes (i) a fitting 1310 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 , which senses if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c ; (ii) a frame 1320 for distributing forces acting on appliance 1300 to the skin S; and (iii) a body 1330 for covering fitting 1310 and frame 1320 with a soft haptic surface. As compared to appliances 1100 and 1200 ( FIGS.
  • a first arrangement of fitting 1310 preferably is an alternate to the first arrangements of fittings 1110 and 1210 ; however, the second arrangements of fittings 1110 , 1210 and 1310 preferably are similar insofar as releasing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the respective first arrangements.
  • appliance 1300 preferably positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S within approximately five centimeters of the cannulation site N and preferably in a range of approximately one centimeter to approximately three centimeters away from the cannulation site N. According to other embodiments, appliance 1300 positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to skin S so as to generally overlie an infusate outlet of transcutaneous sleeve 20 c.
  • the first arrangement of fitting 1310 preferably includes sets of pegs for constraining relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and appliance 1300 .
  • peg preferably refers to a projecting piece or portion of a surface that is used as a support or boundary.
  • fitting 1310 includes a first set of pegs 1312 disposed proximate superficies 3300 and a second set of pegs 1314 disposed proximate sensor cable 5000 .
  • a cage of appliance 1300 includes first and second sets of pegs 1312 and 1314 . The cage preferably defines a pocket for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and constrains relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and appliance 1300 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310 .
  • first set of pegs 1312 two pegs are shown in FIG. 8 —preferably includes a form factor that generally conforms to the contours of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to define a first portion of the cage.
  • Individual pegs 1312 preferably include a cantilever extending between a base 1312 a and a tip 1312 b .
  • base(s) 1312 a are coupled to frame 1320 and tip(s) 1312 b at least slightly overlie electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to constrain movement away from the skin S in the first arrangement of fitting 1310 .
  • individual pegs 1312 preferably are bifurcated at base 1312 a and converge at tip 1312 b.
  • Second set of pegs 1314 two pegs are shown in FIG. 8 —preferably are disposed on opposite sides of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to define a second portion of the cage.
  • Individual pegs 1314 preferably include cantilevers extending between a base 1314 a and a tip 1314 b .
  • bases 1314 a are coupled to frame 1320 and a portion of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 proximate sensor cable 5000 is received between tips 1314 b to constrain relative angular movement and/or provide strain relief for electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310 .
  • appliance 1300 may have sets including different numbers, locations and shapes of pegs 1312 and pegs 1314 .
  • the first set may include more or less than two pegs 1312 ; the second set may include more than a single peg 1314 located on each side of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 ; and/or tip 1314 b of at least one peg 1314 may include a bump or other projection for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310 .
  • Body 1330 preferably presents a soft haptic exterior surface overlying the relatively rigid fitting 1310 and frame 1320 of appliance 1300 .
  • body 1330 is relatively supple, e.g., has a relatively lower hardness, and may be molded over fitting 1310 , frame 1320 and wing rib(s) 1348 .
  • Appliance 1300 preferably includes a link between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20 .
  • appliance 1300 includes at least one wing 1340 coupled with at least one of fitting 1310 , frame 1320 , and body 1330 .
  • Individual wings 1340 preferably are comparable to individual wings 1240 of appliance 1200 at least insofar as (i) locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20 ; (ii) separating cannula 20 from the epidermis E; and/or (iii) providing resistance to forces that tend to change the position of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the perivascular tissue P.
  • Individual wings 1340 of appliance 1300 preferably separate cannula 20 from the epidermis E, and preferably supplement the ability of appliance 1300 to resist forces that tend to change the position of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the perivascular tissue P.
  • wing 1340 includes a thickness that eliminates or at least reduces epidermal inflammation or breakdown caused by cannula 20 .
  • a skeleton of appliance 1300 includes fitting 1310 , frame 1320 , and at least one wing rib 1348 to distribute to the skin S the forces that act on fitting 1310 .
  • appliance 1300 preferably resists changes to the relative position between superficies 3300 and the perivascular tissue P by distributing over relatively large areas of the skin S the forces that may tend to move electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310 . Accordingly, appliance 1300 is comparable at least in this regard to appliances 1100 and 1200 .
  • Individual wing ribs 1348 preferably enhance the capability of individual wings 1340 to distribute to the skin S forces that act on fitting 1310 .
  • the skeleton of appliance 1300 therefore preferably facilitates maintaining a substantially consistent relative position between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Appliance 1300 preferably is comparable to appliance 1200 insofar as including plural locating options for linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20 . Factors for selecting the most suitable locating option are discussed above with regard to appliance 1200 . Appliance 1300 also therefore includes the advantage of having more than one choice for how an anatomical sensor may be located on a patient relative to the cannulation site N.
  • a process for implementing appliance 1300 to sense if fluid is infusing perivascular tissue around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c preferably includes (i) coupling appliance 1300 to the skin S; (ii) coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310 ; and (iii) coupling cannula 20 with one wing 1340 .
  • a process for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with appliance 1300 preferably includes (i) orienting electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 obliquely with respect to frame 1320 ; (ii) slipping electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 under tip(s) 1312 a ; and (iii) pivoting electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 between peg(s) 1314 .
  • the cage including first and second sets of pegs 1312 and 1314 preferably constrains relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and appliance 1300 .
  • the second arrangement of fitting 1310 includes reversing the above process for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with appliance 1300 . Decoupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the second arrangement of fitting 1310 accordingly permits multiple uses of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the same or a different appliance 1300 .
  • An appliance 1400 preferably includes (i) a pane 1410 overlying the cannulation site N; and (ii) a fitting 1430 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 , which senses if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c .
  • Appliance 1400 preferably includes an integrated contamination barrier that is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses.
  • the contamination barrier may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass, thus permitting the epidermis E to breathe.
  • Pane 1410 preferably permits viewing the cannulation site N.
  • pane 1410 is transparent or translucent to light in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum, for example, light having wavelengths between approximately 380 nanometers and approximately 760 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 400 terahertz to approximately 790 terahertz.
  • Pane 1410 preferably includes polyurethane film or another suitable material and/or construction to also provide a contamination barrier that may be transparent or translucent.
  • An adhesive 1412 preferably bonds pane 1410 to the skin S around the cannulation site N.
  • adhesive 1412 includes a silicone adhesive, an acrylic adhesive or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI.
  • Adhesive 1412 may be applied to pane 1410 on the entire surface that confronts the epidermis E, or adhesive 1412 may be omitted from one or more portions of the surface.
  • the strength of the bond between pane 1410 and the epidermis E may vary according to different embodiments of appliance 1400 . For example, stronger or more adhesive 1412 may be used for coupling appliance 1400 to relatively robust skin, e.g., adult skin, and weaker or less adhesive 1412 may be used for coupling appliance 1400 to relatively delicate skin, e.g., pediatric skin.
  • Pane 1410 may also include a diagnostic tool 1414 to assist in visually analyzing symptoms of infiltration or extravasation.
  • diagnostic tool 1414 may include a set of concentric arcs, a geometric shape, a set of parallel lines, a color gradient, or another suitable reticle for evaluating conditions at the epidermis E that may be symptomatic of infiltration or extravasation.
  • the appearance of a set of concentric arcs or a geometric shape may become distorted when the epidermis E, and thus pane 1410 , is distended due to edema.
  • changes in the coloration of the epidermis E may be evaluated by periodic comparison with a color gradient included on pane 1410 .
  • Appliance 1400 is preferably located or oriented with respect to at least one of cannula 20 , the cannulation site N, or an anatomical feature.
  • appliance 1400 may include a notch 1416 a or another suitable guide that is sized or shaped for cooperating with at least a portion of cannula 20 .
  • pane 1410 may include crosshairs 1416 b or another suitable guide for locating appliance 1400 relative to the cannulation site N.
  • indicia, symbols and/or other markings preferably provide a guide for relatively positioning appliance 1400 with resect to an anatomical feature.
  • guide 1416 c includes an arrow and a symbol that suggests a position for appliance 1400 relative to the heart.
  • Appliance 1400 preferably includes a frame 1420 coupled to pane 1410 .
  • Frame 1420 preferably has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1410 . Accordingly, frame 1420 may maintain the general shape of pane 1410 while appliance 1400 is laid over the cannulation site N.
  • frame 1420 entirely cinctures pane 1410 .
  • frame 1420 may (i) partially cincture pane 1410 ; (ii) extend from a peripheral portion of pane 1410 toward an interior portion of pane 1410 ; (iii) extend from the interior portion toward the peripheral portion; (iv) be spaced from the peripheral portion; or (v) include some combination of (i)-(iv).
  • Frame 1420 preferably includes polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, or another suitable material that is relatively rigid with respect to pane 1410 .
  • frame 1420 may include polyethylene tape 1420 a being relatively associated with or disposed on a pad of polyvinyl chloride foam 1420 b.
  • Frame 1420 is preferably transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the epidermis E in the vicinity of the cannulation site N.
  • frame 1420 absorbs or blocks the transmission of radiation having the same wavelength(s) as emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 , e.g., near-infrared radiation.
  • the epidermis E that underlies frame 1420 may be optically visible and shielded from ambient near-infrared radiation.
  • Frame 1420 is preferably coupled to pane 1410 by an adhesive 1422 or another suitable coupling.
  • adhesive 1422 preferably provides a coupling between pane 1410 and frame 1420 that is relatively stronger than the bond between pane 1410 and the epidermis E. Accordingly, pane 1410 remains attached to frame 1420 when separating dressing 1400 from the epidermis E.
  • Adhesive 1422 according to another embodiment of appliance 1400 preferably provides a coupling between pane 1410 and frame 1420 that is relatively weaker than the bond between pane 1410 and the epidermis E. Accordingly, frame 1420 may be released from pane 1410 after appliance 1400 is laid over the cannulation site N.
  • Fitting 1430 preferably couples electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with appliance 1400 .
  • a first arrangement of fitting 1430 preferably retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to appliance 1400 for monitoring infiltration or extravasation during an infusion with cannula 20 .
  • the first arrangement of fitting 1430 with respect to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably senses over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • a second arrangement of fitting 1430 preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement.
  • the first arrangement preferably includes one or more projections 3106 (see FIG. 10 ) on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 being snapped under corresponding latches 1432 a (see FIGS.
  • the second arrangement preferably includes snapping the projections 3106 over latches 1432 a to release electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement.
  • Other embodiments may use a cap, a resilient element, or another suitable device that, in the first arrangement, retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in fitting 1430 and preferably biases superficies 3300 toward the epidermis E and, in the second arrangement, releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from fitting 1430 , e.g., allowing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to separate from fitting 1430 .
  • the first and second arrangements permit electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to have multiple uses with a plurality of appliances 1400 that are individually applied to patients' epidermises.
  • Fitting 1430 may be indirectly or directly coupled to pane 1410 .
  • frame 1420 preferably couples fitting 1430 to pane 1410 .
  • fitting 1430 and pane 1410 are preferably directly coupled.
  • Fitting 1430 is preferably fixed to appliance 1400 using an adhesive 1430 a (see FIG. 10 ) or another suitable coupling that is relatively stronger than the bond between pane 1410 and the epidermis E.
  • adhesive 1430 a preferably couples fitting 1430 to frame 1420 and provides a coupling that is at least as strong as the coupling between frame 1420 and pane 1410 .
  • fitting 1430 includes a wall 1432 that defines a pocket 1434 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • wall 1432 may (i) entirely surround electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 ; (ii) include a plurality of individual segments or posts intermittently disposed around electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 ; or (iii) have any suitable configuration for locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to dressing 1400 .
  • Wall 1432 preferably includes one or more latches 1432 a (three are shown in FIG. 11B ) that cooperate with projection(s) 3106 for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1434 in the first arrangement of fitting 1430 .
  • fitting 1430 maintains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in a desired orientation with respect to dressing 1400 .
  • wall 1432 includes a recess 1432 b that, in the first arrangement, cooperatively receives an anti-rotation projection 3008 (see FIG. 10 ) on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • fitting 1430 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may include any suitable mating features for eliminating or at least minimizing rotation of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1434 .
  • Fitting 1430 and appliance 1400 are preferably coupled via an interface that permits appliance 1400 to approximately conform to epidermis E.
  • a rim or flange 1436 projects from wall 1434 and provides a surface for adhesive 1430 a at the interface between fitting 1430 and appliance 1400 .
  • flange 1436 may include a plurality of segments 1436 a (four are shown in FIG. 11A ) separated by individual gaps 1436 b (three are shown in FIG. 11A ).
  • One or more lines of weakness 1438 may be disposed on flange 1436 to increase flexibility of the interface between fitting 1430 and appliance 1400 . Accordingly, fitting 1430 may approximately conform to the contours of epidermis E to thereby facilitate, in the first arrangement, maintaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S.
  • Appliance 1400 preferably integrates in a single unit an occlusive barrier and a retainer for an anatomical sensor.
  • the anatomical sensor may include electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 or another sensor for sensing over time a change of body structure, e.g., infiltration and extravasation.
  • the occlusive barrier includes pane 1410 for protecting the cannulation site N and the retainer includes fitting 1430 for positioning electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to sense if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Fitting 1430 preferably permits electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to be decoupled and recoupled with appliance 1400 , or decoupled from a first appliance 1400 and coupled to a second appliance 1400 .
  • Appliance 1400 preferably also includes frame 1420 for distributing forces over a larger area of the skin S. For example, forces due to pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 may be distributed by pane 1410 , frame 1420 and fitting 1430 over an area of the skin S that is larger than that overlaid by superficies 3300 . Appliance 1400 therefore preferably enhances an approximately consistent positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P when sensing infiltration or extravasation. Appliance 1400 is advantageous at least because applying an occlusive dressing for an intravascular infusion concurrently establishes an approximately consistent location for an infiltration/extravasation sensor.
  • An appliance 1500 preferably includes (i) a contamination barrier overlying the cannulation site N; and (ii) a plurality of location options for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to sense if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c .
  • the contamination barrier preferably is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses.
  • appliance 1500 may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass, thus permitting the epidermis E to breathe.
  • the contamination barrier of appliance 1500 preferably includes a pane 1510 for viewing the cannulation site N.
  • pane 1510 is transparent or translucent to light in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • Pane 1510 preferably includes a polyurethane film or another suitable material and/or construction for providing a contamination barrier that may be transparent or translucent.
  • An adhesive 1512 preferably bonds pane 1510 to the epidermis E (not indicated in FIG. 12 ) around the cannulation site N.
  • adhesive 1512 includes an acrylic adhesive that is suitable for contact with the epidermis E or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI.
  • Adhesive 1512 may be applied to pane 1510 on the entire surface that confronts the epidermis E, or adhesive 1512 may be omitted from one or more portions of the surface.
  • the strength of the bond between pane 1510 and the epidermis E may vary according to different embodiments of appliance 1500 . For example, stronger or more adhesive 1512 may be used for coupling appliance 1500 to relatively robust skin, e.g., adult skin, and weaker or less adhesive 1512 may be used for coupling appliance 1500 to relatively delicate skin, e.g., pediatric skin.
  • Pane 1510 may also include a diagnostic tool 1514 to assist in visually analyzing symptoms of infiltration or extravasation.
  • diagnostic tool 1514 may include a set of concentric arcs, a geometric shape, a set of parallel lines, a color gradient, or another suitable reticle for evaluating conditions at the epidermis E that may be symptomatic of infiltration or extravasation.
  • the appearance of a set of parallel lines may become distorted when the epidermis E, and thus pane 1510 , is distended due to edema.
  • changes in the coloration of the epidermis E may be evaluated by periodic comparison with a color gradient included on pane 1510 .
  • Pane 1510 may include one or more guides for positioning or orienting appliance 1500 on the skin S.
  • guide 1516 preferably includes a notch or some other feature of appliance 1500 that may be sized or shaped to receive a portion of cannula 20 , e.g., hub 20 b.
  • Appliance 1500 preferably includes a frame 1520 coupled to pane 1510 .
  • a coupling between pane 1510 and frame 1520 is preferably relatively stronger than the bond between pane 1510 and the epidermis E. Accordingly, pane 1510 remains attached to frame 1520 when separating appliance 1500 from the epidermis E.
  • Frame 1520 preferably has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1510 . Accordingly, frame 1520 may maintain the shape of pane 1510 while appliance 1500 is laid over the cannulation site N. According to one embodiment, frame 1520 entirely cinctures pane 1510 . According to other embodiments, frame 1520 may (i) partially cincture pane 1510 ; (ii) extend from a peripheral portion of pane 1510 toward an interior portion of pane 1510 ; (iii) extend from the interior portion toward the peripheral portion; (iv) be spaced from the peripheral portion; or (v) include some combination of (i)-(iv).
  • Frame 1520 preferably includes polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, or another suitable material that is relatively rigid with respect to pane 1510 .
  • frame 1520 may include a pad of polyvinyl chloride foam.
  • Frame 1520 may be opaque, but is preferably transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the epidermis E in the vicinity of the cannulation site N.
  • frame 1520 absorbs or blocks the transmission of electromagnetic radiation having the same wavelength(s) emitted and/or collected via superficies 3300 , e.g., near-infrared radiation.
  • the epidermis E that underlies frame 1520 may be optically visible and shielded from ambient near-infrared radiation.
  • Appliance 1500 preferably includes a plurality of fittings to provide alternate location options for coupling with electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to appliance 1500 .
  • first fitting 1530 a and second fitting 1530 b are disposed at locations on opposite sides of guide 1516 .
  • the first arrangements of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b preferably include location options for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 on either side of guide 1516 for monitoring infiltration or extravasation during an infusion with cannula 20 .
  • Second arrangements of first fitting 1530 a and second fitting 1530 b preferably release electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangements for the respective fittings.
  • Appliance 1500 preferably includes multiple fittings to permit multiple options for locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the cannulation site N.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be disposed in one of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b with the other of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b may be used for controlling tubing 32 and/or sensor cable 5000 .
  • Permutations of the arrangements of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b with respect to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be characterized as “conditions” of appliance 1500 .
  • a first condition of appliance 1500 may be characterized by the second arrangements of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b . Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is not coupled to appliance 1500 in the first condition.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be moved from the first condition to a second condition of appliance 1500 so as to be in the first arrangement of the first fitting 1530 a and in the second arrangement of second fitting 1530 b . Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 would be retained in first fitting 1530 a on the left-hand side of guide 1516 as viewed in FIG. 12 . Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may also be moved from the first condition to a third condition of appliance 1500 so as to be in the first arrangement of the second fitting 1530 b and in the second arrangement of first fitting 1530 a . Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 would be retained in second fitting 1530 b on the right-hand side of guide 1516 as viewed in FIG. 12 .
  • Appliance 1500 may also be changed between the second and third conditions, e.g., moving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to the other side of guide 1516 , and may also be changed from either of the second or third conditions to the first condition, e.g., decoupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably has multiple uses with a plurality of individual dressings 1500 and on whichever side of guide 1516 is advantageous for a particular patient or a particular cannulation site N.
  • Factors for evaluating which of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b may be advantageous to use for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably include reducing the likelihood of pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 , properly placing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the cannulation site N, and patient comfort.
  • individual fittings preferably are each capable of retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • individual fittings e.g., first fitting 1530 a or second fitting 1530 b
  • each include a pocket 1532 that is defined by a wall 1534 .
  • Pocket 1532 preferably receives electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (shown in dash-dot line in FIG. 13A ) in the first arrangement.
  • pane 1510 extends across pocket 1532 and is interposed between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E in the first arrangement, as shown in, e.g., FIG. 13A .
  • wall 1534 preferably includes a plurality of individual segments disposed partially around pocket 1532 .
  • At least one tab 1536 projects from wall 1534 and overlies a portion of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement. Elastic deformation of wall 1534 or tab 1536 preferably permits electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to snap-in to pocket 1532 in the first arrangement and to snap-out from pocket 1532 in the second arrangement.
  • tab 1536 preferably includes a raised portion or bump 1538 for biasing superficies 3300 toward the epidermis E by contiguously engaging electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement.
  • individual fittings may include a latch, a cap, a resilient element, or another suitable device that, in a first arrangement, retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1532 and preferably biases superficies 3300 toward the epidermis E, and in a second arrangement, releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to move out of pocket 1532 .
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and individual fittings in the first arrangement preferably are coupled in a preferred manner.
  • a portion of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 has a first feature that cooperates with a second feature of pocket 1532 .
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 includes a front-side cylindrical portion 3142 having a first cross-section shape and pocket 1532 has a second cross-section shape that matingly receives front-side cylindrical portion 3142 .
  • the first and second cross-sectional shapes are approximately congruent circles or other suitable mating shapes. Portions of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 other than front-side cylindrical portion 3162 preferably do not fit in pocket 1532 .
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably includes a backside cylindrical portion 3144 having a third cross-section shape, e.g., a tear drop shape, that does not matingly cooperate with the second cross-section shape of pocket 1532 . Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably can matingly engage individual fittings in only one manner.
  • a third cross-section shape e.g., a tear drop shape
  • strain relief devices preferably redirect forces from sensor cable 5000 to appliance 1500 .
  • individual fittings e.g., first fitting 1530 a or second fitting 1530 b
  • each set of strain relief devices preferably includes a first fixture 1540 a and a second fixture 1540 b .
  • Individual fixtures 1540 a or 1540 b preferably each include a pair of posts separated by a gap that is smaller than the diameter of sensor cable 5000 . Accordingly, sensor cable 5000 may be retained by an interference fit between a pair of posts that preferably limit lateral and/or longitudinal movement of sensor cable 5000 relative to frame 1520 .
  • first and second fixtures 1540 a and 1540 b are disposed on opposite sides of guide 1516 .
  • first fixture 1540 a preferably retains sensor cable 5000 proximate a first one of the first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b
  • second fixture 1540 b preferably retains sensor cable 5000 and tubing 32 proximate a second one of the first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b
  • First fixture 1540 a of second fitting 1530 b is shown on the right-hand side of guide 1516 as viewed in FIG. 12
  • second fixture 1540 b of second fitting 1530 b is shown on the left-hand side of guide 1516 as viewed in FIG. 12 .
  • first fixture 1540 a preferably cooperates with sensor cable 5000 to eliminate or at least minimize rotation of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1532
  • second fixture 1540 b preferably establishes a first bight 5000 a and a second bight 32 a for sensor cable 5000 and tubing 32 , respectively.
  • Appliance 1500 includes substantially identical features at different location options to increase compatibility of a single dressing for individual patients' cases.
  • multiple fittings and fixtures permit selecting the best available option for positioning electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the cannulation site N and for controlling sensor cable 5000 and/or tubing 32 .
  • Selecting either first fitting 1530 a or second fitting 1530 b preferably reduces the likelihood of pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 and/or tubing 32 , positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 proximate to the cannulation site N, and increases patient comfort.
  • a clip 1542 preferably couples tubing 32 and sensor cable 5000 .
  • clip 242 may be fixed to sensor cable 5000 at a selected distance from electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 . The distance is preferably selected to cooperate with second fixture 1540 b for consistently establishing an approximate size and radius of first bight 5000 a .
  • clip 1542 abuts against second fixture 1540 b .
  • Clip 1540 preferably includes a first portion cincturing sensor cable 5000 and a second portion having an opening for receiving and retaining, retaining, e.g., by interference fit, tubing 32 .
  • first fixture 1540 a , second fixture 1540 b , and clip 1542 preferably redirect to appliance 1500 rather than to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 or cannula 20 any forces due to pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 and/or tube 32 .
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be retained in an approximately consistent positional relationship with respect to the perivascular tissue P around cannula 20 when sensing infiltration or extravasation.
  • frame 1520 preferably is sufficiently flexible to conform to the approximate contours of epidermis E.
  • frame 1520 includes one or more lines of weakness 1544 disposed about frame 1520 at various positions including, for example, in the general vicinity of corners for pane 1510 and parallel to the longitudinal axis of cannula 20 .
  • individual lines of weakness 1544 preferably include living hinges or other suitable features for increasing the flexibility of frame 1520 .
  • Appliance 1500 preferably is a single unit that includes plural location options for retaining an anatomical sensor.
  • the anatomical sensor may include electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 or another sensor for sensing over time a change of body structure, e.g., infiltration and extravasation.
  • individual fittings e.g., first fitting 1530 a or second fitting 1530 b , provide alternate location options for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to appliance 1500 .
  • the location option that is most suitable is preferably selected based on one or more factors including: (i) location of the cannulation site N; (ii) orientation of cannula 20 ; (iii) avoiding movement of cannula 20 or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000 ; and (iv) comfort of the patient.
  • Appliance 1500 is advantageous at least because the most suitable of plural location options for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is preferably selected.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B A sixth embodiment of dressing 1000 is shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B .
  • An appliance set preferably includes (i) a contamination barrier overlying the cannulation site N; and (ii) different appliances 1600 a ( FIG. 14A) and 1600 b ( FIG. 14B ) for locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (not shown in FIG. 14A or 14 B) to sense if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c .
  • appliance 1500 which includes a plurality of individual fittings at alternate location options on frame 1520
  • appliances 1600 a and 1600 b separately provide different locations for a fitting 1630 relative to a guide 1614 . Accordingly, one or the other of appliances 1600 a and 1600 b , rather than one or the other of first and second fitting 1530 a and 1530 b on appliance 1500 , may be selected for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 at the most suitable location option.
  • Appliances 1600 a and 1600 b preferably each include a pane 1610 , a frame 1620 and fitting 1630 that are functionally similar to, respectively, pane 1510 , frame 1520 and first or second fitting 1530 a and 1530 b . Accordingly, appliances 1600 a and 1600 b preferably each provide a contamination barrier that is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses, but which may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass, thus permitting the skin S underlying pane 1610 to breathe. Pane 1610 is preferably transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the cannulation site N.
  • Frame 1620 preferably maintains the shape of pane 1610 while appliance 1600 a or appliance 1600 b is laid over the cannulation site N.
  • a first arrangement of fitting 1630 preferably retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to appliance 1600 a or appliance 1600 b for monitoring an intravascular infusion by cannula 20
  • a second arrangement of fitting 1630 preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement.
  • Frame 1620 preferably has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1610 . Accordingly, frame 1620 may maintain the shape of pane 1610 while appliance 1600 a or appliance 1600 b is laid over the cannulation site N. According to one embodiment, frame 1620 entirely cinctures pane 1610 . According to other embodiments, frame 1620 may (i) partially cincture pane 1610 ; (ii) extend from a peripheral portion of pane 1610 toward an interior portion of pane 1610 ; (iii) extend from the interior portion toward the peripheral portion; (iv) be spaced from the peripheral portion; or (v) include a combination of (i)-(iv).
  • Frame 1620 preferably includes polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, or another suitable material that is relatively rigid with respect to pane 1610 .
  • frame 1620 may include a pad of polyvinyl chloride foam.
  • Frame 1620 may be opaque, but is preferably transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the epidermis E in the vicinity of the cannulation site N.
  • frame 1620 absorbs or blocks the transmission of radiation having the same wavelength(s) as emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 , e.g., near-infrared radiation.
  • the epidermis E that underlies frame 1620 may be optically visible and shielded from ambient near-infrared radiation.
  • Appliance 1600 a and appliance 1600 b preferably are independent units that separately include different locations for retaining an anatomical sensor.
  • appliance 1600 a includes fitting 1630 at a first location relative to guide 1614 , e.g., on the right-hand side of guide 1614
  • appliance 1600 b includes fitting 1630 at a second location relative to guide 1614 , e.g., on the left-hand side of guide 1614 .
  • the most suitable one of appliance 1600 a or appliance 1600 b preferably is selected based on one or more factors including: (i) location of the cannulation site N; (ii) orientation of cannula 20 ; (iii) avoiding movement of cannula 20 or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000 ; and (iv) comfort of the patient.
  • Independent appliances 1600 a and 1600 b are advantageous at least because a choice is available for how an anatomical sensor, e.g., electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 , is located relative to cannula 20 .
  • An appliance 1700 preferably includes (i) a frame 1720 that relatively positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20 ; and (ii) a contamination barrier that overlies the cannulation site N and frame 1720 .
  • the contamination barrier preferably is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses, and may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass for permitting the skin S to breathe.
  • the contamination barrier preferably includes a pane 1710 that is transparent or translucent to light in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum for viewing the cannulation site N.
  • Pane 1710 preferably includes a polyurethane film or another suitable material and/or construction for providing a contamination barrier that may be transparent or translucent.
  • An adhesive 1712 preferably bonds pane 1710 to the epidermis E (not indicated in FIGS. 15A-15D ).
  • adhesive 1712 includes an acrylic adhesive that is suitable for contact with the epidermis E or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI.
  • Adhesive 1712 may be applied to the contamination barrier on the entire surface that confronts the epidermis E, or adhesive 1712 may be omitted from one or more portions of the surface.
  • adhesive 1712 may be omitted from a first area 1712 a on pane 1710 in the vicinity of the cannulation site N or from a second area 1712 b on pane 1710 preferably to facilitate pulling pane 1710 from the epidermis E.
  • the first or second areas 1712 a and 1712 b may be identified, e.g., with printing on pane 1710 .
  • the strength of the bond between pane 1710 and the epidermis E may vary according to different embodiments of dressing 1700 .
  • stronger or more adhesive 1712 may be used for coupling dressing 1700 to relatively robust skin, e.g., adult skin, and weaker or less adhesive 1712 may be used for coupling dressing 1700 to relatively delicate skin, e.g., pediatric skin.
  • a removable release liner (not shown) preserves adhesive 1712 until the contamination barrier is ready to be laid over the cannulation site N and frame 1720 .
  • a framework 1714 preferably supports pane 1710 while being laid over the cannulation site N.
  • framework 1714 includes paper or another suitable material that has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1710 but is flexible enough to conform to the contours of the skin S. Accordingly, framework 1714 preferably maintains the approximate shape of the outer peripheral edge of pane 1710 and of any apertures 1710 a (two are shown in FIGS. 15A , 15 B and 15 D) while the contamination barrier is being laid over the cannulation site N and frame 1720 .
  • a coupling between pane 1710 and framework 1714 is preferably relatively weaker than the bond between pane 1710 and the epidermis E. Accordingly, framework 1714 may be released after pane 1710 bonds to the epidermis E.
  • a tab 1714 a facilitates pulling framework 1714 from pane 1710 .
  • Frame 1720 preferably has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1710 .
  • frame 1720 preferably includes polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, or another suitable material that is relatively rigid with respect to pane 1710 .
  • frame 1720 may include a pad of polyvinyl chloride foam.
  • Frame 1720 preferably distributes forces, e.g., due to pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 , over an area of the skin S that is larger than that overlaid by superficies 3300 (not shown in FIGS. 15A-15D ).
  • Frame 1720 preferably links cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • frame 1720 includes (i) a mount 1722 for cooperatively engaging cannula 20 ; and (ii) at least one fitting—a first fitting 1730 a and a second fitting 1730 b are shown in FIGS. 15A , 15 C and 15 D—for coupling with electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • frame 1720 preferably includes a link for establishing and maintaining a positional relationship between cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • mount 1722 preferably includes a base 1722 a and one or more resilient projections 1722 b extending from base 1722 a .
  • base 1722 a includes an interface for coupling mount 1722 with frame 1720 , e.g., via an adhesive, and projection(s) 1722 b resiliently capture a portion of cannula 20 . Therefore, mount 1722 preferably establishes and maintains a positional relationship between cannula 20 and frame 1720 .
  • individual fittings e.g., first fitting 1730 a or second fitting 1730 b
  • first fitting 1730 a or second fitting 1730 b may be comparable to fittings 1110 , 1210 , 1310 , 1430 or 1530 a / 1530 b discussed above and therefore each may retain electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 . Therefore, each individual fitting preferably establishes and maintains a positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and frame 1720 .
  • frame 1720 , mount 1722 , and first fitting 1730 a or second fitting 1730 b preferably link cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 by establishing and maintaining their relative positional relationship.
  • frame 1720 preferably prevents contiguous engagement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the epidermis E.
  • a barrier layer 1720 a extends across the pocket of individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1730 a and second fitting 1730 b , and is interposed between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E in the first arrangements of individual fittings 1730 a or 1730 b .
  • Barrier layer 1720 a may be the same material as pane 1710 or another material that is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses, and substantially transparent to emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 .
  • Strain relief devices preferably redirect forces from electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to dressing 1700 .
  • individual fittings e.g., first fitting 1730 a or second fitting 1730 b
  • each set of strain relief devices preferably includes a first fixture 1740 a and a second fixture 1740 b .
  • Individual fixtures 1740 a or 1740 b preferably each include a plurality of posts separated by a gap that is smaller than the diameter of sensor cable 5000 and/or the diameter of tubing 32 . Accordingly, sensor cable 5000 and/or tubing 32 may be retained by a resilient interference fit between a pair of posts that preferably limit lateral and/or longitudinal movement of sensor cable 5000 or tubing 32 relative to frame 1720 .
  • first and second fixtures 1740 a and 1740 b are disposed on opposite sides of mount 1722 .
  • FIGS. 15A , 15 C and 15 D indicate only one of two pairs of fixtures that are shown.
  • first fixture 1740 a preferably retains sensor cable 5000 proximate a first one of the first and second fittings 1730 a and 1730 b
  • second fixture 1740 b preferably retains sensor cable 5000 and tubing 32 proximate a second one of the first and second fittings 1730 a and 1730 b
  • First fixture 1740 a of first fitting 1730 a is shown on the left-hand side of mount 1722 as viewed in FIG.
  • first fixture 1740 a preferably cooperates with sensor cable 5000 to eliminate or at least minimize rotation of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to first fitting 1730 a
  • second fixture 1740 b preferably establishes first bight 5000 a and second bight 32 a for sensor cable 5000 and tubing 32 , respectively.
  • Cannula 20 is inserted at cannulation site N in a typical manner.
  • frame 1720 is bonded to the epidermis E (not indicated) with projection(s) 1722 b of mount 1722 engaging a portion of cannula 20 .
  • Pane 1710 and framework 1714 preferably are overlaid on frame 1720 with apertures 1710 a cincturing first fitting 1730 a , second fitting 1730 b , and first and second fixtures 1740 a and 1740 b .
  • adhesive 1712 bonds pane 1710 to the epidermis E, and framework 1714 is separated from pane 1710 .
  • Adhesive 1712 preferably also adheres pane 1710 over the portion of cannula 20 that is engaged by mount 1722 so that cannula 20 is coupled to frame 1720 .
  • Tubing 32 is coupled with cannula 20 in a typical manner and preferably also engages second fixture 1740 b to form second bight 32 a .
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is coupled to an individual fitting, e.g., the fitting on the left-hand side of mount 1722 as viewed in FIG. 15D , with sensor cable 5000 engaging first fixture 1740 a .
  • Sensor cable 5000 preferably also engages second fixture 1740 b to form first bight 5000 a .
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is thereby coupled to frame 1720 .
  • a lead management system 1750 limits the forces that may be transmitted to dressing 1700 as a result of pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000 .
  • Lead management system 1750 preferably bonds to the epidermis E, e.g., with an adhesive, and includes a patch 1750 a and a board 1750 b .
  • patch 1750 a preferably is shaped and sized to overlay first and second bights 5000 a and 32 a
  • board 1750 b preferably includes at least one fixture 1750 c that is similar to second fixture 1740 b in construction and function.
  • board 1750 b is spaced from first and second bights 5000 a and 32 a along the lengths of tubing 32 and sensor cable 5000 .
  • frame 1720 , patch 1750 a and board 1750 b preferably share a similar construction and may be manufactured concurrently as a unit, which may then be separated when implementing dressing 1700 .
  • Removing dressing 1700 preferably occurs after releasing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from one of the first and second fittings 1730 a and 1730 b .
  • pane 1710 is peeled off beginning with second area 1712 b while wings 1720 b (two are indicated on FIG. 15A ) are held to separate pane 1710 from frame 1720 .
  • Cannula 20 preferably is disengaged from mount 1722 and extracted from the cannulation site N, and frame 1720 is peeled off the epidermis E.
  • a barrier film such as CavilonTM, manufactured by 3M (St. Paul, Minn., USA), or another topical agent may be used when implementing dressing 1700 for protecting the epidermis E from adhesive trauma due to peeling off pane 1710 and/or frame 1720 .
  • Dressing 1700 is advantageous at least because there is a link between cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 when sensing if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c .
  • frame 1720 , mount 1722 , and individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1730 a or second fitting 1730 b establish and maintain a relative positional relationship that links cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • Dressing 1700 is also advantageous because a contamination barrier is implemented in a typical manner, e.g., overlying the cannulation site N, and concurrently cooperates with the link between cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • Appliances 1800 a and 1800 b preferably include (i) a contamination barrier that overlies the cannulation site N (not shown in FIGS. 16A-16D ); (ii) a molded frame that locates electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (not shown in FIGS. 16A-16D ) to sense if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c ; and (iii) a plurality of options for relatively locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20 (not shown in FIGS. 16A-16D ).
  • pane 1810 includes a contamination barrier that preferably is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses, and may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass for permitting the skin S to breathe.
  • appliance 1800 a FIGS. 16A and 16B
  • appliance 1800 b FIGS. 16C and 16D
  • second frame 1820 b over-molding a second fitting 1830 b.
  • Employing molding to manufacture appliances 1800 a and 1800 b preferably reduces the number of independent components included in appliances 1800 a and 1800 b as compared to, for example, appliances 1400 , 1500 , 1600 a / 1600 b and 1700 .
  • the phrase “independent component” as it is used herein refers to a single part that (a) has a substantially uniform composition; and (b) is coupled with other parts in an assemblage.
  • Appliance 1800 a preferably reduces the number of independent components by at least two as compared to, for example, appliances 1400 , 1500 , 1600 a / 1600 b and 1700 because (i) first frame 1820 a and first fitting 1830 a may be formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling appliance 1800 a ; and (ii) an adhesive for coupling first frame 1820 a with first fitting 1830 a may be eliminated.
  • Appliance 1800 b preferably reduces the number of independent components by at least one as compared to, for example, appliances 1400 , 1500 , 1600 a / 1600 b and 1700 because an adhesive for coupling first frame 1820 a with first fitting 1830 a is eliminated.
  • further reductions are possible in the number of independent components included in appliances 1800 a and 1800 b as compared to appliances 1500 or 1700 .
  • first or second frames 1820 a or 1820 b and strain relief device(s) for sensor cable 5000 may be formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling appliance 1800 a or 1800 b .
  • first or second frames 1820 a or 1820 b and a mount for cannula 20 may be formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling the dressing; and (ii) an adhesive for coupling the mount with first or second frames 1820 a or 1820 b may be eliminated.
  • employing molding may reduce the number of independent components that preferably are included in appliances 1800 a and 1800 b.
  • Appliance 1800 a (or appliance 1800 b ) preferably includes a pane 1810 , frame 1820 a (or frame 1820 b ), and fitting 1830 a (or fitting 1830 b ) that function similar to, for example, pane 1610 , frame 1620 and fitting 1630 , respectively.
  • pane 1810 preferably is transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the cannulation site N; frame 1820 a (or frame 1820 b ) preferably maintains the shape of pane 1810 while appliance 1800 a (or appliance 1800 b ) is laid over the cannulation site N; and a first arrangement of fitting 1830 a (or fitting 1830 b ) preferably retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to appliance 1800 a (or appliance 1800 b ) for monitoring an intravascular infusion by cannula 20 and a second arrangement of fitting 1830 a (or fitting 1830 b ) preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement.
  • Pane 1810 preferably uses an adhesive 1812 to bond with the epidermis E in the vicinity of the cannulation site N.
  • pane 1810 includes a polyurethane film or another suitable material for providing a contamination barrier that may be transparent or translucent.
  • Adhesive 1812 preferably couples pane 1810 to the epidermis E.
  • adhesive 1812 includes an acrylic adhesive that is suitable for contact with the epidermis E or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI.
  • Adhesive 1812 may be applied to pane 1810 on the entire surface that confronts the epidermis E, or adhesive 1812 may be omitted from one or more portions of the surface.
  • the strength of the bond between pane 1810 and the epidermis E may vary according to different embodiments of the dressing. For example, stronger or more adhesive 1812 may be used for coupling appliance 1800 a or appliance 1800 b to relatively robust skin and weaker or less adhesive 1812 may be used for coupling appliance 1800 a or appliance 1800 b to relatively delicate skin.
  • Appliances 1800 a and 1800 b each preferably include a plurality of options for positioning or orienting the appliances on the skin S.
  • appliance 1800 a includes a first guide 1814 a at a first location relative to fitting 1830 a , e.g., on the right-hand side of fitting 1830 a as viewed in FIG. 16A , and a second guide 1814 b at a second location relative to fitting 1830 a , e.g., on the left-hand side of fitting 1830 a as viewed in FIG. 16A .
  • appliance 1800 b includes first guide 1814 a located on the right-hand side of fitting 1830 b as viewed in FIG.
  • first guide 1814 a or second guide 1814 b located on the left-hand side of fitting 1830 b as viewed in FIG. 16C .
  • the most suitable one of first guide 1814 a or second guide 1814 b preferably is selected based on one or more factors including: (i) location of the cannulation site N; (ii) orientation of cannula 20 ; (iii) avoiding movement of cannula 20 or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000 ; and (iv) comfort of the patient.
  • individual guides 1814 a and 1814 b preferably include a notch or some other feature of appliance 1800 a or 1800 b that may be sized or shaped to receive a portion of cannula 20 .
  • individual guides 1814 a and 1814 b preferably include a mount (not shown) for cooperatively engaging cannula 20 .
  • Alternate first and second guides 1814 a and 1814 b are advantageous at least because a choice is available for how electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is located relative to cannula 20 .
  • First and second frames 1820 a and 1820 b preferably have greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1810 . Accordingly, individual frames, e.g., first frame 1820 a or second frame 1820 b , may maintain the shape of pane 1810 while appliance 1800 a or appliance 1800 b is laid over the cannulation site N.
  • First and second frames 1820 a and 1820 b preferably are formed as single independent components, e.g., integrally molded with a homogenous chemical compound, rather than being built-up as a laminate.
  • individual frames e.g., first frame 1820 a or second frame 1820 b , include polydimethylsiloxanes or another suitable material for molding the frames.
  • appliances 1800 a and 800 b preferably resist absorbing fluids as compared to typical woven or fabric dressings.
  • First and second fittings 1830 a and 1830 b preferably are capable of retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • individual fittings e.g., first fitting 1830 a or second fitting 1830 b
  • each include a pocket 1832 , a wall 1834 , and a tab 1836 .
  • Pocket 1832 preferably receives electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (not shown in FIGS. 16A-16D ) in the first arrangement.
  • pane 1810 extends across pocket 1832 and is interposed between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E in the first arrangement of the individual fittings.
  • wall 1834 preferably includes a plurality of individual segments disposed partially around pocket 1832 .
  • At least one tab 1836 projects from wall 1834 and overlies a portion of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement.
  • Elastic deformation of wall 1834 or tab 1836 preferably permits electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to snap-in to pocket 1832 in the first arrangement and to snap-out from pocket 1832 in the second arrangement.
  • tab 1836 preferably biases superficies 3300 toward the skin S by contiguously engaging electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement.
  • individual fittings may include a latch, a cap, a resilient element, or another suitable device which, in the first arrangement, retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1832 and preferably biases superficies 3300 toward the epidermis E, and in the second arrangement, releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement so as to permit movement out of pocket 1832 .
  • Appliances 1800 a and 1800 b preferably maintain an approximately consistent positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P.
  • frame 1820 a preferably distributes forces acting on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to, e.g., pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 , over an area of the skin S that is larger than that overlaid by superficies 3300 .
  • one or more arms 1838 are coupled with wall 1834 according to an embodiment of appliance 1800 b .
  • Arm(s) 1838 preferably extend away from pocket 1832 , e.g., beyond an area of the skin S that is overlaid by superficies 3300 in the first arrangement of fitting 1830 b . Accordingly, forces acting on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to, e.g., pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 , may be distributed by arm(s) 1838 and frame 1820 b over an area of the skin S that is larger than that overlaid by superficies 3300 . Appliances 1800 a and 1800 b therefore preferably enhance an approximately consistent positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P when sensing infiltration or extravasation.
  • Strain relief devices preferably redirect forces from sensor cable 5000 to appliance 1800 a or appliance 1800 b .
  • first frame 1820 a or second fitting 1830 b include at least one strain relief device that contiguously engages sensor cable 5000 in the first arrangement.
  • First frame 1820 a and a strain relief device 1840 ( FIGS. 16A and 16B ) preferably are formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling appliance 1800 a .
  • Second fitting 1830 b and first and second fixtures 1840 a and 1840 b FIGS.
  • first and second fixtures 1840 a and 1840 b preferably are formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling appliance 1800 b .
  • portions of first and second fixtures 1840 a and 1840 b preferably are exposed with respect to frame 1820 b .
  • strain relief device 1840 , first fixture 1840 a , and second fixture 1840 b each include a plurality of posts separated by a gap that is smaller than the diameter of sensor cable 5000 .
  • sensor cable 5000 may be retained by a resilient interference fit between a pair of posts that preferably limit lateral and/or longitudinal movement of sensor cable 5000 relative to frame 1820 a or frame 1820 b.
  • Molding during manufacturing of appliance 1800 a and 1800 b preferably includes at least one of (i) integrally molding a single independent component that fulfills more than one role in an assemblage; or (ii) over-molding a first independent component with another independent component in an assemblage.
  • first frame 1820 a is integrally molded with wall 1834 and tab 1836 as an independent component included in appliance 1800 a .
  • Roles including maintaining the shape of pane 1810 and retaining/releasing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 are therefore fulfilled by a single independent component in appliance 1800 a .
  • strain relief device 1840 preferably also is integrally molded with first frame 1820 a as an independent component included in appliance 1800 a .
  • appliance 1800 b preferably an initial shot in a multi-shot mold forms a first independent component and a subsequent shot in the multi-shot mold assembles appliance 1800 b , including the independent component formed with the initial shot.
  • second frame 1820 b over-molds second fitting 1830 b in appliance 1800 b .
  • wall 1834 and tab 1836 preferably are integrally molded with second fitting 1830 b as an independent component before being over-molded with second frame 1820 b .
  • first fixture 1840 a and/or second fixture 1840 b preferably also are integrally molded with second fitting 1830 b as an independent component before being over-molded with second frame 1820 b .
  • Employing molding in manufacturing appliances 1800 a and 1800 b is advantageous at least because fewer independent components are preferably assembled as compared to, for example, appliances 1400 , 1500 , 1600 a / 1600 b and 1700 .
  • FIG. 17 shows an embodiment according to the present disclosure of the electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 that preferably includes an anatomic sensor.
  • anatomic preferably refers to the structure of an Animalia body and an “anatomic sensor” preferably is concerned with sensing a change over time of the structure of the Animalia body.
  • a physiological sensor is concerned with sensing the functions or activities of an Animalia body, e.g., pulse or blood chemistry, at a point in time.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably emits electromagnetic radiation signals at wavelengths in the visible light or infrared radiation portions of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 emits wavelengths in a range between approximately 380 nanometers and approximately 1 millimeter. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 790 terahertz to approximately 300 gigahertz.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may emit electromagnetic radiation signals in shorter wavelength portions of the electromagnetic spectrum, e.g., ultraviolet light, X-rays or gamma rays, preferably when radiation power and/or signal duration are such that tissue harm is minimized.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably aids in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation.
  • first electromagnetic radiation 3002 is emitted via superficies 3300 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and first electromagnetic radiation 3006 is collected via superficies 3300 .
  • First emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably includes (i) cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a that minimally penetrates the skin 5 ; and (ii) transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b that passes through the target area of the skin S into the perivascular tissue P.
  • the perivascular tissue P in the vicinity of blood vessel V preferably includes the cells or compartments that may become unintentionally infused, e.g., infiltrated or extravasated by fluid exiting from cannula 20 .
  • First collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably includes (i) a noise component 3006 a due at least in part to cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a ; and (ii) a signal component 3006 b that is a portion of transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b that is at least one of specularly reflected, diffusely reflected (e.g., due to elastic or inelastic scattering), fluoresced (e.g., due to endogenous or exogenous factors), or otherwise redirected from the perivascular tissue P before passing through the skin S.
  • a noise component 3006 a due at least in part to cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a
  • a signal component 3006 b that is a portion of transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b that is at least one of specularly reflected, diffusely reflected (e.g., due to elastic or inelastic scattering), fluoresced (e.g., due to endogenous or exogenous factors), or otherwise redirected from the perivascular tissue P before passing through the
  • first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably is longer than approximately 750 nanometers.
  • the frequency of first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 therefore is no more than approximately 400 terahertz.
  • first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably is in the near-infrared radiation portion of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • “near-infrared” preferably refers to electromagnetic radiation having wavelengths between approximately 750 nanometers and approximately 2,100 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 400 terahertz to approximately 145 terahertz.
  • a desirable range in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum preferably includes wavelengths between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 375 terahertz to approximately 285 terahertz.
  • First emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably share one or more wavelengths.
  • first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably share a single peak wavelength, e.g., approximately 940 nanometers (approximately 320 terahertz).
  • peak wavelength preferably refers to an interval of wavelengths including a spectral line of peak power. The interval preferably includes wavelengths having at least half of the peak power.
  • the wavelength interval is +/ ⁇ approximately 20 nanometers with respect to the spectral line.
  • first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably share a plurality of peak wavelengths, e.g., approximately 940 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers.
  • a first one of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably spans a first range of wavelengths, e.g., from approximately 700 nanometers to approximately 1000 nanometers. This wavelength range generally corresponds to a frequency range from approximately 430 terahertz to approximately 300 terahertz.
  • a second one of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably shares with the first range a single peak wavelength, a plurality of peak wavelengths, or a second range of wavelengths.
  • patient monitoring device 6000 performs an electromagnetic radiation power analysis at the wavelength(s) shared by first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 for indicating an anatomical change over time in the perivascular tissue P.
  • the inventors discovered a problem regarding accurately alerting a healthcare giver to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • the examination that healthcare givers perform typically includes palpating the skin S in the vicinity of the target area, observing the skin S in the vicinity of the target area, and/or comparing limbs that include and do not include the target area of the skin S.
  • the object of the examination is to identify, for example, (i) edema, pain or numbness in the vicinity of the cannulation site N; (ii) blanching, discoloration, inflammation or coolness of the skin S in the vicinity of the cannulation site N; (iii) breakdown, tautness or stretching of the skin S; or (iv) drainage from the cannulation site N.
  • False alerts to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination may distract healthcare givers or reduce confidence in the alerting system.
  • the inventors further discovered, inter alia, the problem is first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 may not accurately alert healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • An Animalia body typically includes macrovascular and microvascular systems for circulating blood between the heart and tissues.
  • the macrovascular system includes the relatively large (approximately 1.0-10.0 millimeter diameter) arteries and veins that deliver and return blood with respect to the heart
  • the microvascular system includes the relatively small blood vessels that are embedded within the tissues.
  • the microvascular system typically includes arterioles (approximately 0.1 millimeter diameter), capillaries (approximately 0.01 millimeter diameter), and venules (approximately 0.1 millimeter diameter).
  • the arterioles carry blood from arteries to capillaries and the venules carry blood from capillaries to veins.
  • Tissue blood perfusion is a physiological function that typically is regulated by the microvascular system.
  • blood perfusion preferably refers to a delivery process that includes (i) transporting nutrients, e.g., oxygen, to capillaries; (ii) exchanging the nutrients and waste, e.g., carbon dioxide, through the capillaries between blood and interstitial fluid; and (iii) transporting the waste from the capillaries.
  • tissue blood perfusion is evaluated based on blood flow per unit volume of tissue, e.g., (milliliters/minute) blood /or blood flow per unit mass of tissue, e.g., (milliliters/minute) blood /gram tissue .
  • Body temperature and blood pressure are additional examples of physiological functions that typically are at least partially regulated by the microvascular system.
  • the microvascular system typically includes pre-capillary and post-capillary regulators for tissue blood perfusion.
  • pre-capillary regulation includes modulating blood flow entering the capillaries and venules by contracting and relaxing pre-capillary sphincters and smooth muscles on the walls of the arterioles.
  • Post-capillary regulation typically includes microscopic venous valves that restrict blood flow from post-capillary venules back into capillaries.
  • a posture change of an Animalia body typically elicits a vascular response including the microvascular system regulating tissue blood perfusion.
  • posture change preferably refers to the result of actions or activities that modify the elevation of the cannulation site N relative to a patient's heart.
  • posture changes include raising or lowering a limb.
  • FIG. 34A schematically illustrates a first posture with preferably nominal tissue blood perfusion because the cannulation site N is relatively level with respect to the heart.
  • FIG. 34B schematically illustrates a second posture with the cannulation site N relatively dependent with respect to the heart.
  • the tissue blood perfusion in the second posture increases relative to the nominal tissue blood perfusion in the first posture because the microscopic venous valves preferably are at least partially inverted such that flow from post-capillary venules back into capillaries is less restricted. Accordingly, there preferably is an increased volume of blood in the microvascular system in the second posture as compared with the first posture.
  • FIG. 34C schematically illustrates a third posture with the cannulation site N relatively elevated with respect to the heart.
  • the tissue blood perfusion in the third posture decreases relative to the nominal tissue blood perfusion in the first posture because the pre-capillary sphincters and smooth muscles on the walls of the arterioles are less effective modulating blood flow against gravity. Accordingly, there preferably is a decreased volume of blood in the microvascular system in the third posture as compared with the first posture
  • tissue blood volume preferably refers to a volume of blood along a monitoring path of sensor 3000
  • monitoring path preferably refers to a volume of tissue in which first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 propagate.
  • tissue blood volume preferably is a measure of blood concentration in tissue.
  • tissue blood volume is affected by patient posture changes. Typically, lowering the cannulation site N, e.g., changing posture from the first posture ( FIG.
  • tissue blood volume changes along the monitoring path of sensor 3000 affect the propagation of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 such that first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 responds to tissue blood volume changes as well as to infiltration/extravasation events.
  • tissue blood volume changes due to patient posture changes might falsely alert healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably mitigates false alerts caused by tissue blood volume changes.
  • a second wavelength is used to determine the accuracy of an alert to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination by distinguishing between tissue blood volume changes and infiltration/extravasation events.
  • a second electromagnetic radiation 3012 is emitted via superficies 3300 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and a second electromagnetic radiation 3016 is collected via superficies 3300 .
  • Second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably is a portion of second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 that is at least one of specularly reflected, diffusely reflected (e.g., due to elastic or inelastic scattering), fluoresced (e.g., due to endogenous or exogenous factors), or otherwise redirected from subcutaneous tissue.
  • the wavelength of second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably is shorter than approximately 750 nanometers.
  • the frequency therefore is at least approximately 400 terahertz.
  • second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are in the visible light portion of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are in the yellow to red visible light portions of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • yellow to red preferably refers to electromagnetic radiation having wavelengths between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 750 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 525 terahertz to approximately 400 terahertz.
  • a desirable range for second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably includes wavelengths between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 525 terahertz to approximately 485 terahertz. According to other embodiments, second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are approximately at an isosbestic wavelength to minimize the effect of blood oxygenation on measuring tissue blood volume. As the terminology is used herein, “isosbestic wavelength” preferably refers to a wavelength at which oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin have generally the same molar absorptivity.
  • absorptivity at non-isosbestic wavelengths typically is different for oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin.
  • oxyhemoglobin typically is more absorptive than deoxyhemoglobin at non-isosbestic wavelengths of infrared light; and deoxyhemoglobin typically is more absorptive than oxyhemoglobin at non-isosbestic wavelengths of red visible light.
  • Tissue blood volume preferably includes a summation of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin components.
  • second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 are at an approximately isosbestic wavelength for measuring the oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin components of tissue blood volume with a single wavelength.
  • second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 include two wavelengths: one for particularly measuring the oxyhemoglobin component of tissue blood volume and another for particularly measuring the deoxyhemoglobin component of tissue blood volume.
  • Isosbestic wavelengths There are eight isosbestic wavelengths between approximately 400 nanometers and approximately 1,000 nanometers. Isosbestic wavelengths typically are indicated by intersections of the extinction curves for oxyhemoglobin (HbO 2 ) and deoxyhemoglobin (Hb). Referring to FIG.
  • a generally isosbestic wavelength for second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 preferably is approximately 586 nanometers.
  • second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are at an approximately isosbestic wavelength in contradistinction to typical pulse oximeters.
  • pulse oximetry propagates non-isosbestic wavelengths of visible light and near-infrared radiation through biological materials including tissue, oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin.
  • the Beer-Lambert law relates absorption of the visible light and near-infrared radiation with (i) the absorption coefficient of a material; and (ii) the propagation path length through that material.
  • FIG. 35B schematically illustrates the materials in the propagation path of typical pulse oximetry systems.
  • absorption includes a fixed component DC, which generally includes absorption by tissue, venous blood (deoxyhemoglobin) and non-pulsatile arterial blood (non-pulsatile oxyhemoglobin), and a fluctuating component AC, which generally includes absorption by pulsatile arterial blood (pulsatile oxyhemoglobin).
  • the fluctuating component AC as compared to the fixed component DC typically is relatively small (e.g., approximately 2% of absorption) and therefore relatively difficult to accurately measure.
  • Pulse oximetry typically uses two non-isosbestic wavelengths for calculating blood oxygen saturation.
  • the principle of pulse oximetry is based on different absorption characteristics of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin at wavelengths typically in the visible light and near-infrared radiation portions of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum.
  • the visible light is at approximately 660 nanometers (approximately 455 terahertz) and the near-infrared radiation is at approximately 940 nanometers (approximately 320 terahertz).
  • Pulse oximeters typically compute a normalized absorption ratio of the visible light to the near-infrared radiation according to the following equation:
  • the second wavelength of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably is at an approximately isosbestic wavelength because of the generally similar absorption coefficients of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin.
  • the two wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 independently provide (i) alerts to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination; and (ii) indications of a tissue blood volume change.
  • System 100 therefore preferably uses the first and second wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to, respectively, analyze anatomical changes over time in the perivascular tissue P and verify the cause of the anatomical change.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably also detects tissue blood volume changes in addition to those due to patient posture changes.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 detects tissue blood volume changes caused by (i) the application of certain devices; or (ii) the introduction of certain medicines.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably detects the application of sphygmomanometers, tourniquets, dressings or other devices that affect circulation and therefore affect blood perfusion in capillary beds of limbs including the cannulation site N.
  • Other sources of tissue blood volume changes that electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably detects include the introduction of markers (e.g., methylene blue), anticoagulants, or medicines to control anemia or other blood conditions.
  • healthcare givers take into account such additional sources of tissue blood volume changers when deciding to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably includes waveguides to transmit first and second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 , 3006 , 3012 and 3016 .
  • waveguide preferably refers to a duct, pipe, fiber or other device that generally confines and directs the propagation of electromagnetic radiation along a path.
  • an emission waveguide 3210 includes an emitter face 3214 for emitting first and second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3012
  • a detection waveguide 3220 includes a detector face 3224 for collecting first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 .
  • emission waveguide 3210 preferably includes a set of emission optical fibers 3212 and detection waveguide 3220 preferably includes a set of detection optical fibers 3222 .
  • Individual emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 preferably each have an end face.
  • an aggregation of end faces of emission optical fibers 3212 forms emitter face 3214 and an aggregation of end faces of detection optical fibers 3222 forms detector face 3224 .
  • FIGS. 18A-18C schematically illustrate how an evolving infiltration/extravasation event preferably affects the electromagnetic radiation signals of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • FIGS. 18A-18C include individual schematic illustrations of the monitoring paths for (i) first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 ; and (ii) second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 .
  • the monitoring paths preferably overlap; however, they are separately shown on the left and right sides of each figure for the sake of clearly illustrating each monitoring path. Therefore, the left and right sides of individual FIGS. 18A-18C include duplicate showings of the materials (e.g., the skin S, the blood vessel V, the perivascular tissue P, and the infusate F) along the monitoring paths of electromagnetic radiation 3002 , 3012 , 3006 and 3016 .
  • the materials e.g., the skin S, the blood vessel V, the perivascular tissue P, and the infusate F
  • FIGS. 18A-18C show examples of three stages of infiltration/extravasation.
  • FIG. 18A shows the skin S prior to an infiltration/extravasation event.
  • the skin S includes the cutaneous tissue C (e.g., dermis and/or the epidermis E including the stratum corneum) overlying subcutaneous tissue (e.g., the hypodermis H).
  • the blood vessel V for intravenous therapy typically is disposed in the hypodermis H.
  • FIG. 18B shows an infusate F beginning to accumulate in the perivascular tissue P. Accumulation of the infusate F typically begins in the hypodermis H, but may also begin in the cutaneous tissue C or at an interface of the hypodermis H with the cutaneous tissue C.
  • FIG. 18A shows the skin S prior to an infiltration/extravasation event.
  • the skin S includes the cutaneous tissue C (e.g., dermis and/or the epidermis E including the stratum corneum) overlying sub
  • infiltration/extravasation generally originates and/or expands in proximity to the blood vessel V as illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18C .
  • infiltration/extravasation may originate and/or occur some distance from the blood vessel V, e.g., if pulling on the cannula C or administration set 30 causes the cannula outlet to become displaced from the blood vessel V.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C schematically illustrate an optical power ⁇ 6 of first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 relative to an optical power ⁇ 2 of first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 .
  • first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 enters the skin S, at least some electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 exits the skin S.
  • First emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S.
  • the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power ⁇ 2 and the optical power ⁇ 6 .
  • the monitoring path of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 is schematically illustrated with a crescent shape that preferably includes the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 to first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling.
  • First collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably is impacted by the infusate F accumulating in the perivascular tissue P.
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 Prior to an infiltration/extravasation event ( FIG. 18A ), the optical power ⁇ 6 preferably is a fraction of the optical power ⁇ 2 due to extinction along the monitoring path.
  • “extinction” preferably refers to attenuation of electromagnetic radiation due to (i) absorption; (ii) scattering; or (iii) a combination of absorption and scattering.
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 relative the optical power ⁇ 2 decreases in response to the infusate F accumulating in the perivascular tissue P ( FIGS. 18B and 18C ).
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 preferably decreases due to scattering of near-infrared electromagnetic radiation by the infusate F.
  • the compositions of most infusates are dominated by water, which has different absorption and scattering coefficients as compared to the perivascular tissue P.
  • extinction coefficients of water typically are dominated by scattering coefficients rather than absorption coefficients. Scattering therefore dominates extinction of near-infrared radiation propagating through water at wavelengths between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,300 nanometers.
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 preferably decreases relative to the optical power ⁇ 2 because of extinction primarily due to scattering when the infusate F accumulates in the perivascular tissue P. Decreased optical power is schematically illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18C by the changing relative sizes of the arrows corresponding to first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 .
  • FIGS. 18A-18C schematically illustrate an optical power ⁇ 16 of second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 relative to an optical power ⁇ 12 of second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 .
  • second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 enters the skin S, at least some electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 exits the skin S.
  • Second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S.
  • the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power ⁇ 12 relative to the optical power ⁇ 16 .
  • the monitoring path of second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 is schematically illustrated with a crescent shape that preferably includes the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 to second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 .
  • Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling.
  • the infusate F accumulating in the perivascular tissue P preferably also impacts second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 .
  • the optical power ⁇ 16 Prior to an infiltration/extravasation event ( FIG. 18A ), the optical power ⁇ 16 preferably is a fraction of the optical power ⁇ 12 due to extinction along the monitoring path. According to one embodiment, the optical power ⁇ 16 preferably decreases relative to the optical power ⁇ 12 in response to the infusate F accumulating in the perivascular tissue P ( FIGS. 18B and 18C ).
  • second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably is in the yellow to red visible light portions of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • yellow to red preferably refers to electromagnetic radiation having wavelengths between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 750 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 525 terahertz to approximately 400 terahertz.
  • a desirable range for second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably includes wavelengths between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 525 terahertz to approximately 485 terahertz.
  • the optical power ⁇ 16 preferably decreases relative to the optical power ⁇ 12 because of extinction primarily due to scattering when the infusate F accumulates in the perivascular tissue P. Decreased optical power is schematically illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18C by the changing relative sizes of the arrows corresponding to second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 .
  • first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 preferably are apparent in the three stages of infiltration/extravasation shown in FIGS. 18A-18C .
  • first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 generally penetrate deeper into the skin S than second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 .
  • the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths from first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 to first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably extend along a longer path length though the hypodermis H; whereas, the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 to second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably extend a shorter path length though the cutaneous tissue C. Accordingly, the percentage of extinction solely due to the skin S ( FIG.
  • the percentage of electromagnetic power extinction due to the infusate F preferably is proportionally greater for near-infrared radiation than visible light.
  • an extinction rate of first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 relative to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably is greater than an extinction rate of second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 relative to second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 .
  • comparing the stage prior to an infiltration/extravasation event ( FIG. 18A ) and the stage with expanded accumulation of the infusate F ( FIG. 18C ) preferably there is up to 40% or more decrease in the optical power ⁇ 6 and up to 30% or more decrease in the optical power ⁇ 16 .
  • FIGS. 18D-18F schematically illustrate how changing the tissue blood volume preferably affects the electromagnetic radiation signals of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • FIGS. 18D-18F include individual schematic illustrations of the monitoring paths for (i) first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 ; and (ii) second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 .
  • the monitoring paths preferably overlap; however, they are separately shown on the left and right sides of each figure for the sake of clearly illustrating each monitoring path.
  • the left and right sides of individual FIGS. 18D-18F include duplicate showings of the materials (e.g., the skin S including the cutaneous tissue C overlying the hypodermis H) along the monitoring paths of electromagnetic radiation 3002 , 3012 , 3006 and 3016 .
  • FIGS. 18D-18F show examples of three states of the tissue blood volume.
  • FIG. 18D schematically illustrates a certain blood volume TBV 1 of the skin S.
  • FIG. 18E schematically illustrates a decreased tissue blood volume TBV 2 relative to the tissue blood volume TBV 1 .
  • FIG. 18F schematically illustrates an increased tissue blood volume TBV 3 relative to the tissue blood volume TBV 1 .
  • FIGS. 18D-18F schematically illustrate the optical power ⁇ 6 relative to the optical power ⁇ 2 .
  • first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 enters the skin S, at least some electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 exits the skin S.
  • First emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S.
  • the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power ⁇ 2 relative to the optical power ⁇ 6 .
  • the monitoring path of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 is schematically illustrated with a crescent shape that preferably includes the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 to first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling.
  • First collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably is impacted by changes in the tissue blood volume along the monitoring path.
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 preferably is a fraction of the optical power ⁇ 2 because hemoglobin along the monitoring path causes electromagnetic radiation extinction.
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 relative to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably increases when the tissue blood volume TBV 1 changes to the decreased tissue blood volume TBV 2 ( FIG. 18E ), and the optical power ⁇ 6 relative to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably decreases when the tissue blood volume TBV 1 changes to the increased tissue blood volume TBV 3 ( FIG. 18F ).
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 preferably responds to absorption of near-infrared electromagnetic radiation by hemoglobin.
  • hemoglobin has different absorption and scattering coefficients as compared to the perivascular tissue P.
  • absorption by hemoglobin depends on blood oxygenation; however, extinction coefficients of both deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin are dominated by absorption coefficients rather than scattering coefficients. Absorption therefore dominates extinction of near-infrared radiation propagating through deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin.
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 increases relative to the optical power ⁇ 2 as extinction preferably due to absorption decreases when there is the decreased tissue blood volume TBV 2 ( FIG.
  • optical power ⁇ 6 decreases relative to the optical power ⁇ 2 as extinction preferably due to absorption increases when there is the increased tissue blood volume TBV 3 ( FIG. 18F ).
  • These optical power changes are schematically illustrated by the changing relative sizes of the arrows corresponding to first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 .
  • FIGS. 18D-18F schematically illustrate the optical power ⁇ 16 relative to the optical power ⁇ 12 .
  • second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 enters the skin S, at least some electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 exits the skin S.
  • Second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S.
  • the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power ⁇ 12 and the optical power ⁇ 16 .
  • the monitoring path of second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 is schematically illustrated with a crescent shape that preferably includes the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 to second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 .
  • Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling.
  • the optical power ⁇ 16 preferably is a fraction of the optical power ⁇ 12 because hemoglobin along the monitoring path causes extinction. According to one embodiment, the optical power ⁇ 16 preferably increases relative to the optical power ⁇ 12 when the tissue blood volume TBV 1 changes to the decreased tissue blood volume TBV 2 ( FIG. 18E ), and the optical power ⁇ 16 preferably decreases relative to the optical power ⁇ 12 when the tissue blood volume TBV 1 changes to the increased tissue blood volume TBV 3 ( FIG. 18F ).
  • Absorption of visible light by oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin preferably changes the optical power ⁇ 16 .
  • a desirable range of wavelengths for second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably is between approximately 570 nanometers (approximately 525 terahertz) and approximately 750 nanometers (approximately 400 terahertz).
  • extinction coefficients of both deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin are dominated by absorption coefficients rather than scattering coefficients. Absorption therefore dominates extinction of visible light propagating through deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin.
  • the optical power ⁇ 16 increases relative to the optical power ⁇ 12 as extinction preferably due to absorption decreases when there is the decreased tissue blood volume TBV 2 ( FIG. 18E ), and the optical power ⁇ 16 decreases relative to the optical power ⁇ 12 as extinction preferably due to absorption increases when there is the increased tissue blood volume TBV 3 ( FIG. 18F ).
  • These optical power changes are schematically illustrated by the changing relative sizes of the arrows corresponding to first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 .
  • first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 preferably are apparent in the three states of the tissue blood volume shown in FIGS. 18D-18F .
  • the distributions of blood in the skin S for the tissue blood volume TBV 1 , the decreased tissue blood volume TBV 2 and the increased tissue blood volume TBV 3 are illustrated as being generally uniform for the sake of explaining the impact of changing tissue blood volume; however, the distribution of blood in the skin S may not be uniform.
  • the percentage decrease of extinction preferably is greater for visible light than near-infrared radiation when there is the decreased tissue blood volume TBV 2 .
  • the percentage increase of extinction preferably is greater for visible light than near-infrared radiation when there is the increased tissue blood volume TBV 3 .
  • the extinction of second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 relative to second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 preferably is more responsive to changing tissue blood volume than is the extinction of first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 relative to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 .
  • comparing the tissue blood volume TBV 1 ( FIG. 18D ) with the increased tissue blood volume TBV 3 ( FIG. 18F ) preferably there is up to 20% or more decrease in the optical power ⁇ 6 and up to 50% or more decrease in the optical power ⁇ 16 .
  • the inventors also discovered a different problem regarding accurately alerting healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • healthcare givers may not be accurately alerted because of a relatively low signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • the inventors discovered, inter alia, that noise component 3006 a in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 frequently obscures signal component 3006 b that alerts healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • noise component 3006 a of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 includes cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a that is reflected, scattered, or otherwise redirected from relatively shallow tissue, e.g., the cutaneous tissue C, and that signal component 3006 b of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 includes transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b that is reflected, scattered, or otherwise redirected from the relatively deep tissue, e.g., the hypodermis H.
  • signal component 3006 b from relatively deep tissue provides more accurate indications for healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination and that noise component 3006 a from relatively shallow tissue frequently obscures signal component 3006 b.
  • sensor configuration preferably is related to the signal-to-noise ratio of a skin-coupled sensor.
  • the relative configuration of emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably impact the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • the inventors discovered, inter alia, that the geometry, topography and/or angles of emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably impact the sensitivity of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to signal component 3006 b relative to noise component 3006 a.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably includes superficies 3300 that overlies and confronts the skin S.
  • superficies 3300 includes a housing surface 3120 , emitter face 3214 , and detector face 3224 .
  • Superficies 3300 preferably may also include façades of a filler 3150 (see FIGS. 22 and 23A ) that occludes apertures in housing surface 3120 around emission and detection end faces 3214 and 3224 .
  • superficies 3300 is a three-dimensional surface contour that is generally smooth. As the terminology is used herein, “smooth” preferably refers to being substantially continuous and free of abrupt changes.
  • FIG. 19 shows an example of superficies 3300 having a suitable geometry for observing anatomical changes over time in the perivascular tissue P.
  • the geometry of superficies 3300 preferably includes the relative spacing and shapes of emission and detector faces 3214 and 3224 .
  • a cluster of emission optical fiber end faces preferably has a geometric centroid 3216 and an arcuate arrangement of detection optical fiber end faces preferably extends along a curve 3226 .
  • cluster preferably refers to a plurality of generally circular optical fiber end faces that are arranged such that at least one end face is approximately tangent with respect to at least three other end faces.
  • curve 3226 is spaced from geometric centroid 3212 by a nominal spacing distance D.
  • Curve 3226 may be approximated by a series of line segments that correspond to individual chords of generally circular detection optical fiber end faces. Accordingly, each detection optical fiber end face preferably is tangent to at most two other end faces.
  • the arcuate arrangement of detection optical fiber end faces includes borders with radii of curvature that preferably originate at geometric centroid 3216 , e.g., similar to curve 3226 .
  • a concave border 3226 a has a radius of curvature that is less than the nominal spacing distance D by an increment ⁇ D
  • a convex border 3226 b has a radius of curvature that is greater than the nominal spacing distance D by an increment ⁇ D.
  • increment ⁇ D is approximately equal to the radius of individual detection optical fiber end faces.
  • detector face 3224 preferably includes individual sets of detection optical fiber end faces arranged in generally concentric curves disposed in a band between concave and convex borders 3226 a and 3226 b .
  • band preferably refers to a strip or stripe that is differentiable from an adjacent area or material.
  • FIGS. 20A-20C illustrate how different nominal spacing distances between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably impact collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 enters the skin S from emission waveguide 3210 , electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 exits the Animalia tissue toward detection waveguide 3220 .
  • Emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S.
  • the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power ⁇ 2 and the optical power ⁇ 6 .
  • the propagation is schematically illustrated with crescent shapes that preferably include the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 to collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling.
  • a first nominal spacing distance D 1 preferably separates emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • the paths of electromagnetic radiation through the skin S generally are relatively short and predominantly extend through the cutaneous tissue C.
  • a second nominal spacing distance D 2 preferably separates emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • the paths of electromagnetic radiation preferably penetrate deeper into the skin S and extend in both the cutaneous tissue C and the hypodermis H.
  • a third nominal spacing distance D 3 preferably separates emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • the paths of electromagnetic radiation through the skin S generally are relatively long and predominantly extend through the hypodermis H.
  • the inventors discovered, inter alia, that varying the spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably changes a balance between the optical power ⁇ 6 and the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 preferably is greater than the optical power ⁇ 2 for narrower nominal spacing distance D 1 as compared to broader nominal spacing distance D 3 .
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably is higher for broader nominal spacing distance D 3 as compared to narrower nominal spacing distance D 1 .
  • the inventors designed and analyzed a skin phantom preferably to identify an optimum range for the intermediate nominal spacing distance D 2 .
  • the skin phantom characterizes several layers of Animalia skin including at least the epidermis (including the stratum corneum), dermis, and hypodermis.
  • Table A shows the thicknesses, refractive indices, scattering coefficients, and absorption coefficients for each layer according to one embodiment of the skin phantom.
  • Analyzing the skin phantom preferably includes tracing the propagation of up to 200,000,000 or more rays through the skin phantom to predict changes in the optical power ⁇ 6 . Examples of suitable ray-tracing computer software include ASAP® from Breault Research Organization, Inc.
  • MCML Monte Carlo Multi-Layer
  • the MCML simulator preferably uses CUDATM from NVDIA Corporation (Santa Clara, Calif., US) or another parallel computing platform and programming model.
  • NVDIA Corporation Sura Clara, Calif., US
  • a series of 1-millimeter thick sections simulate infiltrated perivascular tissue at depths up to 10 millimeters below the stratum corneum.
  • the infiltrated perivascular tissue sections preferably are simulated with an infusate that approximates water, e.g., having a refractive index of approximately 1.33.
  • the inventors discovered, inter alia, a relationship exists between (1) the spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 ; (2) an expected depth below the stratum corneum for the perivascular tissue P at which anatomical changes over time preferably are readily observed; and (3) the wavelength of the electromagnetic radiation.
  • FIG. 21 shows a graphical representation of the spacing/depth/wavelength relationship based on a computer analysis of the skin phantom.
  • FIG. 21 shows a plot of spacing distances with the greatest signal drop at various perivascular tissue depths for certain wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation.
  • the terminology “spacing distance with the greatest signal drop” preferably refers to the spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 that experiences the greatest drop in the optical power ⁇ 6 .
  • perivascular tissue depth preferably refers to the depth below the stratum corneum of the perivascular tissue P at which anatomical changes over time are readily observed. According to the embodiment illustrated in FIG.
  • emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 that preferably are separated between approximately 3 millimeters and approximately 5 millimeters are expected to readily observe anatomical changes at depths between approximately 2.5 millimeters and approximately 3 millimeters below the stratum corneum for wavelengths between approximately 650 nanometers and approximately 950 nanometers (between approximately 460 terahertz and approximately 315 terahertz).
  • the spacing distance range between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 is between approximately 3.7 millimeters and approximately 4.4 millimeters to observe an anatomical change over time in the perivascular tissue P at an expected depth of approximately 2.75 millimeters when the electromagnetic radiation wavelength is between approximately 650 nanometers and approximately 950 nanometers.
  • the spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably is approximately 4.5 millimeters to observe an anatomical change over time in the perivascular tissue P at an expected depth of approximately 2.8 millimeters when the electromagnetic radiation wavelength is approximately 950 nanometers.
  • the spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 is approximately 4 millimeters to observe an anatomical change over time in the perivascular tissue P at an expected depth of approximately 2.6 millimeters when the electromagnetic radiation wavelength is between approximately 850 nanometers (approximately 350 terahertz) and approximately 950 nanometers.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably aids in observing anatomical changes that also occur at unexpected depths below the stratum corneum of the skin S.
  • the expected depth at which an anatomical change is expected to occur is related to, for example, the thickness of the cutaneous tissue C and the location of blood vessels V in the hypodermis H.
  • Relatively thicker cutaneous tissue C and/or a blood vessel V located relatively deeper in the hypodermis H preferably increase the expected perivascular tissue depth for readily observing an anatomical change.
  • relatively thinner cutaneous tissue C and/or a relatively shallow blood vessel V e.g., located close to the interface between the cutaneous tissue C and the hypodermis H, preferably decrease the expected perivascular tissue depth for readily observing an anatomical change.
  • the shapes of emission and detector faces 3214 and 3224 preferably are related to the spacing distance range between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 .
  • each individual point of emitter face 3214 is disposed a minimum distance from each individual point of detector face 3224
  • each individual point of emitter face 3214 is disposed a maximum distance from each individual point of detector face 3224 .
  • the minimum and maximum distances preferably correspond to the extremes of the range for the intermediate spacing distance D 2 .
  • the minimum distance is between approximately 2 millimeters and approximately 3.5 millimeters
  • the maximum distance preferably is between approximately 4.5 millimeters and approximately 10 millimeters.
  • each individual point of emitter face 3214 is disposed a minimum distance not less than 3 millimeters from each individual point of detector face 3224 , and each individual point of emitter face 3214 is disposed a maximum distance not more than 5 millimeters from each individual point of detector face 3224 .
  • the minimum distance is approximately 3.5 millimeters and the maximum distance is approximately 4.5 millimeters.
  • each individual point of emitter face 3214 is spaced from each individual point of detector face 3224 such that emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 transitions to collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 at a depth of penetration into the Animalia tissue preferably between approximately 1 millimeter and approximately 6 millimeters below the stratum corneum of the skin S.
  • transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b and signal component 3006 b along individual electromagnetic radiation paths occur at the point of deepest penetration into the Animalia tissue.
  • Emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably transition in the hypodermis H and may also transition in the dermis of relatively thick cutaneous tissue C.
  • transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b and signal component 3006 b transition approximately 2.5 millimeters to approximately 3 millimeters below the stratum corneum of the skin S.
  • FIG. 22 shows a first embodiment of the angles of intersection
  • FIGS. 23A and 23B show a second embodiment of the angles of intersection.
  • emission waveguide 3210 transmits electromagnetic radiation generally along a first path 3210 a to emitter face 3214
  • detection waveguide 3220 transmits electromagnetic radiation generally along a second path 3220 a from detector face 3224 .
  • Superficies 3300 preferably includes housing surface 3120 and emitter and detector faces 3214 and 3224 .
  • first path 3210 a intersects with superficies 3300 at a first angle ⁇ 1 and second path 3220 a intersects with superficies 3300 at a second angle ⁇ 2 .
  • first and second angles ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 preferably are measured with respect to the tangent to superficies 3300 .
  • Emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably includes at least a part of the electromagnetic radiation that is transmitted along first path 3210 a
  • the electromagnetic radiation transmitted along second path 3220 a preferably includes at least a part of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • Emission and acceptance cones 3004 and 3008 preferably include ranges of angles over which electromagnetic radiation is, respectively, emitted by emission waveguide 3210 and accepted by detection waveguide 3220 .
  • NA ⁇ square root over ( ⁇ core 2 ⁇ clad 2 ) ⁇ .
  • Ranges of suitable numerical apertures NA for emission or detection waveguides 110 or 120 may vary considerably, e.g., between approximately 0.20 and approximately 0.60.
  • individual emission or detection optical fibers 3212 or 3222 preferably have a numerical apertures NA of approximately 0.55.
  • the maximum half-angle ⁇ max of a cone typically is a measure of an angle between the cone's central axis and conical surface. Accordingly, the maximum half-angle ⁇ max of emission waveguide 3210 preferably is a measure of the angle formed between a central axis 3004 a and the conical surface of emission cone 3004 , and the maximum half-angle ⁇ max of detection waveguide 3220 preferably is a measure of the angle formed between a central axis 3008 a and the conical surface of acceptance cone 3008 .
  • first angle ⁇ 1 preferably indicates the direction of emission cone 3004 and thus also describes the angle of intersection between emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and superficies 3300
  • second angle ⁇ 2 preferably indicates the direction of acceptance cone 3008 and thus also describes the angle of intersection between collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and superficies 3300
  • first and second angles ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 preferably are measured with respect to the tangent to superficies 3300 .
  • FIG. 22 shows a generally perpendicular relationship between superficies 3300 and emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 .
  • the inventors discovered, inter alia, if first and second angles ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 preferably are approximately 90 degrees with respect to superficies 3300 then (1) first and second angles ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 preferably also tend to be approximately 90 degrees with respect to superficies 3300 ; (2) emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably is minimally attenuated at the interface between the skin S and emitter face 3214 ; and (3) collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably has an improved signal-to-noise ratio.
  • An advantage of having emission waveguide 3210 disposed at an approximately 90 degree angle with respect to superficies 3300 preferably is maximizing the electromagnetic energy that is transferred from along the first path 3210 a to emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 at the interface between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the skin S.
  • this transfer of electromagnetic energy may be improved when internal reflection in waveguide 3210 due to emitter face 3214 is minimized.
  • Orienting emitter face 3214 approximately perpendicular to first path 3210 a e.g., cleaving and/or polishing emission optical fiber(s) 3212 at approximately 90 degrees with respect to first path 3210 a , preferably minimizes internal reflection in waveguide 3210 .
  • emission waveguide 3210 disposed at an approximately 90 degree angle with respect to superficies 3300 preferably is increasing the depth below the stratum corneum that emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 propagates into the skin S because first angle ⁇ 1 also tends to be approximately 90 degrees when first angle ⁇ 1 is approximately 90 degrees.
  • first angle ⁇ 1 also tends to be approximately 90 degrees when first angle ⁇ 1 is approximately 90 degrees.
  • emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably are disposed in a housing 3100 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 such that first and second paths 3210 a and 3220 a are approximately perpendicular to superficies 3300 for increasing the optical power ⁇ 2 and for improving the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • FIGS. 23A and 23B show an oblique angular relationship between superficies 3300 and emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 .
  • at least one of first and second angles ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 are oblique with respect to superficies 3300 .
  • First and second angles ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 preferably are both oblique and inclined in generally similar directions with respect to superficies 3300 .
  • the difference between the first and second angles ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 preferably is between approximately 15 degrees and approximately 45 degrees.
  • the first angle ⁇ 1 is approximately 30 degrees less than the second angle ⁇ 2 .
  • first angle ⁇ 1 ranges between approximately 50 degrees and approximately 70 degrees
  • second angle ⁇ 2 ranges between approximately 75 degrees and approximately 95 degrees.
  • first angle ⁇ 1 is approximately 60 degrees and second angle ⁇ 2 ranges between approximately 80 degrees and approximately 90 degrees.
  • first angle ⁇ 1 is oblique with respect to superficies 3300 is that a portion of the electromagnetic radiation transmitted along first path 3210 a may be reflected at emitter face 3214 in a direction 3210 b rather than exiting emitter face 3214 as emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 .
  • first angles ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 1 would likely be unequal and second angles ⁇ 2 and ⁇ 2 would also likely be unequal.
  • FIG. 23B illustrates a technique for geometrically interpreting the interplay between emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 when emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 are obliquely disposed with respect to superficies 3300 .
  • emission cone 3004 represents the range of angles over which emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 exits emitter face 3214
  • acceptance cone 3008 represents the range of angles over which collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 enters detector face 3224 .
  • Projecting emission and acceptance cones 3004 and 3008 to a common depth below the stratum corneum of the skin S preferably maps out first and second patterns 3004 b and 3008 b , respectively, which are shown with different hatching in FIG. 23B .
  • the projections of emission and acceptance cones 3004 and 3008 include a locus of common points where first and second patterns 3004 b and 3008 b overlap, which accordingly is illustrated with cross-hatching in FIG. 23B .
  • the locus of common points shared by the projections of emission and acceptance cones 3004 and 3008 includes tissue that preferably is a focus of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 for monitoring anatomical changes over time. Accordingly, an advantage of having emission waveguide 3210 and/or detection waveguide 3220 disposed at an oblique angle with respect to superficies 3300 preferably is focusing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 at a particular range of depths below the stratum corneum of the skin S and/or steering electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in a particular relative direction.
  • FIG. 23B preferably is a geometric interpretation of the potential for electromagnetic radiation to propagate to a particular range of depths or in a particular relative direction.
  • angles of intersection between superficies 3300 and emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably impact emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • suitable angles of intersection that (i) improve the optical power ⁇ 2 ; (ii) improve the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 ; and/or (iii) focus electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 at particular depths/directions include, e.g., approximately perpendicular angles and oblique angles.
  • an electromagnetic radiation sensor that preferably increase the optical power of emitted electromagnetic radiation and/or improve the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation.
  • suitable configurations include certain superficies geometries, certain superficies topographies (e.g., superficies 3300 including projections or recesses), and certain angular orientations of emission and detection waveguides.
  • suitable configurations include combinations of superficies geometries, superficies topographies, and/or angular orientations of the waveguides.
  • an electromagnetic radiation sensor has a configuration that includes approximately 4 millimeters between waveguides, a convex superficies, and waveguides that intersect the superficies at approximately 90 degrees.
  • An electromagnetic radiation sensor preferably may be used, for example, (1) as an aid in detecting at least one of infiltration and extravasation; (2) to monitor anatomical changes in perivascular tissue; or (3) to emit and collect transcutaneous electromagnetic signals.
  • the discoveries made by the inventors include, inter alia, that sensor configuration including geometry (e.g., shape and spacing), topography, and angles of transcutaneous electromagnetic signal emission and detection affect the accurate indications anatomical changes in perivascular tissue, including infiltration/extravasation events.
  • the discoveries made by the inventors include that the configuration of an electromagnetic radiation sensor is related to the accuracy of the sensor for aiding in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue.
  • Sensors according to the present disclosure preferably are manufactured by certain methods that may vary.
  • operations included in the manufacturing method may be performed in certain sequences that also may vary.
  • a sensor manufacturing method preferably includes molding first and second housing portions 3102 and 3104 (see FIG. 17 ), which define an interior volume 3110 .
  • superficies 3300 is molded with first housing portion 3102 .
  • At least one emission optical fiber 3212 and at least one detection optical fiber 3222 preferably extend through interior volume 3110 .
  • portions of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 are disposed in interior volume 3110 .
  • First and second housing portions 3102 and 3104 preferably are coupled together.
  • filler 3150 e.g., epoxy
  • filler 3150 is injected via a fill hole (not shown) in housing 3100 to occlude internal volume 3110 and cincture the portions of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 in internal volume 3110 .
  • Portions of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 disposed outside housing 3100 preferably are cleaved generally proximate to superficies 3300 .
  • end faces of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 are polished substantially smooth with housing surface 3120 .
  • each individual point on end faces of emission optical fibers 3212 preferably is disposed a distance not less than 3 millimeters and not more than 5 millimeters from each individual point on end faces detection optical fibers 3222 .
  • first housing portion 3102 preferably is supported with housing surface 3120 disposed orthogonal with respect to gravity, and portions of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 inside interior volume 3110 are fixed with respect to first housing portion 3102 .
  • the first and second angles of intersection ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 between superficies 3300 and emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 therefore preferably are approximately 90 degrees.
  • occluding internal volume 3110 preferably includes heating at least one of housing 3100 , emission optical fiber 3212 , and detection optical fiber 3222 . Preferably, heating facilitates flowing filler 3150 in interior volume 3110 .
  • Electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably is positioned in close proximity to the skin S.
  • “close proximity” of electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 with respect to the skin S preferably refers to a relative arrangement that minimizes gaps between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E of the skin S.
  • electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 contiguously engages the skin S as shown in FIG. 24 .
  • the inventors discovered a problem regarding accurately identifying the occurrence of infiltration or extravasation because of a relatively low signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • the inventors discovered a problem regarding a relatively large amount of noise in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 that obscures signals indicative of infiltration/extravasation events.
  • Another discovery by the inventors is that the amount of noise in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 tends to correspond with the degree of patient activity.
  • collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 tends to have a relatively lower signal-to-noise ratio among patients that are more active, e.g., restless, fidgety, etc., and that collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 tends to have a relatively higher signal-to-noise ratio among patients that were less active, e.g., calm, sleeping, etc.
  • a source of the problem is an imperfect cavity that may unavoidably and/or intermittently occur between superficies 3300 and the skin S.
  • imperfect cavity preferably refers to a generally confined space that at least partially reflects electromagnetic radiation.
  • the source of the problem is portions of emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and/or collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 being reflected in the imperfect cavity between superficies 3300 and the skin S.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates the source of the problem discovered by the inventors.
  • FIG. 25 shows a cavity G disposed between electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 and the skin S.
  • the size, shape, proportions, etc. of the cavity G are generally overemphasized in FIG. 25 to facilitate describing the source of the problem discovered by the inventors.
  • transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b preferably passes through the cavity G and passes through the target area of the skin S toward the perivascular tissue P. Cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a generally is reflected in the cavity G between the cutaneous tissue C and superficies 3300 .
  • signal component 3006 b includes at least some of transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b that is at least one of reflected, scattered or otherwise redirected from the perivascular tissue P before passing through the skin S, passing through the cavity G, and entering detection waveguide 3220 via detector face 3224 .
  • Noise component 3006 a generally includes at least some of cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a that is reflected in the cavity G before entering detection waveguide 3220 via detector face 3224 .
  • signal component 3006 b provides an indication that an infiltration/extravasation event is occurring whereas noise component 3006 a tends to obscure an indication that an infiltration/extravasation event is occurring.
  • noise component 3006 a tends to obscure an indication that an infiltration/extravasation event is occurring.
  • FIGS. 26A and 26B illustrate that the cavity G preferably includes one or an aggregation of individual gaps.
  • FIG. 26A shows individual gaps between superficies 3300 and the skin S that, taken in the aggregate, preferably make up the cavity G.
  • the individual gaps may range in size between approximately microscopic gaps G 1 (three are indicated in FIG. 26A ) and approximately macroscopic gaps G 2 (two are indicated in FIG. 26A ). It is believed that approximately microscopic gaps G 1 may be due at least in part to epidermal contours of the skin S and/or hair on the skin S, and approximately macroscopic gaps G 2 may be due at least in part to relative movement between superficies 3300 and the skin S. Patient activity is an example of an occurrence that may cause the relative movement that results in approximately macroscopic gaps G 2 between superficies 3300 and the skin S.
  • FIG. 26B shows electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably isolated from the skin S by a foundation 3130 .
  • foundation 3130 contiguously engages superficies 3300 and contiguously engages the skin S.
  • the cavity G between foundation 3130 and the skin S preferably includes an aggregation of (1) approximately microscopic gaps G 1 (two are indicated in FIG. 26B ); and (2) approximately macroscopic gaps G 2 (two are indicated in FIG. 26B ).
  • Foundation 3130 preferably is coupled with respect to electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 and includes a panel 3132 and/or adhesive 3134 .
  • panel 3132 includes a layer disposed between electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 and the skin S.
  • Panel 3132 preferably includes TegadermTM, manufactured by 3M (St.
  • panel 3132 is biocompatible, breathable, and/or transparent or translucent with respect to visible light.
  • Panel 3132 preferably is generally transparent with respect to emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 .
  • adhesive 3134 bonds at least one of panel 3132 and electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 to the skin S.
  • Adhesive 3134 preferably includes an acrylic adhesive, a synthetic rubber adhesive, or another biocompatible, medical grade adhesive.
  • adhesive 3134 minimally affects emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 .
  • adhesive 3134 preferably is omitted where emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 penetrate foundation 3130 , e.g., underlying emitter and detector faces 3214 and 3224 .
  • FIG. 27 shows a housing 3100 according to the present disclosure including an electromagnetic radiation absorber 3160 .
  • emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 extend through interior volume 3110 that is generally defined by an interior wall 3112 of housing 3100 .
  • Housing 3100 preferably includes a biocompatible material, e.g., polycarbonate, polypropylene, polyethylene, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, or another polymer material.
  • filler 3150 e.g., epoxy or another potting material, fills interior volume 3110 around emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 .
  • filler 3150 preferably cinctures emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 disposed in interior volume 3110 .
  • housing 3100 includes surface 3120 that confronts the skin S and cinctures emitter and detector faces 3214 and 3224 .
  • superficies 3300 of electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably includes emitter face 3214 , detector face 3224 and surface 3120 .
  • Absorber 3160 preferably absorbs electromagnetic radiation that impinges on surface 3120 .
  • “absorb” or “absorption” preferably refer to transforming electromagnetic radiation propagating in a material to another form of energy, such as heat.
  • absorber 3160 absorbs wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation that generally correspond to the wavelengths of emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 .
  • absorber 3160 preferably absorbs electromagnetic radiation in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • Absorber 3160 may additionally or alternatively absorb wavelengths in other parts of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum, e.g., visible light, short-wavelength infrared, mid-wavelength infrared, long-wavelength infrared, or far infrared. According to one embodiment, absorber 3160 absorbs at least 50% and preferably 90% or more of the electromagnetic radiation that impinges on surface 3120 .
  • Absorber 3160 preferably includes a variety of form factors for inclusion with housing 3100 .
  • absorber 3160 includes at least one of a film, a powder, a pigment, a dye, or ink. Film or ink preferably are applied on surface 3120 , and powder, pigment or dye preferably are incorporated, e.g., dispersed, in the composition of housing 3100 .
  • FIG. 27 shows absorber 3160 preferably is included in first housing portion 3102 ; however, absorber 3160 or another electromagnetic radiation absorbing material may also be included in second housing portion 3104 and/or filler 3150 .
  • absorbers 3160 that are suitable for absorbing near-infrared electromagnetic radiation preferably include at least one of antimony-tin oxide, carbon black, copper phosphate, copper pyrophosphate, illite, indium-tin oxide, kaolin, lanthanum hexaboride, montmorillonite, nickel dithiolene dye, palladium dithiolene dye, platinum dithiolene dye, tungsten oxide, and tungsten trioxide.
  • Absorber 3160 preferably improves the signal-to-noise ratio of received electromagnetic radiation 3006 by reducing noise component 3006 a .
  • electromagnetic energy that impinges on surface 3120 is absorbed rather than being reflected in the cavity G and therefore does not propagate further, e.g., toward detector face 3224 .
  • absorber 3160 preferably substantially attenuates cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a and noise component 3006 a as compared to electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 shown in FIG. 25 .
  • Electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably may be used, for example, (1) as an aid in detecting at least one of infiltration and extravasation; (2) to identify an anatomical change in perivascular tissue; or (3) to analyze a transcutaneous electromagnetic signal.
  • Emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably propagates from emitter face 3214 through foundation 3130 and/or cavity G, if either of these is disposed in the path of emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 , toward the target area of the skin S. According to one embodiment, emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 divides into cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a and transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b in the cavity G.
  • Cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a may be initially reflected in cavity G, but preferably is generally absorbed by absorber 3160 .
  • absorber 3160 absorbs at least 50% and preferably 90% or more of cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a that impinges on surface 3120 .
  • noise component 3006 a due to cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a preferably is substantially eliminated or at least reduced by absorber 3160 .
  • Transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b preferably propagates through the skin S toward the perivascular tissue P.
  • at least a portion of transcutaneous portion 3002 b is at least one of reflected, scattered or otherwise redirected from the perivascular tissue P toward the target area of the skin S as signal component 3006 b .
  • signal component 3006 b After propagating through the target area of the skin S, signal component 3006 b preferably further propagates through the cavity G and foundation 3130 , if either of these is disposed in the path of signal component 3006 b , toward detector face 3224 .
  • detector face 3224 collects signal component 3006 b and detection waveguide 3220 transmits collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 to patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • patient monitoring device 6000 analyzes collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 to, for example, identify anatomical changes in perivascular tissue and/or aid in detecting an infiltration/extravasation event.
  • Absorber 3160 preferably also absorbs other noise in addition to that resulting from cutaneous portion 3002 a .
  • absorber 3160 preferably also absorbs a portion of signal component 3006 b that impinges on surface 3120 rather than being collected by detector face 3224 .
  • absorber 3160 preferably improves the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 by absorbing noise component 3006 a .
  • reducing noise component 3006 a in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 makes it easier for patient monitoring device 6000 to analyze signal 3006 b in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • Changes in the size and/or volume of cavity G preferably may also be used to monitor patient activity and/or verify inspections by caregivers.
  • information regarding the occurrence of patient posture change may be detected by electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 . Accordingly, this information may aid a caregiver in evaluating if a patient is overwhelmed with or distracted by cannula 20 and therefore at greater risk of disrupting the patient's infusion therapy.
  • electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably may be used to detect caregiver examinations of the target area of the skin and/or the cannulation site N.
  • a caregiver periodically examines the patient during infusion therapy for indications of infiltration/extravasation events. These examinations preferably include touching and/or palpating the target area of the patient's skin. These actions by the caregiver tend to cause relative movement between electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 and the skin S.
  • a record of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably includes the occurrences over time of caregiver inspections.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be coupled to patient monitoring device 6000 via sensor cable 5000 . According to some embodiments, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and patient monitoring device 6000 may be coupled wirelessly rather than via sensor cable 5000 , or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may incorporate certain features of patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • FIGS. 28A-28C illustrate an embodiment of sensor cable 5000 according to the present disclosure.
  • Sensor cable 5000 preferably provides transmission paths for first and second light signals between patient monitoring device 6000 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • sets of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 preferably extend in sensor cable 5000 along a longitudinal axis L between first and second ends 5002 and 5004 .
  • first end 5002 is proximate to patient monitoring device 6000 and second end 5004 is proximate to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • a sheath 5010 preferably cinctures sets of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 along the longitudinal axis L between first and second ends 5002 and 5004 .
  • sheath 5010 includes a first end 5012 coupled to a plug 5020 and includes a second end 5014 coupled to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • Plug 5020 preferably facilitates consistent optical coupling and recoupling with patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • Sensor cable 5000 preferably provides a conduit for emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 .
  • each set includes several hundred optical fibers and preferably includes approximately 600 individual borosilicate optical fibers having an approximately 50 micron diameter, a numerical aperture NA of approximately 0.55, and a low hydroxyl group content, e.g., less than 50 parts per million and preferably less than 20 parts per million.
  • a suitable optical fiber material is Glass 8250 manufacture by Schott North America, Inc. (Elmsford, N.Y., US).
  • each set may include different numbers of optical fibers possibly with different diameters, higher or lower numerical apertures, and different hydroxyl group contents.
  • the optical fiber material may include different types of glass or plastic.
  • the material of sheath 5010 preferably includes a medical grade thermoplastic polyurethane, e.g., Tecoflex®, manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation (Wickliffe, Ohio, US).
  • sheath 5010 preferably is extruded around the sets of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 .
  • one set of emission or detection optical fibers 3212 or 3222 may be cinctured in a jacket (not shown) disposed in sheath 5010 .
  • sheath 5010 may include an element to avoid crushing emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and/or to limit the minimum bend radius of sensor cable 5000 .
  • Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably is suitable for controlling pulses of first and second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3012 , and for analyzing corresponding pulses of optical power ⁇ 6 and ⁇ 16 corresponding to first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 .
  • the optical power ⁇ 6 changes over time in response to (i) fluid infusing the perivascular tissue P; and (ii) changing tissue blood volume along the monitoring path of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 .
  • Changes over time in the optical power ⁇ 16 preferably distinguish between fluid infusing the perivascular tissue P or changing tissue blood volume.
  • second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably (i) verify that an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated based on an anatomic change due to fluid infusing the perivascular tissue P; and (ii) eliminate or at least substantially mitigate false alerts to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination based on changing tissue blood volume.
  • FIGS. 28A-28C illustrate the exterior of patient monitoring device 6000 according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes a shell 6010 supported on a pole by a clamp 6012 .
  • shell 6010 includes an exterior surface and defines an interior space.
  • clamp 6012 preferably is disposed on the exterior of shell 6010 and includes a fixed jaw 6014 and a moving jaw 6016 .
  • An actuator 6018 e.g., a knob and threaded rod, preferably displaces moving jaw 6016 relative to fixed jaw 6014 for gripping and releasing clamp 6012 with respect to the pole.
  • a bail 6020 is coupled to shell 6010 for capturing sensor cable 5000 , e.g., when dressing 1000 is in the second arrangement.
  • bail 6020 includes a hook coupled to shell 6010 at a plurality of junctures.
  • bail 6020 may be coupled to shell 6010 at a single juncture or a basket or net slung from shell 6010 may be used to capture at least a portion of sensor cable 5000 .
  • Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes a number of features disposed on the exterior of shell 6010 .
  • patient monitoring device 6000 includes a power button 6030 , an indicator set 6040 , a display 6050 , a set of soft keys 6060 , a mute button 6070 , a check button 6080 and a test port 6090 .
  • these features preferably are disposed on the front of shell 6010 .
  • Pressing power button 6030 preferably toggles ON and OFF patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably provides status reports of varying detail.
  • indicator set 6040 provides a basic status report and display 6050 provides a more detailed status report.
  • indicator set 6040 includes a set of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a - 6042 e providing a visible indication of at least one of three states of patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • a first state of patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes all of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a - 6042 e illuminating a first color, e.g., green.
  • the first state is characterized by actively monitoring for indications of infiltration or extravasation without identifying a cause for alerting a healthcare giver to evaluate the patient.
  • a second state of patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes all of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a - 6042 e illuminating a second color, e.g., yellow.
  • the second state is characterized by identifying a cause for alerting the healthcare giver to evaluate the operation of system 100 with respect to the patient. For example, the second state may be indicated if the operation of system 100 is being disrupted because the patient is pulling on sensor cable 5000 .
  • a third state of patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes all of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a - 6042 e illuminating a third color, e.g., red.
  • the third state is characterized by patient monitoring device 6000 alerting the healthcare giver to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • the number as well as color(s) of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a - 6042 e that are illuminated may provide information regarding, for example, duration or intensity of an event that is cause for alerting a healthcare giver.
  • Display 6050 preferably provides detailed information regarding the use, status, and alarms of patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • display 6050 includes color, alphanumeric characters, graphs, icons and images to convey set-up and operating instructions, system maintenance and malfunction notices, system configuration statements, healthcare giver alerts, historical records, etc.
  • display 6050 preferably displays individual labels 6052 describing a function assigned to a corresponding soft key 6060 .
  • display 6050 preferably facilitates quantifying with precision when an identifiable event occurred, its duration, its magnitude, whether an alert was issued, and the corresponding type of alert.
  • Mute button 6070 and check button 6080 preferably are hard keys having regularly assigned functions.
  • mute button 6070 temporarily silences an audible alarm.
  • a healthcare giver preferably silences the audible alarm while performing an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • the function of mute button 6070 is temporary because disabling rather than silencing the audible alarm may be detrimental to the future effectiveness of patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • Check button 6080 preferably includes one or more regularly assigned functions, e.g., registering periodic examinations of the cannulation site N.
  • check button 6080 is preferably pressed each time a healthcare giver performs an examination of the cannulation site N.
  • the examination is registered in a historical record maintained by patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • the historical record may be reviewed on display 6050 and/or the historical record may be transferred off patient monitoring device 6000 to a recordkeeping system that maintains a generally comprehensive chronicle of the patient's treatment(s).
  • Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes a test arrangement for verifying the operation and calibration of system 100 .
  • the test arrangement includes preferably inserting electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in test port 6090 , e.g., prior to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 being coupled with dressing 1000 in the first arrangement.
  • collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 in the test arrangement includes a portion of emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 that is redirected by an optically standard material disposed in test port 6090 .
  • the optically standard material preferably includes Spectralon®, manufactured by Labsphere, Inc. (North Sutton, N.H., US), or another material having high diffuse reflectance.
  • collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 is collected by detector face 3224 and the corresponding light signal is transmitted via detection waveguide 3220 and plug 5020 to patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • the light signal is preferably compared with accepted calibration values. A satisfactory comparison preferably results in an affirmative indication by at least one of indicator set 6040 and display 6050 ; whereas, display 6050 may present instructions for additional diagnostic routines and/or guidance for recalibrating or repairing system 100 if the result is an unsatisfactory comparison.
  • test arrangement shown in FIG. 28C is preferably a generally passive system for verifying the operation and calibration of system 100 .
  • an active testing system preferably includes a light detector to measure the optical power ⁇ 2 and a light source to mimic collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 .
  • FIG. 29 shows a schematic block diagram of an operating device 6100 according to one embodiment of patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • operating device 6100 includes a controller 6110 , at least one optics bench 6120 , a notification section 6150 , and an input/output section 6160 .
  • Controller 6110 preferably is disposed in the interior space of shell 6010 and includes a processor 6112 , non-volatile memory 6114 , and volatile memory 6116 .
  • processor 6112 preferably includes a Peripheral Interface Controller (PIC) microcontroller.
  • PIC Peripheral Interface Controller
  • An example of a suitable processor 6112 is model number PI32MX695F512L-801/PT manufactured by Microchip Technology Inc. (Chandler, Ariz., US).
  • Non-volatile memory 6114 preferably includes flash memory or a memory card that is coupled with processor 6112 via a bi-directional communication link. Examples of suitable bi-directional communication links include a serial peripheral interface (SPI) bus, an inter-integrated circuit (I 2 C) bus, or other serial or parallel communication systems. Preferably, non-volatile memory 6114 extends the non-volatile memory available on processor 6112 . According to one embodiment, non-volatile memory 6114 includes a Secure Digital (SD) memory card. Volatile memory 6116 preferably includes, for example, random-access memory (RAM) that is coupled with processor 6112 via a bi-directional communication link. Preferably, volatile memory 6116 extends the volatile memory available on processor 6112 .
  • SD Secure Digital
  • controller 6110 performs a number of functions including, inter alia, (1) directing the storage of raw data that is collected via sensor 3000 ; (2) processing the raw data according to an algorithm running on processor 6112 ; (3) directing the storage of processed data; (4) issuing commands to notification section 6150 ; and (5) responding to inputs from input/output section 6160 .
  • a timestamp is preferably stored with individual units of raw data, processed data and/or log events.
  • controller 6110 maintains a log of events related to patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • operating device 6100 includes an electrical power supply, e.g., a battery, and/or manages electrical power supplied from a source that preferably is external to patient monitoring device 6000 .
  • a source e.g., a battery
  • an external source of alternating current is transformed and regulated to supply direct current to operating device 6100 .
  • Optics bench 6120 preferably is disposed in the interior space of shell 6010 and includes a first electro-optical signal transducer, a second electro-optical signal transducer, and a third electro-optical signal transducer.
  • first and second electro-optical signal transducers transform corresponding first and second digital electric signals from controller 6110 to first and second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3012 .
  • the first electro-optical signal transducer preferably includes a first digital-to-analog converter 6122 a and a first light emitting diode 6124 a to transform the first digital electric signal to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 at a first peak wavelength ⁇ 1
  • the second electro-optical signal transducer preferably includes a second digital-to-analog converter 6122 b and a second light emitting diode 6124 b to transform the second digital electric signal to second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 at a second peak wavelength ⁇ 2.
  • optics bench 6120 preferably includes additional electro-optical signal transducers to transform additional digital electric signals from controller 6110 to emitted electromagnetic radiation at additional discrete peak wavelengths.
  • the third electro-optical signal transducer of optics bench 6120 preferably includes a photodiode 6126 , an operational amplifier 6128 and an analog-to-digital converter 6130 to transform first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 to a third digital electric signal.
  • the third digital electric signal includes the raw data at each of the first and second peak wavelengths ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 that is collected by photodiode 6126 .
  • analog-to-digital converter 6130 preferably transforms the first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 to a first sequence of values and transforms the second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 to a second sequence of values.
  • the first and second sequences of values are sent to controller 6110 via a bi-directional communication link.
  • Optics bench 6120 preferably includes a printed circuit board (not shown) that supports first and second digital-to-analog converters 6122 a and 6122 b , operational amplifier 6128 , analog-to-digital converter 6130 , and a transceiver 6125 that provides a common enclosure for first light emitting diode 6124 a , second light emitting diode 6124 b , and photodiode 6126 .
  • plug 5020 cooperatively mates with transceiver 6125 to provide consistent optical coupling between sensor cable 5000 and optics bench 6120 .
  • a bi-directional communication link preferably provides communication between optics bench 6120 and controller 6110 . Operating device 6100 shown in FIG.
  • 29 shows a single optics bench 6120 coupled with controller 6110 ; however, a plurality of optics benches 6120 may be coupled with controller 6110 when, for example, it is preferable to use a single patient monitoring device 6000 with a plurality of electromagnetic radiation sensors 3000 .
  • the first wavelength ⁇ 1 is sensitive to the infusate F and the second wavelength ⁇ 2 is sensitive to blood.
  • the first wavelength ⁇ 1 is in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum
  • the second wavelength ⁇ 2 is in the yellow to red visible light portions of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • the second wavelength ⁇ 2 preferably approximates an isosbestic wavelength of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin.
  • the second wavelength ⁇ 2 is approximately at an isosbestic wavelength not greater than 586 nanometers (approximately 512 terahertz) because the next longer isosbestic wavelength at approximately 808 nanometers (approximately 371 terahertz) is sensitive to the infusate F.
  • FIGS. 30A and 30B are time lines illustrating embodiments of strategies for controlling the electro-optical signal transducers of optics bench 6120 with controller 6110 .
  • the first and second electro-optical signal transducers are preferably driven at approximately 60 Hertz by the corresponding first and second digital electric signals from controller 6110 .
  • “drive” preferably refers to a command for cyclically activating and deactivating a device.
  • First and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b therefore are individually activated once per cycle, e.g., twelve times every 0.2 seconds.
  • first light emitting diode 6124 a is activated during an initial period of each cycle, then there is a middle period Ro during each cycle when first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b are inactive, and second light emitting diode 6124 b is activated during a subsequent period of each cycle.
  • the third digital signal from the third electro-optical signal transducer preferably is sampled three times during each cycle.
  • sampling durations are approximately 50% to approximately 75% of the initial, middle, or subsequent periods to isolate corresponding individual samples of (i) the optical power ⁇ 6 ; (ii) a optical power ⁇ 0 that correlates to ambient electromagnetic radiation affecting electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (e.g., measured during the middle period Ro); and (iii) the optical power ⁇ 16 .
  • the third digital signal preferably includes a first set of values including the samples of the optical power ⁇ 6 from each cycle, a second set of values including the samples of the optical power ⁇ 16 from each cycle, and a third set of values including the samples of the optical power ⁇ 0 from each cycle.
  • Second electro-optical signal transducer preferably is driven at a rate that overcomes a perception of flashing by second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 .
  • the first electro-optical signal transducer can be driven at a slow rate, e.g., as low as 0.3 Hertz or lower, relative to the second electro-optical signal transducer when first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 include infrared radiation, which typically is imperceptible to human eyes.
  • a slow rate e.g., as low as 0.3 Hertz or lower
  • controller 6110 drives the first electro-optical signal transducer at approximately 5 Hertz while driving the second electro-optical signal transducer at a rate such that second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are perceived by human eyes as glowing rather than flashing.
  • the second electro-optical signal transducer is driven at a minimum of approximately 24 Hertz and preferably at approximately 60 Hertz. Accordingly, the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 30B shows first light emitting diode 6124 a is activated once per cycle, e.g., one time every 0.2 seconds, and second light emitting diode 6124 b is activated 12 times per cycle, e.g., 12 times every 0.2 seconds.
  • controller 6110 preferably drives the second electro-optical signal transducer at approximately 120 Hertz or more. Similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 30A , each cycle preferably includes a period of inactivity between activating first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b . Preferably, second light emitting diode 6124 b is activated before first light emitting diode 6124 a according to the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 30B .
  • the third digital signal from the third electro-optical signal transducer preferably is sampled three times during each cycle by controller 6110 for obtaining individual samples of the optical power ⁇ 6 , the optical power ⁇ 0 , and the optical power ⁇ 16 .
  • controller 6110 and stored in non-volatile memory 6114 preferably is reduced according to the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 30B principally because individual cycles take longer when the first electro-optical signal transducer is driven at approximately 5 Hertz or less.
  • Other embodiments of control strategies preferably include an adaptable sampling rate for varying the sampling rates and cycle times, e.g., between those of the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 30A and 30B .
  • First and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 preferably are corrected to eliminate or substantially reduce the extraneous contributions of ambient electromagnetic radiation.
  • controller 6110 computes corrected values of the optical power ⁇ 6 and the optical power ⁇ 16 based on the corresponding value of optical power ⁇ 0 in each cycle.
  • controller 6110 subtracts the value of optical power ⁇ 0 from the values of the optical power ⁇ 6 and the optical power ⁇ 16 in each cycle.
  • the accuracy of the corrected values of the optical power ⁇ 6 and the optical power ⁇ 16 preferably increases when there are short intervals, e.g., up to approximately 1 second and preferably approximately 10 milliseconds to approximately 100 milliseconds, between (i) sampling the optical power ⁇ 6 and the optical power ⁇ 0 ; and (ii) sampling the optical power ⁇ 16 and the optical power ⁇ 0 .
  • the corrected values of the optical power ⁇ 6 and the optical power ⁇ 16 preferably are normalized according to one embodiment of patient monitoring device 6000 before determining if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated.
  • “normalize” preferably refers to transforming magnitudes of the corrected values of the optical power ⁇ 6 and the optical power ⁇ 16 to corresponding intensities that can be compared in a meaningful way.
  • controller 6110 preferably computes (i) a first arithmetic mean ⁇ 6 of a first collection of corrected values of the optical power ⁇ 6 ; and (ii) a second arithmetic mean ⁇ 16 of a second collection of corrected values of the optical power ⁇ 16 .
  • the first collection includes a finite number of consecutive corrected values of the optical power ⁇ 6 beginning with the first cycle
  • the second collection includes a finite number of consecutive corrected values of the optical power ⁇ 16 beginning with the first cycle.
  • the finite number(s) preferably correspond to a number of cycles (e.g., 5000 cycles) or a time period (e.g., 5 minutes).
  • Controller 6110 preferably computes a first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 by dividing each corrected value of the optical power ⁇ 6 by the first arithmetic mean ⁇ 6 , and computes a second set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 by dividing each corrected value of the optical power ⁇ 16 by the second arithmetic mean ⁇ 16 .
  • individual normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 and ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 are in a range between 0.3 and approximately 1.3.
  • normalized values less than 1.0 indicate a signal decrease relative to an arithmetic mean and values greater than 1.0 indicate a signal increase relative to the arithmetic mean.
  • the normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 and ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 are indicative of percentage changes in the first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 and are used by controller 6110 in computations to determine if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated.
  • optical power magnitude rather than relative intensity preferably is used in comparisons and/or computations to determine if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated.
  • values of optical power ⁇ 2 , ⁇ 12 and ⁇ 0 , as well as the uncorrected and corrected values of optical power ⁇ 6 and ⁇ 16 are measured in or converted to a common unit of optical power, e.g., milliwatts, for use in comparisons or computations by controller 6110 .
  • controller 6110 analyzes the rates of change of the corrected values of the optical power ⁇ 6 and the optical power ⁇ 16 and identifies corresponding stable values of optical power when the corresponding rate of change is approximately zero for a preferred duration. Controller 6110 preferably computes sets of normalized values by dividing each corrected value of the optical power by the corresponding stable value rather than dividing by an arithmetic mean. Accordingly, an advantage of analyzing rates of change is that a stable value may be determined in less time than it takes to collect a finite number of corrected values.
  • patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes a temperature sensor 6140 to measure temperature changes that affect at least one of first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b .
  • the optical power ⁇ emanating from first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b is affected by ambient temperature changes. This accordingly affects the optical power ⁇ 6 and ⁇ 16 of first and second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3012 .
  • Temperature sensor 6140 preferably measures the ambient temperature and provides to controller 6110 an electrical signal that may be used to adjust at least one of the first and second digital electrical signal supplied to first and second digital-to-analog converters 6122 a and 6122 b , respectively.
  • temperature sensor 6140 preferably is disposed in transceiver 6125 in proximity to first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b .
  • temperature sensor 6140 preferably is supported on the printed circuit board for optics bench 6120 .
  • temperature sensor 6140 preferably is disposed on a printed circuit board for controller 6110 .
  • temperature sensor 6140 preferably is supported on the exterior of shell 6010 .
  • Notification section 6150 provides visual or audible indications preferably to describe the status of system 100 or to alert a healthcare giver to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • visual indicators in notification section 6150 include indicator set 6040 and display 6050 .
  • Display 6050 preferably is coupled to controller 6110 via a display driver 6152 .
  • An audible indicator preferably includes a digital-to-analog converter 6154 , an audio amplifier 6156 , and a speaker 6158 .
  • display driver 6152 and digital-to-analog converter 6154 communicate with controller 6110 via a communication link.
  • Audio amplifier 6156 preferably drives speaker 6158 .
  • the output from speaker 6158 includes at least one of an alarm or a notification.
  • Alarms preferably comply with a standard such as IEC 60601-1-8 promulgated by the International Electrotechnical Commission.
  • notifications include, for example, a tone, a melody, or a synthesized voice.
  • the embodiment of operating device 6100 shown in FIG. 29 includes a pair of visual indicators and a single audible indicator; however, other combinations of visual and audible indicators are also envisioned.
  • a graphical user interface preferably includes certain features of notification and input/output sections 6150 and 6160 .
  • the graphical user interface combines in a generally common area on the exterior of shell 6010 at least one of indicator set 6040 and display 6050 with at least one of soft keys 6060 , mute button 6070 , and check button 6080 .
  • patient monitoring device 6000 shown in FIG. 28A includes a graphical user interface that combines, inter alia, labels 6052 on display 6050 with soft keys 6060 .
  • Input/output section 6160 preferably facilitates inputting commands to operating device 6100 or outputting data from operating device 6100 .
  • input/output section 6160 includes a keypad 6162 , at least one input/output port 6164 or wireless communication device 6166 , and an input/output interface 6168 to couple keypad 6162 , port(s) 6164 and device 6166 to controller 6110 via a bi-directional communication link.
  • keypad 6162 includes soft keys 6060 , mute button 6070 , and check button 6080 .
  • keypad 6162 preferably includes a keyboard or a touchscreen.
  • commands to operating device 6100 preferably are input via a pen device or voice recognition device.
  • Input/output ports(s) 6164 preferably include connections for communicating with peripheral devices according to at least one standard. Examples of suitable communication standards preferably include, e.g., RS-232 and Universal Serial Bus (USB). Wireless communication device 6166 preferably provides an additional or alternate means for communicating with a peripheral device.
  • the embodiment of input/output section 6160 shown in FIG. 29 includes three communication options; however, more or less than three options are also envisioned for enabling operating device 6100 to communicate with peripheral devices.
  • Algorithms for mitigating false alerts to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably include distinguishing between accumulating fluid and changing tissue blood volume.
  • controller 6110 runs an algorithm to analyze the first and second sets of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 and ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 for determining if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated.
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated when there is an anatomical change over time even when there is a coexistent physiological change.
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated when an algorithm determines the infusate F is accumulating in the perivascular tissue P and the tissue blood volume is changing in the monitoring path of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 .
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated when there is a physiological change that is not coexistent with an anatomical change over time.
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated when an algorithm determines the tissue blood volume is changing in the monitoring path of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the infusate F is not accumulating in the perivascular tissue P.
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated when a tissue blood volume change due to patient posture change is not coexistent with the fluid F infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • One embodiment of an algorithm preferably analyzes the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 to evaluate if a change is sensed in the monitoring path of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and analyzes the second set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 to evaluate if the sensed change is due to a tissue blood volume change rather than an anatomic change over time.
  • the sizes of the arrows for first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 preferably correspond to the optical power ⁇ 2 and ⁇ 6 .
  • the algorithm preferably indicates an infiltration/extravasation examination when (i) the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 decreases at least approximately 5%; and (ii) the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 decreases more than the second set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 .
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is indicated by the algorithm when (i) the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 decreases at least approximately 10%; and (ii) a ratio of the decrease in the second set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 to the decrease in the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 is greater than approximately 0.97.
  • the decrease in the optical power ⁇ 6 shows that an infiltration/extravasation examination possibly is indicated and a comparison of the relative decreases in the optical power ⁇ 6 and ⁇ 16 shows that an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is contraindicated.
  • the algorithm preferably contraindicates an infiltration/extravasation examination when (i) the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 decreases less than approximately 5%; or (ii) the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 decreases less than the second set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ m .
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is contraindicated by the algorithm when (i) the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 decreases less than approximately 10%; and (ii) a ratio of the decrease in the second set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 to the decrease in the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 is less than approximately 0.9.
  • FIG. 31A schematically illustrates individual ordered pairs of the normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 and ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 plotted for each cycle.
  • a known curve fitting technique is used to construct a fitted curve FC for the ordered pairs contained in a first collection C 1 .
  • the number of ordered pairs in the first collection C 1 includes (i) a preferred number of ordered pairs; or (ii) a minimum number of ordered pairs that preferably are sufficient for trending toward one of a group of empirically established fitted curves FC.
  • the fitted curve FC preferably is a straight line described by a first-degree polynomial function, also known as a linear equation.
  • the fitted curve FC preferably is described by higher order polynomial functions including, for example, a second-degree polynomial function (quadratic equation) or a third-degree polynomial function (cubic equation).
  • a second collection C 2 contains a preferred minimum number of ordered pairs that are at least a preferred minimum perpendicular displacement ⁇ from the fitted curve FC.
  • the ordered pairs in the second collection C 2 preferably are collected within a number of cycles that approximately equal the preferred number of ordered pairs in the second collection C 2 .
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated when the preferred minimum number, e.g., at least approximately 300, of ordered pairs are collected in the second collection C 2 .
  • the minimum perpendicular displacement ⁇ includes a vertical component ⁇ 6 (e.g., change in the normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 ) and a horizontal component ⁇ 16 (e.g., change in the normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 ).
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated by the algorithm when (i) the vertical component ⁇ 6 decreases at least approximately 5%; and (ii) the horizontal component changes less than the vertical component.
  • FIGS. 32A and 32B schematically illustrate examples of (i) the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 for an infrared radiation signal; (ii) the second set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 for a visible light signal; and (iii) the corresponding predicted signal ⁇ .
  • coefficients of the calibration function are computed by controller 6110 based on the normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 and ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 during a finite number of cycles, e.g., similar to the aforementioned use of a known curve fitting technique to describe the fitted curve FC. Similarly also, a preferred minimum number of cycles may be sufficient for trending toward one of a group of empirically established calibration curves.
  • controller 6110 computes the predicted signal ⁇ based on the calibration function and the normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 16 for each cycle and then compares the predicted signal ⁇ with the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 .
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated after a preferred number of cycles, e.g., 1000 cycles, during which (i) the predicted signal ⁇ is at least approximately 5% lower; and (ii) the predicted signal ⁇ differs less than approximately 10% from the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 .
  • an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated after approximately 2 minutes during which (i) the predicted signal ⁇ is at least approximately 10% lower; and (ii) the predicted signal ⁇ differs less than approximately 5% from the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 .
  • FIG. 32A shows an embodiment when an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is contraindicated because the predicted signal ⁇ drop is less than approximately 10%. Drops of at least 10% in the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 are shown after approximately 7-10 minutes and approximately 18-20 minutes; however, the cause of these drops is determined by the algorithm to be tissue blood volume changes rather than anatomic changes over time.
  • FIG. 32B shows an embodiment when an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is indicated after approximately 47 minutes when (i) the predicted signal ⁇ drops at least approximately 10%; and (ii) the predicted signal ⁇ and the first set of normalized values ⁇ circumflex over ( ⁇ ) ⁇ 6 differ less than approximately 5%.
  • dressing 1000 preferably is devoid of materials, e.g., metal, that may harm a patient or damage diagnostic equipment during magnetic resonance imaging, computerized axial tomography, x-rays, or other procedures that use electromagnetic radiation.
  • operation of the sensor may be reversed, e.g., collecting electromagnetic radiation with a waveguide that is otherwise configured for emission as discussed above and emitting electromagnetic radiation with a waveguide that is otherwise configured for detection as discussed above.
  • the emission and detection waveguides may be adjusted, e.g., the emission waveguide may include more optical fibers than the detection waveguide and visa-versa. Accordingly, it is intended that the present invention not be limited to the described embodiments, but that it has the full scope defined by the language of the following claims, and equivalents thereof.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
  • Measurement Of The Respiration, Hearing Ability, Form, And Blood Characteristics Of Living Organisms (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Materials By Optical Means (AREA)

Abstract

A system including a sensor and a device coupled to the sensor. The sensor is configured to detect in Animalia tissue (i) a first electromagnetic radiation extinction dominated by absorption of a first wavelength and (ii) a second electromagnetic radiation extinction dominated by scattering of a second wavelength. The device is configured to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue based on the first and second electromagnetic radiation extinctions detected by the sensor.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/794,776, filed 11 Mar. 2013, which claims the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/609,865, filed 12 Mar. 2012. This application is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/792,193, filed 11 Mar. 2013, which claims the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/640,542, filed 30 Apr. 2012, and also claims the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/609,865, filed 12 Mar. 2012. This application is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. Nos. 13/792,074 and 13/792,079, filed 10 Mar. 2013, both of which claim the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/706,726, filed 27 Sep. 2012, and also claim the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/609,865, filed 12 Mar. 2012. This application is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/792,051, filed 9 Mar. 2013, and of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/792,068, filed 10 Mar. 2013, both of which claim the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/755,273, filed 22 Jan. 2013, and also claim the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/609,865, filed 12 Mar. 2012. This application also claims the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/809,651, filed 8 Apr. 2013. Each of the aforementioned Applications and Provisional Applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
  • Not Applicable
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • FIGS. 33A and 33B show a typical arrangement for intravascular infusion. As the terminology is used herein, “intravascular” preferably refers to being situated in, occurring in, or being administered by entry into a blood vessel, thus “intravascular infusion” preferably refers to introducing a fluid or infusate into a subcutaneous blood vessel V. Intravascular infusion accordingly encompasses both intravenous infusion (administering a fluid into a vein) and intra-arterial infusion (administering a fluid into an artery).
  • A cannula 20 typically is used for administering fluid via the blood vessel V. Typically, cannula 20 is inserted through skin S at a cannulation site N and punctures the blood vessel V, for example, the cephalic vein, basilica vein, median cubital vein, or any suitable vein for an intravenous infusion. Similarly, any suitable artery may be used for an intra-arterial infusion.
  • Cannula 20 typically is in fluid communication with a fluid source 22. Typically, cannula 20 includes an extracorporeal connector 20 a, a hub 20 b, and a transcutaneous sleeve 20 c. An extension tube may couple the extracorporeal connector 20 a and the hub 20 b, as shown in FIG. 33A, or the hub 20 b may incorporate the extracorporeal connector 20 a. Fluid source 22 typically includes one or more sterile containers that hold the fluid(s) to be administered. Examples of typical sterile containers include plastic bags, glass bottles or plastic bottles.
  • An administration set 30 typically provides a sterile conduit for fluid to flow from fluid source 22 to cannula 20. Typically, administration set 30 includes tubing 32, a drip chamber 34, a flow control device 36, and a cannula connector 38. Tubing 32 typically is made of polypropylene, nylon, or another flexible, strong and inert material. Drip chamber 34 typically permits the fluid to flow one drop at a time for reducing air bubbles in the flow. Tubing 32 and drip chamber 34 typically are transparent or translucent to provide a visual indication of the flow. Typically, flow control device 36 controls fluid flow in tubing 32 and is positioned upstream from drip chamber 34. Roller clamps and Dial-A-Flo®, manufactured by Hospira, Inc. (Lake Forest, Ill., US), are examples of typical flow control devices. Typically, cannula connector 38 and extracorporeal connector 20 a provide a leak-proof coupling through which the fluid may flow. Luer-Lok™, manufactured by Becton, Dickinson and Company (Franklin Lakes, N.J., US), is an example of a typical leak-proof coupling.
  • Administration set 30 may also include at least one of a clamp 40, an injection port 42, a filter 44, or other devices. Typically, clamp 40 pinches tubing 32 to cut-off fluid flow. Injection port 42 typically provides an access port for administering medicine or another fluid via cannula 20. Filter 44 typically purifies and/or treats the fluid flowing through administration set 30. For example, filter 44 may strain contaminants from the fluid.
  • An infusion pump 50 may be coupled with administration set 30 for controlling the quantity or the rate of fluid flow to cannula 20. The Alaris® System manufactured by CareFusion Corporation (San Diego, Calif., US), BodyGuard® Infusion Pumps manufactured by CMA America, L.L.C. (Golden, Colo., US), and Flo-Gard® Volumetric Infusion Pumps manufactured by Baxter International Inc. (Deerfield, Ill., US) are examples of typical infusion pumps.
  • Intravenous infusion or therapy typically uses a fluid (e.g., infusate, whole blood, or blood product) to correct an electrolyte imbalance, to deliver a medication, or to elevate a fluid level. Typical infusates predominately consist of sterile water with electrolytes (e.g., sodium, potassium, or chloride), calories (e.g., dextrose or total parenteral nutrition), or medications (e.g., anti-infectives, anticonvulsants, antihyperuricemic agents, cardiovascular agents, central nervous system agents, chemotherapy drugs, coagulation modifiers, gastrointestinal agents, or respiratory agents). Examples of medications that are typically administered during intravenous therapy include acyclovir, allopurinol, amikacin, aminophylline, amiodarone, amphotericin B, ampicillin, carboplatin, cefazolin, cefotaxime, cefuroxime, ciprofloxacin, cisplatin, clindamycin, cyclophosphamide, diazepam, docetaxel, dopamine, doxorubicin, doxycycline, erythromycin, etoposide, fentanyl, fluorouracil, furosemide, ganciclovir, gemcitabine, gentamicin, heparin, imipenem, irinotecan, lorazepam, magnesium sulfate, meropenem, methotrexate, methylprednisolone, midazolam, morphine, nafcillin, ondansetron, paclitaxel, pentamidine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, piperacillin, promethazine, sodium bicarbonate, ticarcillin, tobramycin, topotecan, vancomycin, vinblastine and vincristine. Transfusions and other processes for donating and receiving whole blood or blood products (e.g., albumin and immunoglobulin) also typically use intravenous infusion.
  • Unintended infusing typically occurs when fluid from cannula 20 escapes from its intended vein/artery. Typically, unintended infusing causes an abnormal amount of the fluid to diffuse or accumulate in perivascular tissue P and may occur, for example, when (i) cannula 20 causes a vein/artery to rupture; (ii) cannula 20 improperly punctures the vein/artery; (iii) cannula 20 backs out of the vein/artery; (iv) cannula 20 is improperly sized; (v) infusion pump 50 administers fluid at an excessive flow rate; or (vi) the infusate increases permeability of the vein/artery. As the terminology is used herein, “tissue” preferably refers to an association of cells, intercellular material and/or interstitial compartments, and “perivascular tissue” preferably refers to cells, intercellular material, interstitial fluid and/or interstitial compartments that are in the general vicinity of a blood vessel and may become unintentionally infused with fluid from cannula 20. Unintended infusing of a non-vesicant fluid is typically referred to as “infiltration,” whereas unintended infusing of a vesicant fluid is typically referred to as “extravasation.”
  • The symptoms of infiltration or extravasation typically include edema, pain or numbness in the vicinity of the cannulation site N; blanching, discoloration, inflammation or coolness of the skin S in the vicinity of the cannulation site N; breakdown, tautness or stretching of the skin S; or drainage from the cannulation site N. The consequences of infiltration or extravasation typically include skin reactions (e.g., blisters), nerve compression, compartment syndrome, or necrosis. Typical treatments for infiltration or extravasation include (i) applying warm or cold compresses; (ii) elevating the affected limb; (iii) administering hyaluronidase, phentolamine, sodium thiosulfate or dexrazoxane; (iv) fasciotomy; or (v) amputation.
  • BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Embodiments according to the present invention include a system to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue. The system includes a sensor, a dressing configured to couple the sensor to an epidermis of the Animalia tissue, a device, and a cable that couples the sensor and the device. The sensor includes a housing having a surface configured to confront the epidermis and first and second waveguides partially disposed in the housing. The first waveguide is configured to transmit first and second signals that enter the Animalia tissue through the epidermis. The first signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers, and the second signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers. The second waveguide is configured to transmit third and fourth signals that exit the Animalia tissue through the epidermis. The third signal includes a portion of the first signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue, and the fourth signal includes a portion of the second signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue. The device is configured to evaluate the third and fourth signals, and includes an optics bench, a processor coupled to the optics bench, and an indicator coupled to the processor. The optics bench includes a first light emitting diode, a second light emitting diode and a photodiode. The first light emitting diode is configured to emit the first signal transmitted by the first waveguide, the second light emitting diode is configured to emit the second signal transmitted by the first waveguide, and the photodiode is configured to detect the third and fourth signals transmitted by the second waveguide. The processor is configured to (i) compute normalized values of the third and fourth signals, (ii) compare the normalized value of the third signal with a threshold value, and (iii) compare the normalized values of the third and fourth signals. The indicator is configured to output a notice when (i) the normalized value of the third signal is less than the threshold value and (ii) the normalized value of the fourth signal is greater than the normalized value of the third signal. The cable includes portions of the first and second waveguides.
  • Other embodiments according to the present invention include a system to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue. The system includes a sensor, a dressing configured to couple the sensor to an epidermis of the Animalia tissue, a device, and a cable that couples the sensor and the device. The sensor includes a housing having a surface configured to confront the epidermis and first and second waveguides partially disposed in the housing. The first waveguide is configured to transmit first and second signals that enter the Animalia tissue through the epidermis. The first signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers, and the second signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers. The second waveguide is configured to transmit third and fourth signals that exit the Animalia tissue through the epidermis. The third signal includes a portion of the first signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue, and the fourth signal includes a portion of the second signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue. The device is configured to evaluate the third and fourth signals, and includes an optics bench, a processor coupled to the optics bench, and an indicator coupled to the processor. The optics bench includes a first light emitting diode, a second light emitting diode and a photodiode. The first light emitting diode is configured to emit the first signal transmitted by the first waveguide, the second light emitting diode is configured to emit the second signal transmitted by the first waveguide, and the photodiode is configured to detect the third and fourth signals transmitted by the second waveguide. The processor is configured to (i) activate and deactivate the first and second light emitting diodes during each of a plurality of cycles, (ii) sample the third and fourth signals during each of the plurality of cycles, (iii) compute normalized values of individual third and fourth signal samples for each of the plurality of cycles, (iv) fit an equation to ordered pairs of the normalized values for each cycle in a first collection of the plurality of cycles, and (v) compare the equation to ordered pairs of the normalized values for each cycle in a second collection of the plurality of cycles. The indicator is configured to output a notice when (i) the ordered pairs of the second collection number more than a first threshold value, (ii) the ordered pairs of the second collection are perpendicularly spaced a displacement from the equation, (iii) the displacement corresponds to a change in the normalized values of the third signal samples that is greater than a second threshold value, and (iv) the displacement corresponds to a change in the normalized values of the fourth signal samples that is less than the change in the normalized values of the third signal samples. The cable includes portions of the first and second waveguides.
  • Other embodiments according to the present invention include a system to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue. The system includes a sensor, a dressing configured to couple the sensor to an epidermis of the Animalia tissue, a device, and a cable that couples the sensor and the device. The sensor includes a housing having a surface configured to confront the epidermis and first and second waveguides partially disposed in the housing. The first waveguide is configured to transmit first and second signals that enter the Animalia tissue through the epidermis. The first signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers, and the second signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers. The second waveguide is configured to transmit third and fourth signals that exit the Animalia tissue through the epidermis. The third signal includes a portion of the first signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue, and the fourth signal includes a portion of the second signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue. The device is configured to evaluate the third and fourth signals, and includes an optics bench, a processor coupled to the optics bench, and an indicator coupled to the processor. The optics bench includes a first light emitting diode, a second light emitting diode and a photodiode. The first light emitting diode is configured to emit the first signal transmitted by the first waveguide, the second light emitting diode is configured to emit the second signal transmitted by the first waveguide, and the photodiode is configured to detect the third and fourth signals transmitted by the second waveguide. The processor is configured to (i) compute normalized values of the third and fourth signals, (ii) compute a predicted signal based on the normalized values of the fourth signal, and (iii) compare the predicted signal and the normalized values of the third signal. The indicator is configured to output a notice when (i) the predicted signal is less than a first threshold value and (ii) the predicted signal and the normalized values of the third signal diverge less than a second threshold value. The cable includes portions of the first and second waveguides.
  • Other embodiments according to the present invention include a system to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue. The system includes a sensor configured to emit first and second signals entering the Animalia tissue and to detect third and fourth signals exiting the Animalia tissue, and a device coupled to the sensor and configured to output a notice based on the third and fourth signals. The first signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers, and the second signal has a peak wavelength between approximately 560 nanometers and approximately 660 nanometers. The third signal includes a portion of the first signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue, and the fourth signal includes a portion of the second signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue. The third signal is configured to detect infusate accumulation over time in the Animalia tissue, and the fourth signal is configured to detect tissue blood volume changes in the Animalia tissue.
  • Other embodiments according to the present invention include a system including a sensor and a device coupled to the sensor. The sensor is configured to detect infusate accumulation in Animalia tissue and to detect tissue blood volume change in the Animalia tissue. The device is configured to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue based on evaluating infusate accumulation detected by the sensor and on evaluating tissue blood volume change detected by the sensor.
  • Other embodiments according to the present invention include a system including a sensor and a device coupled to the sensor. The sensor is configured to detect in Animalia tissue (i) a first electromagnetic radiation extinction that is dominated by absorption of a first wavelength and (ii) a second electromagnetic radiation extinction that is dominated by scattering of a second wavelength. The device is configured to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue based on evaluating the first and second electromagnetic radiation extinctions detected by the sensor.
  • Other embodiments according to the present invention include a method to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue. The method includes detecting infusate accumulation in the Animalia tissue, detecting tissue blood volume change in the Animalia tissue, evaluating whether infusate is accumulating in the Animalia tissue, and evaluating whether tissue blood volume is changing in the Animalia tissue.
  • Other embodiments according to the present invention include a method to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue. The method includes (i) detecting extinction of a first electromagnetic radiation signal in the Animalia tissue, the extinction is dominated by scattering of the first electromagnetic radiation signal, (ii) detecting extinction of a second electromagnetic radiation signal in the Animalia tissue, the extinction is dominated by absorption of the second electromagnetic radiation signal; and (iii) evaluating the extinctions of the first and second electromagnetic radiation signals in the Animalia tissue.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated herein and constitute part of this specification, illustrate exemplary embodiments of the invention, and, together with the general description given above and the detailed description given below, serve to explain the features, principles, and methods of the invention.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a system according to the present disclosure for aiding in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue.
  • FIG. 2A is a plan view illustrating an embodiment of an epidermal appliance according to the present disclosure. Portions of a fitting and a frame are shown in dashed line.
  • FIG. 2B is a bottom view of the appliance shown in FIG. 2A.
  • FIG. 2C is a cross-section view taken along line IIC-IIC in FIG. 2A.
  • FIG. 3A is a partial cross-section view illustrating a second arrangement of the appliance shown in FIG. 2A releasing an electromagnetic radiation sensor.
  • FIG. 3B is a partial cross-section view illustrating a first arrangement of the appliance shown in FIG. 2A retaining an electromagnetic radiation sensor.
  • FIG. 4 is a partially exploded perspective view illustrating a dressing assembly including an embodiment of an appliance according to the present disclosure, an electromagnetic radiation sensor, a cannula, and a barrier film.
  • FIG. 5 is an exploded view of the dressing assembly shown in FIG. 4.
  • FIG. 6A is a cross-section view illustrating a first arrangement of the appliance shown in FIG. 4 retaining an electromagnetic radiation sensor.
  • FIG. 6B is a cross-section view illustrating a second arrangement of the appliance shown in FIG. 4 releasing an electromagnetic radiation sensor.
  • FIG. 7 is a partially exploded perspective view illustrating a dressing assembly including an embodiment of an appliance according to the present disclosure, an electromagnetic radiation sensor, a cannula, and a barrier film.
  • FIG. 8 is an exploded view of the dressing assembly shown in FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic view illustrating an embodiment according to the present disclosure of a dressing assembly including an appliance integrated with a barrier film. A cannula is also shown in broken line.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded schematic partial cross-section view taken along line X-X in FIG. 9. An electromagnetic radiation sensor and a portion of a sensor cable are also shown. Certain features of Animalia tissue are also shown.
  • FIGS. 11A-11D illustrate a fitting of the dressing assembly shown in FIG. 9. FIG. 11A is a plan view, FIG. 11B is a cross-section view taken along line XIB-XIB in FIG. 11A, FIG. 11C is an enlarged view illustrating detail XIC in FIG. 11B, and FIG. 11D is an enlarged view illustrating detail XID in FIG. 11B.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic view illustrating an embodiment according to the present disclosure of a dressing assembly including an appliance integrated with a barrier film. An electromagnetic radiation sensor, a portion of a sensor cable, a cannula and a portion of an administration set are also shown.
  • FIGS. 13A-13D are schematic views illustrating details of the dressing shown in FIG. 12. FIG. 13A is a cross-section view taken along line XIIIA-XIIIA in FIG. 12 with the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in dash-dot line, FIG. 13B is a detail view showing features of the electromagnetic radiation sensor in FIG. 13A, FIG. 13C is a cross-section view taken along line XIIIC-XIIIC in FIG. 12, and FIG. 13D is a cross-section view taken along line XIIID-XIIID in FIG. 12.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B are schematic views illustrating an embodiment according to the present disclosure of a set of alternate dressing assemblies. Each assembly includes an appliance integrated with a barrier film. A cannula and a portion of an administration set are also shown.
  • FIGS. 15A-15D illustrate an embodiment according to the present disclosure of a dressing assembly including an appliance integrated with a barrier film. FIG. 15A is a plan view showing the dressing assembly including a frame, FIG. 15B is a plan view showing the barrier film of FIG. 15A with a framework, FIG. 15C is a plan view of the frame in FIG. 15A including a lead management system, and FIG. 15D is a plan view showing an implementation of the dressing assembly including the frame and the lead management system. An electromagnetic radiation sensor, a portion of a sensor cable, a cannula and a portion of an administration set are also shown in FIG. 15D.
  • FIGS. 16A-16D illustrate embodiments according to the present disclosure of dressing assemblies including an appliance integrated with a barrier film. FIG. 16A is a plan view illustrating a dressing assembly including the appliance integrally molded with a frame, FIG. 16B is a cross-section view taken along line XVIB-XVIB in FIG. 16A, FIG. 16C is a plan view illustrating a dressing assembly including the appliance over-molded with a frame, and FIG. 16D is a cross-section view taken along line XVID-XVID in FIG. 16C.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic view illustrating an electromagnetic radiation sensor according to the present disclosure. The electromagnetic radiation sensor is shown contiguously engaging Animalia skin.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C are schematic cross-section views explaining how an anatomical change over time in perivascular tissue impacts the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17.
  • FIGS. 18D-18F are schematic cross-section views explaining how a tissue volume blood change impacts the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic plan view illustrating a superficies geometry of the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17.
  • FIGS. 20A-20C are schematic cross-section views explaining the impact of different nominal spacing distances between emission and detection waveguides of the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 21 is a graph illustrating a relationship between spacing, depth and wavelength for the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic cross-section view illustrating an angular relationship between waveguides of the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 23A is a schematic cross-section view illustrating another angular relationship between waveguides of an electromagnetic radiation sensor according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 23B illustrates a technique for representing the interplay between emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation of the waveguides shown in FIG. 23A.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic cross-section view illustrating an electromagnetic radiation sensor according to the present disclosure. The electromagnetic radiation sensor is shown contiguously engaging Animalia skin.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic cross-section view explaining separation between the Animalia skin and the electromagnetic energy sensor shown in FIG. 24.
  • FIGS. 26A and 26B are schematic cross-section views illustrating alternative details of area XXVI shown in FIG. 25.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic cross-section view illustrating an electromagnetic radiation sensor according to the present disclosure. The electromagnetic radiation sensor is shown separated from Animalia skin.
  • FIGS. 28A-28C are perspective views illustrating a patient monitoring device according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram illustrating one embodiment of an operating device of the patient monitoring device shown in FIGS. 28A-28C.
  • FIGS. 30A and 30B are time lines schematically illustrating embodiments of strategies for controlling the optics bench shown in FIG. 29.
  • FIGS. 31A and 31B are plots schematically illustrating a relationship between the electromagnetic radiation collected by the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17. The plots illustrate the normalized optical signals of the infrared radiation versus the visible light when an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated (FIG. 31A) and indicated (FIG. 31B).
  • FIGS. 32A and 32B are graphs schematically illustrating normalized signals of the infrared radiation and visible light collected over time by the electromagnetic radiation sensor shown in FIG. 17. A predicted signal based on the normalized signals illustrates when an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated (FIG. 32A) and indicated (FIG. 32B).
  • FIG. 33A is a schematic view illustrating a typical set-up for infusion administration.
  • FIG. 33B is a schematic view illustrating a subcutaneous detail of the set-up shown in FIG. 33A.
  • FIGS. 34A-34C are schematic views illustrating level, dependency and elevation relative to a patient's heart of the cannulation site shown in FIG. 33A.
  • FIG. 35A is a graph of extinction coefficients for deoxyhemoglobin, oxyhemoglobin and water at electromagnetic radiation wavelengths between 400 nanometers and 1000 nanometers.
  • FIG. 35B is a schematic view illustrating materials in the propagation path of typical pulse oximetry systems. The relative proportions of the materials are not to scale.
  • In the figures, the thickness and configuration of components may be exaggerated for clarity. The same reference numerals in different figures represent the same component.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The following description and drawings are illustrative and are not to be construed as limiting. Numerous specific details are described to provide a thorough understanding of the disclosure. However, in certain instances, well-known or conventional details are not described in order to avoid obscuring the description.
  • Reference in this specification to “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment according to the disclosure. The appearances of the phrases “one embodiment” or “other embodiments” in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. Moreover, various features are described that may be exhibited by some embodiments and not by others. Similarly, various features are described that may be included in some embodiments but not other embodiments.
  • The terms used in this specification generally have their ordinary meanings in the art, within the context of the disclosure, and in the specific context where each term is used. Certain terms in this specification may be used to provide additional guidance regarding the description of the disclosure. It will be appreciated that a feature may be described more than one-way.
  • Alternative language and synonyms may be used for any one or more of the terms discussed herein. No special significance is to be placed upon whether or not a term is elaborated or discussed herein. Synonyms for certain terms are provided. A recital of one or more synonyms does not exclude the use of other synonyms. The use of examples anywhere in this specification including examples of any terms discussed herein is illustrative only, and is not intended to further limit the scope and meaning of the disclosure or of any exemplified term.
  • System Overview
  • FIG. 1 shows a system 100 to preferably aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue. Preferably, system 100 includes a dressing 1000, an electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000, a sensor cable 5000, and a patient monitoring device 6000.
  • Dressing
  • Dressing 1000 preferably includes an epidermal appliance coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with the skin S. Preferably, dressing 1000 locates electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to overlie a target area of the skin S. As the terminology is used herein, “target area” preferably refers to a portion of a patient's skin that is generally proximal to where an infusate is being administered and frequently proximal to the cannulation site N. Preferably, the target area overlies the perivascular tissue P. According to one embodiment, dressing 1000 preferably uses adhesion to couple electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to an epidermis E of the skin S. According to other embodiments, any suitable coupling may be used that preferably minimizes relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the skin S. Preferably, dressing 1000 and the skin S have generally similar viscoelastic characteristics such that both respond in a generally similar manner to stress and strain.
  • Dressing 1000 preferably includes different arrangements that permit electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to be coupled, decoupled and recoupled, e.g., facilitating multiple independent uses with one or a plurality of dressings 1000. As the terminology is used herein, “arrangement” preferably refers to a relative configuration, formation, layout or disposition of dressing 1000 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Preferably, dressing 1000 includes a first arrangement that retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S for monitoring infiltration or extravasation during an infusion with cannula 20. A second arrangement of dressing 1000 preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement. Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be decoupled from a singular dressing 1000 in the second arrangement, e.g., during patient testing or relocation, and subsequently recoupled in the first arrangement of the singular dressing 1000 such that a relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the skin S is generally repeatable. Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may also be coupled to a first dressing 1000 in the first arrangement, decoupled from the first dressing 1000 in the second arrangement, and subsequently coupled to a second dressing 1000 in the first arrangement.
  • A first embodiment of dressing 1000 is shown in FIGS. 2A-3B. An appliance 1100 includes (i) a fitting 1110 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000, which senses if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c; (ii) a frame 1120 for distributing to the skin S forces acting on appliance 1100; and (iii) a body 1130 for covering fitting 1110 and frame 1120 with a soft haptic surface. Appliance 1100 preferably couples electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with the skin S proximate the cannulation site N. According to one embodiment, appliance 1100 positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to skin S within approximately 10 centimeters of the cannulation site N and preferably in a range of approximately one centimeter to approximately five centimeters away from the cannulation site N. According to other embodiments, appliance 1100 positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to skin S so as to generally overlie an infusate outlet of transcutaneous sleeve 20 c.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be coupled to the skin S separately from typical contamination barriers. An example of a contamination barrier 1260 is shown in FIG. 4. Typical contamination barriers may (i) protect the cannulation site N; and (ii) allow the epidermis E to be observed around the cannulation site N. Preferably, appliance 1100 and a contamination barrier are coupled to the epidermis E separately, e.g., at different times or in different steps of a multiple step process. According to one embodiment, a contamination barrier that overlies the cannulation site N may also overlie portions of the cannula 20 and/or appliance 1100. According to other embodiments, a contamination barrier may overlie the cannulation site N and be spaced from appliance 1100.
  • Fitting 1110 preferably provides two arrangements with respect to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Referring to FIG. 3A, a first arrangement of fitting 1110 preferably retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to appliance 1100 for monitoring infiltration or extravasation during an infusion with cannula 20. Referring to FIG. 3B, a second arrangement of fitting 1110 preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement. Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be decoupled from appliance 1100 in the second arrangement of fitting 1110, e.g., during patient testing or relocation, and subsequently recoupled in the first arrangement of fitting 1110 such that a positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000, the skin S and the perivascular tissue P is generally repeatable.
  • Relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and appliance 1100 preferably is limited between the first and second arrangements. Preferably, fitting 1110 includes a chute 1112 that extends along an axis A between a first end 1114 and a second end 1116. According to one embodiment, chute 1112 preferably is centered about axis A, which preferably is obliquely oriented relative to the epidermis E. Chute 1112 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably are cooperatively sized and shaped so that (i) electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 can be inserted in first end 1114 in only one relative orientation; and (ii) relative movement between the first and second arrangements is constrained to substantially only translation along axis A. As the terminology is used herein, “translation” refers to movement without rotation or angular displacement. Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably does not rub the epidermis E during translation along axis A. Accordingly, forces that may tend to distort the skin S preferably are prevented or at least minimized while moving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1110. It is believed that reducing distortion of the skin S reduces distortion of subcutaneous tissue including the perivascular tissue P and the blood vessel V, and therefore also reduces the likelihood of displacing cannula 20 while moving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1110.
  • Appliance 1100 preferably includes a latch 1118 for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1110. Preferably, latch 1118 is resiliently biased into engagement with a cooperating feature on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement. According to one embodiment, latch 1118 preferably includes a cantilever 1118 a that has a recess or aperture 1118 b for cooperatively receiving a projection 3106 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement. In the second arrangement, latch 1118 may be manipulated to alter the nominal form of cantilever 1118 a for releasing projection 3106 from recess or aperture 1118 a so that electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be withdrawn from chute 1112 though first end 1114. Preferably, latch 1118 provides a positive indication, e.g., a tactile or audible notification, that electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is in at least one of the first and second arrangements. According to other embodiments, latch 1118 may include snaps, a cap, or another suitable device that, in the first arrangement, retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in fitting 1110 and, in the second arrangement, releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from fitting 1110, e.g., allowing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to separate from appliance 1100.
  • Fitting 1110 preferably permits multiple uses of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. The first and second arrangements of fitting 1110 preferably permit electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to be decoupled and recoupled with appliance 1100, or decoupled from a first patient's appliance 1100 and coupled to a second patient's appliance 1100. Thus, fitting 1110 preferably permits reusing electromagnetic radiation sensor 11000 with a plurality of appliances 1100 that are individually coupled to patients' epidermises.
  • Appliance 1100 also preferably maintains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in a substantially consistent location relative to the perivascular tissue P. Preferably, chute 1112 constrains movement of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 such that a superficies 3300 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is disposed proximate second end 1116 of fitting 1110 in the first arrangement. Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably emits electromagnetic radiation 3002 from superficies 3300 and collects electromagnetic radiation 3006 that impinges on superficies. According to one embodiment, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 projects from appliance 1100 such that superficies 3300 preferably is disposed beyond second end 1116 toward the epidermis E for substantially eliminating or at least minimizing a gap between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E. Thus, appliance 1100 in the first arrangement of fitting 1110 preferably maintains a substantially consistent relative position between superficies 3300 and the skin S for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Appliance 1100 preferably resists forces that tend to change the position of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the perivascular tissue P. Pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 is one example of the forces that frame 1120 distributes over a larger area of the skin S than the areas overlaid by superficies 3300 or by fitting 1110. Frame 1120 therefore preferably enhances maintaining a substantially consistent relative position between superficies 3300 and the skin S for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Appliance 1100 preferably includes a relatively rigid skeleton and a relatively supple covering. Preferably, the skeleton includes fitting 1110 for interacting with electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and frame 1120 for distributing to the skin S forces acting on fitting 1110. Frame 1120 preferably includes a hoop 1122 coupled with fitting 1110 by at least one arm (four arms 1124 a-1124 d are indicated in FIG. 2A). According to one embodiment, hoop 1122 preferably includes an uninterrupted annulus disposed about fitting 1110. According to other embodiments, hoop 1122 preferably includes a plurality of segments disposed about fitting 1110.
  • The composition and dimensions of the skeleton preferably are selected so that forces acting on appliance 1100 are distributed to the skin S. According to one embodiment, fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably are formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a substantially homogeneous chemical compound. According to another embodiment, fitting 1110 and frame 1120 may be composed of more than one compound and/or may include an assembly of a plurality of pieces. Appliance 1100 may be subjected to a variety of forces, for example, due to pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000, and preferably the dimensions of hoop 1122 and arms 1124 a-1124 d are selected for reacting to these forces. According to one embodiment, the dimensions of frame 1120 preferably include arm 1124 a being relatively more robust than arms 1124 b-1124 d, arms 1124 c and 1124 d being relatively the least robust, and arm 1124 b being relatively less robust than arm 1124 a and relatively more robust than arms 1124 c and 1124 d. Thus, according to this embodiment, appliance 1100 reacts to forces, e.g., an approximately eight-pound force pulling sensor cable 5000 away from the skin S, that may tend to move electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 by (i) distributing a compression force to a first area of the skin S proximate arm 1124 a; and (ii) distributing a tension force to a second area of the skin S proximate arm 1124 b. The first and second areas preferably are larger than a third area of the skin S that the superficies 3300 and/or fitting 1110 overlie. Similarly, arms 1124 c and 1124 d preferably distribute compression and tension forces to fourth and fifth areas of the epidermis in response to, e.g., torsion forces acting on sensor cable 5000. Appliance 1100 therefore preferably resists changes to the relative position between superficies 3300 and the skin S by distributing over relatively large areas of the skin S the forces that may tend to move electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1110.
  • The relatively supple covering of appliance 1100 preferably includes a body 1130 that presents a soft haptic exterior surface overlying the skeleton. Preferably, body 1130 has a relatively lower hardness as compared to fitting 1110 and frame 1120. According to one embodiment, body 1130 preferably consists of a first homogeneous chemical compound, fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably consist of a second homogeneous chemical compound, and the first homogeneous chemical compound has a lower hardness than the second homogeneous chemical compound. The first homogeneous chemical compound preferably includes silicone or another material having a relatively low durometer, e.g., approximately Shore A 10 to approximately Shore A 60, and the second homogeneous chemical compound preferably includes polyurethane or another material having a relatively higher durometer, e.g., approximately Shore D 30 to approximately Shore D 70. Accordingly, the skeleton including fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably provides a structure for distributing forces applied to appliance 1100, and body 1130 provides a soft haptic exterior surface that imparts to appliance 1100 a desirable tactile feel, which may be characterized as soft rather than hard to the touch. Body 1130 includes a face 1132 preferably confronting the epidermis E.
  • A process for manufacturing appliance 1100 preferably includes covering the skeleton with the soft haptic exterior surface. According to one embodiment, appliance 1100 is molded in a multiple step process. Preferably, one step includes molding fitting 1110 and frame 1120 in a mold, another step includes adjusting the mold, and yet another step includes molding body 1130 over fitting 1110 and frame 1120 in the adjusted mold. An apparatus for molding fitting 1110, frame 1120 and body 1130 preferably includes a common mold portion, a first mold portion cooperating with the common mold portion for molding fitting 1110 and frame 1120, and a second mold portion cooperating with the common mold portion for over-molding body 1130. Preferably, the common and first mold portions receive a first shot of material to mold fitting 1110 and frame 1120, the mold is adjusted by decoupling the first mold portion from the common mold portion and coupling the second mold portion with the common mold portion, and the common and second mold portions receive a second shot of material to mold body 1130. Fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably remain in the common mold portion while decoupling the first mold portion and coupling the second mold portion. Accordingly, appliance 1100 is preferably molded in a two-shot process with a skeleton including fitting 1110 and frame 1120 being subsequently covered with a soft haptic exterior surface including body 1130. According to another embodiment, the skeleton may consist solely of fitting 1110, which may exclusively be molded in the first shot of a two-shot process.
  • Appliance 1100 may be wholly biocompatible and/or include a biocompatible layer for contacting the epidermis E. As the terminology is used herein, “biocompatible” preferably refers to compliance with Standard 10993 promulgated by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO 10993) and/or Class VI promulgated by The United States Pharmacopeial Convention (USP Class VI). Other regulatory entities, e.g., National Institute of Standards and Technology, may also promulgate standards that may additionally or alternatively be applicable regarding biocompatibility.
  • Referring particularly to FIGS. 2C and 3A, a foundation 1150 preferably (1) couples appliance 1100 and the epidermis E; and (2) separates the rest of appliance 1100 from the epidermis E. Preferably, foundation 1150 includes a panel 1152 that is coupled to face 1132 confronting the epidermis E. According to one embodiment, panel 1152 preferably is adhered to face 1132. Panel 1152 preferably includes polyurethane and occludes second end 1116 for providing a barrier between the epidermis E and superficies 3300 in the second arrangement. Preferably, panel 1152 is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI.
  • Foundation 1150 preferably includes an adhesive coating 1154 for adhering appliance 1100 to the epidermis E. Adhesive 1154 preferably includes a silicone adhesive, an acrylic adhesive or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI. According to one embodiment, adhesive 1154 may be applied to all or a portion of panel 1152 on the surface that confronts the epidermis E. According to other embodiments, panel 1152 may be omitted and adhesive 1154 may directly adhere body 1130 and/or fitting 1110 to the epidermis E.
  • Adhesive 1154 preferably may be adjusted to vary the bond strength between appliance 1100 and the epidermis E. Preferably, stronger or more adhesive 1154 may be used for coupling appliance 1100 to relatively robust skin, e.g., adult skin, and weaker or less adhesive 1154 may be used for coupling appliance 1100 to relatively delicate skin, e.g., pediatric skin.
  • Preferably, appliance 1100 permits viewing the epidermis E with visible light and generally rejects interference by ambient sources with emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006. As the terminology is used herein, “visible light” refers to energy in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum, for example, wavelengths between approximately 380 nanometers and approximately 760 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 400 terahertz to approximately 790 terahertz. Preferably, body 1130 is transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the epidermis E that underlies at least a portion of appliance 1100. According to one embodiment, fitting 1110 and frame 1120 preferably are also transparent or translucent to visible light. According to other embodiments, fitting 1110 and/or frame 1120 may be generally opaque to visible light. According to still other embodiments, body 1130 may be generally opaque to visible light or fitting 1110 and/or frame 1120 may be may be transparent or translucent to visible light. Preferably, fitting 1110, frame 1120 and body 1130, but not foundation 1150, absorb or block electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths that approximately correspond to emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006, e.g., radiation in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum. Accordingly, appliance 1100 preferably permits visible light viewing of the epidermis E and minimizes ambient source interference with emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006.
  • Appliance 1100 preferably is advantageous at least because (i) the location of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is not linked by appliance 1100 to cannula 20 or to an IV dressing for the cannulation site N; (ii) appliance 1100 is useable with typical dressings for the IV cannulation site N; and (iii) minimal stress and strain is transferred by appliance 1100 to the skin S when changing between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1110. As the terminology is used herein, “link” or “linking” preferably refers to at least approximately fixing the relative locations of at least two objects.
  • A second embodiment of dressing 1000 is shown in FIGS. 4-6B. An appliance 1200 preferably includes (i) a fitting 1210 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000, which senses if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c; (ii) a frame 1220 for distributing to the skin S forces acting on appliance 1200; and (iii) a body 1230 for covering fitting 1210 and frame 1220 with a soft haptic surface. As compared to appliance 1100 (FIGS. 2A-3B), the location of cannula 20 is linked by appliance 1200 to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. According to one embodiment, appliance 1200 preferably positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S within approximately five centimeters of the cannulation site N and preferably in a range of approximately one centimeter to approximately three centimeters away from the cannulation site N. According to other embodiments, appliance 1200 positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to skin S so as to generally overlie an infusate outlet of transcutaneous sleeve 20 c.
  • Appliances 1100 and 1200 preferably include some features and advantages that are comparable. As the terminology is used herein, “comparable” refers to similar, if not identical, compositions, constructions, properties, functions or purposes, and preferably combinations thereof. Preferably, features of appliances 1100 and 1200 that are comparable include (i) fittings 1110 and 1210; (ii) chutes 1112 and 1212; (iii) latches 1118 and 1218; (iv) hoops 1122 and 1222; and (v) arms 1124 and 1224.
  • Appliance 1200 preferably includes one or more wings 1240 that are in addition to at least some of the features and advantages of appliance 1100. Preferably, individual wings 1240 perform several functions including (i) linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20; (ii) separating cannula 20 from the epidermis E; (iii) providing resistance to forces that tend to change the relative position of appliance 1200 with respect to the perivascular tissue P; and/or (iv) stabilizing the positions of cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S. Each wing 1240 preferably is coupled with fitting 1210, frame 1220 or body 1230 and includes a first surface 1242 for contiguously engaging cannula 20 and a second surface 1244 for confronting the epidermis E. According to one embodiment, individual wings 1240 include portions of frame 1220 and body 1230.
  • Appliance 1200 preferably includes plural locating options for linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20. According to one embodiment, individual wings 1240 preferably extend in two generally opposite lateral directions with respect to axis A of fitting 1210. Accordingly, a footprint of appliance 1200 on the epidermis E preferably is approximately T-shaped or approximately Y-shaped and cannula 20 may be located on either one of the wings 1240 on opposite sides of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. According to other embodiments, a single wing 1240 preferably extends in one lateral direction with respect to axis A of fitting 1210. Accordingly, a footprint of appliance 1200 on the epidermis E preferably is approximately L-shaped with cannula 20 being located on wing 1240 extending to one side of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Preferably, individual appliances 1200 with single wings 1240 that extend on different sides of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be included in a kit. Accordingly, one or another of appliances 1200 in the kit preferably is selected to provide the most suitable locating option for linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20. The most suitable locating option preferably is selected based on one or more factors including: (i) the location on the patient of the cannulation site N; (ii) the orientation of cannula 20 relative to the cannulation site N; (iii) minimizing movement of cannula 20 or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000; and (iv) comfort of the patient. Preferably, a single wing 1240 may make appliance 1200 more compact and plural wings 1240 on a single appliance 1200 may provide additional options for locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to cannula 20. Further, appliance 1200 may include perforations or shear line indicators for separating, e.g., tearing-off or cutting, at least one wing 1240 from the rest of appliance 1200. Accordingly, the size of appliance 1200 may be compacted and/or appliance 1200 may be made wingless in the manner of appliance 1100. Thus, an advantage of each of the aforementioned embodiments is increasing the options for how an anatomical sensor may be located on a patient relative to the cannulation site N.
  • Appliance 1200 preferably separates cannula 20 from the epidermis E. According to one embodiment, wing 1240 includes a thickness 1246 between first surface 1242 and second surface 1244. Preferably, thickness 1246 provides a spacer that prevents or at least minimizes contiguous engagement between the epidermis E and hub 20 b of cannula 20. Wing 1240 therefore preferably eliminates or at least substantially reduces epidermal inflammation or breakdown, e.g., chafing or blistering, caused by cannula 20. Accordingly, wing 1240 eliminates or at least minimizes hub 20 b as a source of epidermal inflammation or breakdown that may be observed when a healthcare giver evaluates the cannulation site N.
  • Wing(s) 1240 preferably supplement the ability of appliance 1200 to resist forces that tend to change the positions of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20 relative to the skin S and the perivascular tissue P. Preferably, a skeleton of appliance 1200 includes fitting 1210, frame 1220, and at least one wing rib 1248. Fitting 1210 preferably interacts with electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in a manner comparable to fitting 1110 discussed above. Preferably, frame 1220 includes a hoop 1222 coupled with fitting 1210 by at least one arm 1224. Thus, frame 1220 may be comparable to frame 1120 at least insofar as preferably contributing to distributing to the skin S the forces that act on fitting 1210. Appliance 1200 preferably resists changes to the relative position between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E by distributing over relatively large areas of the skin S the forces that may tend to move electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1210. Individual wing ribs 1248 preferably enlarge the area of the skin S over which frame 1220 distributes forces acting on fitting 1210. According to one embodiment, individual wing ribs 1248 preferably include a cantilever having a base coupled with frame 1220 and a tip disposed in a corresponding wing 1240. According to other embodiments, more than one wing rib 1248 may be disposed in a corresponding wing 1240, individual wing ribs 1248 may include a bifurcated cantilever, and/or individual cantilevers may include one or more branches. The skeleton of appliance 1200 therefore preferably enhances maintaining a substantially consistent relative position between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Appliance 1200 preferably is sufficiently flexible to conform to the approximate contours of the skin S. For example, frame 1220 may include one or more lines of weakness disposed on hoop 1222, arm(s) 1224 and/or wing rib(s) 1248. As the terminology is used herein, “lines of weakness” preferably refers to living hinges or other suitable features for increasing flexibility at a particular location of the skeleton of appliance 1200.
  • Body 1230 preferably presents a soft haptic exterior surface of wings 1240. In a manner comparable to body 1130 discussed above, body 1230 is relatively supple, e.g., has a relatively lower hardness, and may be molded over fitting 1210, frame 1220 and wing rib(s) 1248. According to one embodiment, body 1230 preferably includes first surface 1242, at least a portion of second surface 1244, and a large portion of thickness 1246. The remaining portions of second surface 1244 and thickness 1246 preferably are occupied by wing rib(s) 1248. Accordingly, an individual wing 1240 preferably is primarily composed of the relatively supple material of body 1230 with wing rib(s) 1248 included for force distribution and/or structural reinforcement. According to other embodiments, one or more of hoop 1222, arms 1224 and wing ribs 1248 preferably are omitted from the skeleton of appliance 1200. Thus, individual wings 1240 preferably include portions of body 1230 with minimal or no reinforcement by the skeleton of appliance 1200. According to other embodiments, wing rib(s) 1248 preferably are excluded from an individual wing 1240.
  • Appliance 1200 includes a foundation 1250 that preferably (1) separates the rest of appliance 1200 from the epidermis E; and (2) couples appliance 1200 and the epidermis E. Preferably, foundation 1250 includes a panel 1252 that is coupled to a face of appliance 1200 confronting the skin S. According to one embodiment, panel 1252 preferably is adhered to second surface 1244 and separates at least one of fitting 1210, frame 1220 and body 1230 from the epidermis E. According to other embodiments, panel 1252 occludes chute 1212 for providing a barrier between the epidermis E and superficies 3300 in the second arrangement. Preferably, panel 1252 includes polyurethane or another sheet material that is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI.
  • Foundation 1250 includes an adhesive 1254 preferably for bonding appliance 1200 to the epidermis E. Preferably, adhesive 1154 includes a silicone adhesive, an acrylic adhesive or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI. According to one embodiment, the shape and size of adhesive 1254 preferably is congruent with panel 1252. According to other embodiments, adhesive 1254 preferably is omitted in a window 1254 a through which emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 propagate. Preferably, foundation 1250 includes a release liner (not shown) that is removed to bond appliance 1200 to the epidermis E.
  • A kit including appliance 1200 preferably also includes at least one independent contamination barrier 1260 for overlying the epidermis E and at least a portion of cannula 20 while allowing visual inspection of the cannulation site N. FIG. 4 shows an exploded view with contamination barrier 1260 displaced from appliance 1200. Referring additionally to FIG. 5, contamination barrier 1260 preferably is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI and may include a polyurethane membrane 1262 with a coating of medical grade acrylic adhesive 1264. Examples of typical contamination barriers include Tegaderm™, manufactured by 3M (St. Paul, Minn., USA), REACTIC™, manufactured by Smith & Nephew (London, UK), and other transparent or translucent polymer films that are substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses. Preferably, contamination barrier 1260 is supplied in the kit separate from appliance 1200 and is independently coupled to the skin S at different times or in different steps.
  • Appliance 1200 and contamination barrier 1260 preferably include form factors that cooperate with one another. According to one embodiment, body 1230 preferably includes a form factor such as a flange 1232 that covers hoop 1222 and arm(s) 1224. Preferably, flange 1232 includes a top surface 1232 a to which adhesive 1264 may adhere membrane 1262 when appliance 1200 and contamination barrier 1260 are used in combination. According to one embodiment, a set of individual contamination barriers 1260 preferably accompanies each appliance 1200. Each of the contamination barriers 1260 in the set preferably includes a notch 1266 or another form factor having a peripheral edge that is sized and/or shaped to correspond with at least a portion of flange 1232 and/or wing 1240 on one or the other side of axis A. Accordingly, one or another of contamination barriers 1260 in the set preferably is selected to apply to the skin S on the side of axis A that cannula 20 is located. According to other embodiments, contamination barrier 1260 has a symmetrical shape that preferably is turned or otherwise reoriented to cooperatively engage appliance 1200 on either side of axis A that cannula 20 is located.
  • A method of using appliance 1200 to monitor if fluid is infusing perivascular tissue around cannula 20 preferably includes (i) coupling appliance 1200 to the skin 5; (ii) coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1210; and (iii) coupling cannula 20 with one wing 1240. Preferably, appliance 1200 is coupled with the skin S by adhesive 1254 or by another suitable epidermal fastener. Adhesive 1254 preferably is exposed to the skin S by removing a release liner (not shown). Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably is translated along axis A to the first arrangement of fitting 1210 and securely latched. Preferably, one wing 1240 underlays cannula 20 and an adhesive strip 1270 (see FIG. 5) secures cannula 20 to wing 1240. According to one embodiment, cannula 20 is inserted in the blood vessel V and then one wing 1240 is positioned under cannula 20 before adhering appliance 1200 to the epidermis E. Adhesive strip 1270 subsequently overlies and couples cannula 20 with respect to wing 1240 before coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1210. According to other embodiments, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is coupled in the first arrangement of fitting 1210 before positioning one wing 1240 under cannula 20 and adhering appliance 1200 to the epidermis E. Adhesive strip 1270 subsequently overlies and couples cannula 20 with respect to wing 1240. Each of the aforementioned embodiments may also include adhering contamination barrier 1260 with top surface 1232 a of flange 1232, as well as with the epidermis E. Preferably, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be moved between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1210 without decoupling appliance 1200 from the epidermis E, without decoupling cannula 20 or adhesive strip 1270 from wing 1240, and without decoupling contamination barrier 1260 from the epidermis E.
  • Appliance 1200 preferably is advantageous at least because (i) appliance 1200 may be physically associated with a dressing for the IV cannulation site N; (ii) appliance 1200 links electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20; (iii) appliance 1200 includes a plurality of locating options for linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20; (iv) appliance 1200 maintains a substantially consistent relative position between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P; and (v) appliance 1200 eliminates or at least reduces epidermal inflammation or breakdown caused by cannula 20.
  • Appliance 1200 preferably also is advantageous insofar as preventing or minimizing forces that tend to distort the skin S while moving between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1210. It is believed that reducing distortion of the skin S reduces distortion of subcutaneous tissue including the perivascular tissue P and the blood vessel V, and therefore also reduces the likelihood of displacing cannula 20 while moving between the first and second arrangements of fitting 1210.
  • A third embodiment of dressing 1000 is shown in FIGS. 7 and 8. An appliance 1300 preferably includes (i) a fitting 1310 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000, which senses if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c; (ii) a frame 1320 for distributing forces acting on appliance 1300 to the skin S; and (iii) a body 1330 for covering fitting 1310 and frame 1320 with a soft haptic surface. As compared to appliances 1100 and 1200 (FIGS. 2A-6B), a first arrangement of fitting 1310 preferably is an alternate to the first arrangements of fittings 1110 and 1210; however, the second arrangements of fittings 1110, 1210 and 1310 preferably are similar insofar as releasing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the respective first arrangements. Preferably, other features and advantages of appliances 1100, 1200 and 1300 are comparable including (i) frames 1120, 1220 and 1320; (ii) wings 1240 and 1340; (iii) wing ribs 1248 and 1348; (iv) bodies 1130, 1230 and 1330; (v) foundations 1150, 1250 and 1350; (vi) contamination barriers 1260 and 1360; and (vii) adhesive strips 1270 and 1370. According to one embodiment, appliance 1300 preferably positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S within approximately five centimeters of the cannulation site N and preferably in a range of approximately one centimeter to approximately three centimeters away from the cannulation site N. According to other embodiments, appliance 1300 positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to skin S so as to generally overlie an infusate outlet of transcutaneous sleeve 20 c.
  • The first arrangement of fitting 1310 preferably includes sets of pegs for constraining relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and appliance 1300. As the terminology is used herein, “peg” preferably refers to a projecting piece or portion of a surface that is used as a support or boundary. According to one embodiment, fitting 1310 includes a first set of pegs 1312 disposed proximate superficies 3300 and a second set of pegs 1314 disposed proximate sensor cable 5000. Preferably, a cage of appliance 1300 includes first and second sets of pegs 1312 and 1314. The cage preferably defines a pocket for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and constrains relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and appliance 1300 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310. Preferably, first set of pegs 1312—two pegs are shown in FIG. 8—preferably includes a form factor that generally conforms to the contours of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to define a first portion of the cage. Individual pegs 1312 preferably include a cantilever extending between a base 1312 a and a tip 1312 b. Preferably, base(s) 1312 a are coupled to frame 1320 and tip(s) 1312 b at least slightly overlie electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to constrain movement away from the skin S in the first arrangement of fitting 1310. According to one embodiment, individual pegs 1312 preferably are bifurcated at base 1312 a and converge at tip 1312 b.
  • Second set of pegs 1314—two pegs are shown in FIG. 8—preferably are disposed on opposite sides of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to define a second portion of the cage. Individual pegs 1314 preferably include cantilevers extending between a base 1314 a and a tip 1314 b. Preferably, bases 1314 a are coupled to frame 1320 and a portion of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 proximate sensor cable 5000 is received between tips 1314 b to constrain relative angular movement and/or provide strain relief for electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310.
  • Other embodiments of appliance 1300 may have sets including different numbers, locations and shapes of pegs 1312 and pegs 1314. For example, the first set may include more or less than two pegs 1312; the second set may include more than a single peg 1314 located on each side of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000; and/or tip 1314 b of at least one peg 1314 may include a bump or other projection for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310.
  • Body 1330 preferably presents a soft haptic exterior surface overlying the relatively rigid fitting 1310 and frame 1320 of appliance 1300. In a manner comparable to bodies 1130 and 1230 discussed above, body 1330 is relatively supple, e.g., has a relatively lower hardness, and may be molded over fitting 1310, frame 1320 and wing rib(s) 1348.
  • Appliance 1300 preferably includes a link between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20. Preferably, appliance 1300 includes at least one wing 1340 coupled with at least one of fitting 1310, frame 1320, and body 1330. Individual wings 1340 preferably are comparable to individual wings 1240 of appliance 1200 at least insofar as (i) locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20; (ii) separating cannula 20 from the epidermis E; and/or (iii) providing resistance to forces that tend to change the position of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the perivascular tissue P.
  • Individual wings 1340 of appliance 1300 preferably separate cannula 20 from the epidermis E, and preferably supplement the ability of appliance 1300 to resist forces that tend to change the position of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the perivascular tissue P. Preferably, wing 1340 includes a thickness that eliminates or at least reduces epidermal inflammation or breakdown caused by cannula 20. Preferably, a skeleton of appliance 1300 includes fitting 1310, frame 1320, and at least one wing rib 1348 to distribute to the skin S the forces that act on fitting 1310. Further, appliance 1300 preferably resists changes to the relative position between superficies 3300 and the perivascular tissue P by distributing over relatively large areas of the skin S the forces that may tend to move electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310. Accordingly, appliance 1300 is comparable at least in this regard to appliances 1100 and 1200. Individual wing ribs 1348 preferably enhance the capability of individual wings 1340 to distribute to the skin S forces that act on fitting 1310. The skeleton of appliance 1300 therefore preferably facilitates maintaining a substantially consistent relative position between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P for sensing over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Appliance 1300 preferably is comparable to appliance 1200 insofar as including plural locating options for linking electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to cannula 20. Factors for selecting the most suitable locating option are discussed above with regard to appliance 1200. Appliance 1300 also therefore includes the advantage of having more than one choice for how an anatomical sensor may be located on a patient relative to the cannulation site N.
  • A process for implementing appliance 1300 to sense if fluid is infusing perivascular tissue around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c preferably includes (i) coupling appliance 1300 to the skin S; (ii) coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement of fitting 1310; and (iii) coupling cannula 20 with one wing 1340. A process for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with appliance 1300 preferably includes (i) orienting electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 obliquely with respect to frame 1320; (ii) slipping electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 under tip(s) 1312 a; and (iii) pivoting electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 between peg(s) 1314. Accordingly, the cage including first and second sets of pegs 1312 and 1314 preferably constrains relative movement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and appliance 1300. Preferably, the second arrangement of fitting 1310 includes reversing the above process for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with appliance 1300. Decoupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the second arrangement of fitting 1310 accordingly permits multiple uses of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the same or a different appliance 1300.
  • A fourth embodiment of dressing 1000 is shown in FIGS. 9-11D. An appliance 1400 preferably includes (i) a pane 1410 overlying the cannulation site N; and (ii) a fitting 1430 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000, which senses if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c. Appliance 1400 preferably includes an integrated contamination barrier that is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses. Preferably, the contamination barrier may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass, thus permitting the epidermis E to breathe.
  • Pane 1410 preferably permits viewing the cannulation site N. Preferably, pane 1410 is transparent or translucent to light in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum, for example, light having wavelengths between approximately 380 nanometers and approximately 760 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 400 terahertz to approximately 790 terahertz. Pane 1410 preferably includes polyurethane film or another suitable material and/or construction to also provide a contamination barrier that may be transparent or translucent.
  • An adhesive 1412 preferably bonds pane 1410 to the skin S around the cannulation site N. Preferably, adhesive 1412 includes a silicone adhesive, an acrylic adhesive or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according to ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI. Adhesive 1412 may be applied to pane 1410 on the entire surface that confronts the epidermis E, or adhesive 1412 may be omitted from one or more portions of the surface. Also, the strength of the bond between pane 1410 and the epidermis E may vary according to different embodiments of appliance 1400. For example, stronger or more adhesive 1412 may be used for coupling appliance 1400 to relatively robust skin, e.g., adult skin, and weaker or less adhesive 1412 may be used for coupling appliance 1400 to relatively delicate skin, e.g., pediatric skin.
  • Pane 1410 may also include a diagnostic tool 1414 to assist in visually analyzing symptoms of infiltration or extravasation. For example, diagnostic tool 1414 may include a set of concentric arcs, a geometric shape, a set of parallel lines, a color gradient, or another suitable reticle for evaluating conditions at the epidermis E that may be symptomatic of infiltration or extravasation. According to one embodiment, the appearance of a set of concentric arcs or a geometric shape may become distorted when the epidermis E, and thus pane 1410, is distended due to edema. According to another embodiment, changes in the coloration of the epidermis E may be evaluated by periodic comparison with a color gradient included on pane 1410.
  • Appliance 1400 is preferably located or oriented with respect to at least one of cannula 20, the cannulation site N, or an anatomical feature. According to one embodiment, appliance 1400 may include a notch 1416 a or another suitable guide that is sized or shaped for cooperating with at least a portion of cannula 20. According to another embodiment, pane 1410 may include crosshairs 1416 b or another suitable guide for locating appliance 1400 relative to the cannulation site N. According to another embodiment, indicia, symbols and/or other markings preferably provide a guide for relatively positioning appliance 1400 with resect to an anatomical feature. For example, guide 1416 c includes an arrow and a symbol that suggests a position for appliance 1400 relative to the heart.
  • Appliance 1400 preferably includes a frame 1420 coupled to pane 1410. Frame 1420 preferably has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1410. Accordingly, frame 1420 may maintain the general shape of pane 1410 while appliance 1400 is laid over the cannulation site N. According to one embodiment, frame 1420 entirely cinctures pane 1410. According to other embodiments, frame 1420 may (i) partially cincture pane 1410; (ii) extend from a peripheral portion of pane 1410 toward an interior portion of pane 1410; (iii) extend from the interior portion toward the peripheral portion; (iv) be spaced from the peripheral portion; or (v) include some combination of (i)-(iv). Frame 1420 preferably includes polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, or another suitable material that is relatively rigid with respect to pane 1410. According to one embodiment, frame 1420 may include polyethylene tape 1420 a being relatively associated with or disposed on a pad of polyvinyl chloride foam 1420 b.
  • Frame 1420 is preferably transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the epidermis E in the vicinity of the cannulation site N. Preferably, frame 1420 absorbs or blocks the transmission of radiation having the same wavelength(s) as emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006, e.g., near-infrared radiation. Thus, according to one embodiment, the epidermis E that underlies frame 1420 may be optically visible and shielded from ambient near-infrared radiation.
  • Frame 1420 is preferably coupled to pane 1410 by an adhesive 1422 or another suitable coupling. According to one embodiment, adhesive 1422 preferably provides a coupling between pane 1410 and frame 1420 that is relatively stronger than the bond between pane 1410 and the epidermis E. Accordingly, pane 1410 remains attached to frame 1420 when separating dressing 1400 from the epidermis E. Adhesive 1422 according to another embodiment of appliance 1400 preferably provides a coupling between pane 1410 and frame 1420 that is relatively weaker than the bond between pane 1410 and the epidermis E. Accordingly, frame 1420 may be released from pane 1410 after appliance 1400 is laid over the cannulation site N.
  • Fitting 1430 preferably couples electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with appliance 1400. There are preferably two arrangements of fitting 1430 with respect to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. A first arrangement of fitting 1430 preferably retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to appliance 1400 for monitoring infiltration or extravasation during an infusion with cannula 20. Accordingly, the first arrangement of fitting 1430 with respect to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably senses over time if fluid from cannula 20 is infusing the perivascular tissue P. A second arrangement of fitting 1430 preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement. The first arrangement preferably includes one or more projections 3106 (see FIG. 10) on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 being snapped under corresponding latches 1432 a (see FIGS. 11B and 11C) of fitting 1430. Accordingly, the second arrangement preferably includes snapping the projections 3106 over latches 1432 a to release electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement. Other embodiments may use a cap, a resilient element, or another suitable device that, in the first arrangement, retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in fitting 1430 and preferably biases superficies 3300 toward the epidermis E and, in the second arrangement, releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from fitting 1430, e.g., allowing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to separate from fitting 1430. Accordingly, the first and second arrangements permit electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to have multiple uses with a plurality of appliances 1400 that are individually applied to patients' epidermises.
  • Fitting 1430 may be indirectly or directly coupled to pane 1410. According to one embodiment of dressing 1400, frame 1420 preferably couples fitting 1430 to pane 1410. According to another embodiment of dressing 1400, fitting 1430 and pane 1410 are preferably directly coupled. Fitting 1430 is preferably fixed to appliance 1400 using an adhesive 1430 a (see FIG. 10) or another suitable coupling that is relatively stronger than the bond between pane 1410 and the epidermis E. Moreover, adhesive 1430 a preferably couples fitting 1430 to frame 1420 and provides a coupling that is at least as strong as the coupling between frame 1420 and pane 1410.
  • Details according to one embodiment of fitting 1430 are shown in FIGS. 11A-11D. Preferably, fitting 1430 includes a wall 1432 that defines a pocket 1434 for receiving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. In the first arrangement of fitting 1430, wall 1432 may (i) entirely surround electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000; (ii) include a plurality of individual segments or posts intermittently disposed around electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000; or (iii) have any suitable configuration for locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to dressing 1400. Wall 1432 preferably includes one or more latches 1432 a (three are shown in FIG. 11B) that cooperate with projection(s) 3106 for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1434 in the first arrangement of fitting 1430. Preferably, fitting 1430 maintains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in a desired orientation with respect to dressing 1400. According to one embodiment, wall 1432 includes a recess 1432 b that, in the first arrangement, cooperatively receives an anti-rotation projection 3008 (see FIG. 10) on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. According to other embodiments, fitting 1430 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may include any suitable mating features for eliminating or at least minimizing rotation of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1434.
  • Fitting 1430 and appliance 1400 are preferably coupled via an interface that permits appliance 1400 to approximately conform to epidermis E. Preferably, a rim or flange 1436 projects from wall 1434 and provides a surface for adhesive 1430 a at the interface between fitting 1430 and appliance 1400. According to one embodiment, flange 1436 may include a plurality of segments 1436 a (four are shown in FIG. 11A) separated by individual gaps 1436 b (three are shown in FIG. 11A). One or more lines of weakness 1438 may be disposed on flange 1436 to increase flexibility of the interface between fitting 1430 and appliance 1400. Accordingly, fitting 1430 may approximately conform to the contours of epidermis E to thereby facilitate, in the first arrangement, maintaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the skin S.
  • Appliance 1400 preferably integrates in a single unit an occlusive barrier and a retainer for an anatomical sensor. According to one embodiment, the anatomical sensor may include electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 or another sensor for sensing over time a change of body structure, e.g., infiltration and extravasation. Preferably, the occlusive barrier includes pane 1410 for protecting the cannulation site N and the retainer includes fitting 1430 for positioning electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to sense if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P. Fitting 1430 preferably permits electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to be decoupled and recoupled with appliance 1400, or decoupled from a first appliance 1400 and coupled to a second appliance 1400. Appliance 1400 preferably also includes frame 1420 for distributing forces over a larger area of the skin S. For example, forces due to pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 may be distributed by pane 1410, frame 1420 and fitting 1430 over an area of the skin S that is larger than that overlaid by superficies 3300. Appliance 1400 therefore preferably enhances an approximately consistent positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P when sensing infiltration or extravasation. Appliance 1400 is advantageous at least because applying an occlusive dressing for an intravascular infusion concurrently establishes an approximately consistent location for an infiltration/extravasation sensor.
  • A fifth embodiment of dressing 1000 is shown in FIGS. 12-13D. An appliance 1500 preferably includes (i) a contamination barrier overlying the cannulation site N; and (ii) a plurality of location options for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to sense if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c. The contamination barrier preferably is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses. Preferably, appliance 1500 may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass, thus permitting the epidermis E to breathe.
  • The contamination barrier of appliance 1500 preferably includes a pane 1510 for viewing the cannulation site N. Preferably, pane 1510 is transparent or translucent to light in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum. Pane 1510 preferably includes a polyurethane film or another suitable material and/or construction for providing a contamination barrier that may be transparent or translucent.
  • An adhesive 1512 preferably bonds pane 1510 to the epidermis E (not indicated in FIG. 12) around the cannulation site N. Preferably, adhesive 1512 includes an acrylic adhesive that is suitable for contact with the epidermis E or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI. Adhesive 1512 may be applied to pane 1510 on the entire surface that confronts the epidermis E, or adhesive 1512 may be omitted from one or more portions of the surface. Also, the strength of the bond between pane 1510 and the epidermis E may vary according to different embodiments of appliance 1500. For example, stronger or more adhesive 1512 may be used for coupling appliance 1500 to relatively robust skin, e.g., adult skin, and weaker or less adhesive 1512 may be used for coupling appliance 1500 to relatively delicate skin, e.g., pediatric skin.
  • Pane 1510 may also include a diagnostic tool 1514 to assist in visually analyzing symptoms of infiltration or extravasation. For example, diagnostic tool 1514 may include a set of concentric arcs, a geometric shape, a set of parallel lines, a color gradient, or another suitable reticle for evaluating conditions at the epidermis E that may be symptomatic of infiltration or extravasation. According to one embodiment, the appearance of a set of parallel lines may become distorted when the epidermis E, and thus pane 1510, is distended due to edema. According to another embodiment, changes in the coloration of the epidermis E may be evaluated by periodic comparison with a color gradient included on pane 1510.
  • Pane 1510 may include one or more guides for positioning or orienting appliance 1500 on the skin S. According to one embodiment, guide 1516 preferably includes a notch or some other feature of appliance 1500 that may be sized or shaped to receive a portion of cannula 20, e.g., hub 20 b.
  • Appliance 1500 preferably includes a frame 1520 coupled to pane 1510. According to one embodiment of appliance 1500, a coupling between pane 1510 and frame 1520 is preferably relatively stronger than the bond between pane 1510 and the epidermis E. Accordingly, pane 1510 remains attached to frame 1520 when separating appliance 1500 from the epidermis E.
  • Frame 1520 preferably has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1510. Accordingly, frame 1520 may maintain the shape of pane 1510 while appliance 1500 is laid over the cannulation site N. According to one embodiment, frame 1520 entirely cinctures pane 1510. According to other embodiments, frame 1520 may (i) partially cincture pane 1510; (ii) extend from a peripheral portion of pane 1510 toward an interior portion of pane 1510; (iii) extend from the interior portion toward the peripheral portion; (iv) be spaced from the peripheral portion; or (v) include some combination of (i)-(iv). Frame 1520 preferably includes polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, or another suitable material that is relatively rigid with respect to pane 1510. For example, frame 1520 may include a pad of polyvinyl chloride foam. Frame 1520 may be opaque, but is preferably transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the epidermis E in the vicinity of the cannulation site N. Preferably, frame 1520 absorbs or blocks the transmission of electromagnetic radiation having the same wavelength(s) emitted and/or collected via superficies 3300, e.g., near-infrared radiation. Thus, according to one embodiment, the epidermis E that underlies frame 1520 may be optically visible and shielded from ambient near-infrared radiation.
  • Appliance 1500 preferably includes a plurality of fittings to provide alternate location options for coupling with electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to appliance 1500. Preferably, first fitting 1530 a and second fitting 1530 b are disposed at locations on opposite sides of guide 1516. Accordingly, the first arrangements of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b preferably include location options for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 on either side of guide 1516 for monitoring infiltration or extravasation during an infusion with cannula 20. Second arrangements of first fitting 1530 a and second fitting 1530 b preferably release electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangements for the respective fittings.
  • Appliance 1500 preferably includes multiple fittings to permit multiple options for locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the cannulation site N. Preferably, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be disposed in one of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b with the other of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b may be used for controlling tubing 32 and/or sensor cable 5000. Permutations of the arrangements of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b with respect to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be characterized as “conditions” of appliance 1500. For example, a first condition of appliance 1500 may be characterized by the second arrangements of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b. Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is not coupled to appliance 1500 in the first condition. Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be moved from the first condition to a second condition of appliance 1500 so as to be in the first arrangement of the first fitting 1530 a and in the second arrangement of second fitting 1530 b. Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 would be retained in first fitting 1530 a on the left-hand side of guide 1516 as viewed in FIG. 12. Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may also be moved from the first condition to a third condition of appliance 1500 so as to be in the first arrangement of the second fitting 1530 b and in the second arrangement of first fitting 1530 a. Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 would be retained in second fitting 1530 b on the right-hand side of guide 1516 as viewed in FIG. 12. Appliance 1500 may also be changed between the second and third conditions, e.g., moving electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to the other side of guide 1516, and may also be changed from either of the second or third conditions to the first condition, e.g., decoupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably has multiple uses with a plurality of individual dressings 1500 and on whichever side of guide 1516 is advantageous for a particular patient or a particular cannulation site N. Factors for evaluating which of first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b may be advantageous to use for retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably include reducing the likelihood of pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000, properly placing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the cannulation site N, and patient comfort.
  • Referring additionally to FIG. 13A, individual fittings preferably are each capable of retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Preferably, individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1530 a or second fitting 1530 b, each include a pocket 1532 that is defined by a wall 1534. Pocket 1532 preferably receives electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (shown in dash-dot line in FIG. 13A) in the first arrangement. Preferably, pane 1510 extends across pocket 1532 and is interposed between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E in the first arrangement, as shown in, e.g., FIG. 13A. According to one embodiment, wall 1534 preferably includes a plurality of individual segments disposed partially around pocket 1532. Preferably, at least one tab 1536 projects from wall 1534 and overlies a portion of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement. Elastic deformation of wall 1534 or tab 1536 preferably permits electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to snap-in to pocket 1532 in the first arrangement and to snap-out from pocket 1532 in the second arrangement. According to one embodiment, tab 1536 preferably includes a raised portion or bump 1538 for biasing superficies 3300 toward the epidermis E by contiguously engaging electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement. According to other embodiments, individual fittings may include a latch, a cap, a resilient element, or another suitable device that, in a first arrangement, retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1532 and preferably biases superficies 3300 toward the epidermis E, and in a second arrangement, releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to move out of pocket 1532.
  • Referring additionally to FIG. 13B, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and individual fittings in the first arrangement preferably are coupled in a preferred manner. Preferably, a portion of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 has a first feature that cooperates with a second feature of pocket 1532. According to one embodiment, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 includes a front-side cylindrical portion 3142 having a first cross-section shape and pocket 1532 has a second cross-section shape that matingly receives front-side cylindrical portion 3142. Preferably, the first and second cross-sectional shapes are approximately congruent circles or other suitable mating shapes. Portions of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 other than front-side cylindrical portion 3162 preferably do not fit in pocket 1532. According to one embodiment, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably includes a backside cylindrical portion 3144 having a third cross-section shape, e.g., a tear drop shape, that does not matingly cooperate with the second cross-section shape of pocket 1532. Accordingly, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably can matingly engage individual fittings in only one manner.
  • Referring additionally to FIG. 13C, strain relief devices preferably redirect forces from sensor cable 5000 to appliance 1500. Preferably, individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1530 a or second fitting 1530 b, each include a set of strain relief devices that contiguously engage sensor cable 5000 in the first arrangement. According to one embodiment, each set of strain relief devices preferably includes a first fixture 1540 a and a second fixture 1540 b. Individual fixtures 1540 a or 1540 b preferably each include a pair of posts separated by a gap that is smaller than the diameter of sensor cable 5000. Accordingly, sensor cable 5000 may be retained by an interference fit between a pair of posts that preferably limit lateral and/or longitudinal movement of sensor cable 5000 relative to frame 1520.
  • Preferably, first and second fixtures 1540 a and 1540 b are disposed on opposite sides of guide 1516. In the first arrangement, first fixture 1540 a preferably retains sensor cable 5000 proximate a first one of the first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b, and second fixture 1540 b preferably retains sensor cable 5000 and tubing 32 proximate a second one of the first and second fittings 1530 a and 1530 b. First fixture 1540 a of second fitting 1530 b is shown on the right-hand side of guide 1516 as viewed in FIG. 12 and second fixture 1540 b of second fitting 1530 b is shown on the left-hand side of guide 1516 as viewed in FIG. 12. According to one embodiment, first fixture 1540 a preferably cooperates with sensor cable 5000 to eliminate or at least minimize rotation of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1532, and second fixture 1540 b preferably establishes a first bight 5000 a and a second bight 32 a for sensor cable 5000 and tubing 32, respectively.
  • Appliance 1500 includes substantially identical features at different location options to increase compatibility of a single dressing for individual patients' cases. Preferably, multiple fittings and fixtures permit selecting the best available option for positioning electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to the cannulation site N and for controlling sensor cable 5000 and/or tubing 32. Selecting either first fitting 1530 a or second fitting 1530 b preferably reduces the likelihood of pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 and/or tubing 32, positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 proximate to the cannulation site N, and increases patient comfort.
  • A clip 1542 preferably couples tubing 32 and sensor cable 5000. Preferably, clip 242 may be fixed to sensor cable 5000 at a selected distance from electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. The distance is preferably selected to cooperate with second fixture 1540 b for consistently establishing an approximate size and radius of first bight 5000 a. According to one embodiment, clip 1542 abuts against second fixture 1540 b. Clip 1540 preferably includes a first portion cincturing sensor cable 5000 and a second portion having an opening for receiving and retaining, e.g., by interference fit, tubing 32. Thus, first fixture 1540 a, second fixture 1540 b, and clip 1542 preferably redirect to appliance 1500 rather than to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 or cannula 20 any forces due to pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000 and/or tube 32. Accordingly, in the first arrangement, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be retained in an approximately consistent positional relationship with respect to the perivascular tissue P around cannula 20 when sensing infiltration or extravasation.
  • Referring additionally to FIG. 13D, frame 1520 preferably is sufficiently flexible to conform to the approximate contours of epidermis E. Preferably, frame 1520 includes one or more lines of weakness 1544 disposed about frame 1520 at various positions including, for example, in the general vicinity of corners for pane 1510 and parallel to the longitudinal axis of cannula 20. According to one embodiment, individual lines of weakness 1544 preferably include living hinges or other suitable features for increasing the flexibility of frame 1520.
  • Appliance 1500 preferably is a single unit that includes plural location options for retaining an anatomical sensor. According to one embodiment, the anatomical sensor may include electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 or another sensor for sensing over time a change of body structure, e.g., infiltration and extravasation. Preferably, individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1530 a or second fitting 1530 b, provide alternate location options for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to appliance 1500. The location option that is most suitable is preferably selected based on one or more factors including: (i) location of the cannulation site N; (ii) orientation of cannula 20; (iii) avoiding movement of cannula 20 or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000; and (iv) comfort of the patient. Appliance 1500 is advantageous at least because the most suitable of plural location options for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is preferably selected.
  • A sixth embodiment of dressing 1000 is shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B. An appliance set preferably includes (i) a contamination barrier overlying the cannulation site N; and (ii) different appliances 1600 a (FIG. 14A) and 1600 b (FIG. 14B) for locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (not shown in FIG. 14A or 14B) to sense if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c. As compared to appliance 1500, which includes a plurality of individual fittings at alternate location options on frame 1520, appliances 1600 a and 1600 b separately provide different locations for a fitting 1630 relative to a guide 1614. Accordingly, one or the other of appliances 1600 a and 1600 b, rather than one or the other of first and second fitting 1530 a and 1530 b on appliance 1500, may be selected for coupling electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 at the most suitable location option.
  • Appliances 1600 a and 1600 b preferably each include a pane 1610, a frame 1620 and fitting 1630 that are functionally similar to, respectively, pane 1510, frame 1520 and first or second fitting 1530 a and 1530 b. Accordingly, appliances 1600 a and 1600 b preferably each provide a contamination barrier that is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses, but which may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass, thus permitting the skin S underlying pane 1610 to breathe. Pane 1610 is preferably transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the cannulation site N. Frame 1620 preferably maintains the shape of pane 1610 while appliance 1600 a or appliance 1600 b is laid over the cannulation site N. And a first arrangement of fitting 1630 preferably retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to appliance 1600 a or appliance 1600 b for monitoring an intravascular infusion by cannula 20, and a second arrangement of fitting 1630 preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement.
  • Frame 1620 preferably has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1610. Accordingly, frame 1620 may maintain the shape of pane 1610 while appliance 1600 a or appliance 1600 b is laid over the cannulation site N. According to one embodiment, frame 1620 entirely cinctures pane 1610. According to other embodiments, frame 1620 may (i) partially cincture pane 1610; (ii) extend from a peripheral portion of pane 1610 toward an interior portion of pane 1610; (iii) extend from the interior portion toward the peripheral portion; (iv) be spaced from the peripheral portion; or (v) include a combination of (i)-(iv). Frame 1620 preferably includes polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, or another suitable material that is relatively rigid with respect to pane 1610. For example, frame 1620 may include a pad of polyvinyl chloride foam. Frame 1620 may be opaque, but is preferably transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the epidermis E in the vicinity of the cannulation site N. Preferably, frame 1620 absorbs or blocks the transmission of radiation having the same wavelength(s) as emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006, e.g., near-infrared radiation. Thus, according to one embodiment, the epidermis E that underlies frame 1620 may be optically visible and shielded from ambient near-infrared radiation.
  • Appliance 1600 a and appliance 1600 b preferably are independent units that separately include different locations for retaining an anatomical sensor. Preferably, appliance 1600 a includes fitting 1630 at a first location relative to guide 1614, e.g., on the right-hand side of guide 1614, and appliance 1600 b includes fitting 1630 at a second location relative to guide 1614, e.g., on the left-hand side of guide 1614. Accordingly, the most suitable one of appliance 1600 a or appliance 1600 b preferably is selected based on one or more factors including: (i) location of the cannulation site N; (ii) orientation of cannula 20; (iii) avoiding movement of cannula 20 or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000; and (iv) comfort of the patient. Independent appliances 1600 a and 1600 b are advantageous at least because a choice is available for how an anatomical sensor, e.g., electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000, is located relative to cannula 20.
  • A seventh embodiment of dressing 1000 is shown in FIGS. 15A-15D. An appliance 1700 preferably includes (i) a frame 1720 that relatively positions electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20; and (ii) a contamination barrier that overlies the cannulation site N and frame 1720. The contamination barrier preferably is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses, and may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass for permitting the skin S to breathe. The contamination barrier preferably includes a pane 1710 that is transparent or translucent to light in the visible portion of the electromagnetic spectrum for viewing the cannulation site N. Pane 1710 preferably includes a polyurethane film or another suitable material and/or construction for providing a contamination barrier that may be transparent or translucent.
  • An adhesive 1712 preferably bonds pane 1710 to the epidermis E (not indicated in FIGS. 15A-15D). Preferably, adhesive 1712 includes an acrylic adhesive that is suitable for contact with the epidermis E or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI. Adhesive 1712 may be applied to the contamination barrier on the entire surface that confronts the epidermis E, or adhesive 1712 may be omitted from one or more portions of the surface. For example, adhesive 1712 may be omitted from a first area 1712 a on pane 1710 in the vicinity of the cannulation site N or from a second area 1712 b on pane 1710 preferably to facilitate pulling pane 1710 from the epidermis E. Preferably, the first or second areas 1712 a and 1712 b may be identified, e.g., with printing on pane 1710. Also, the strength of the bond between pane 1710 and the epidermis E may vary according to different embodiments of dressing 1700. For example, stronger or more adhesive 1712 may be used for coupling dressing 1700 to relatively robust skin, e.g., adult skin, and weaker or less adhesive 1712 may be used for coupling dressing 1700 to relatively delicate skin, e.g., pediatric skin. Preferably, a removable release liner (not shown) preserves adhesive 1712 until the contamination barrier is ready to be laid over the cannulation site N and frame 1720.
  • Referring particularly to FIG. 15B, a framework 1714 preferably supports pane 1710 while being laid over the cannulation site N. Preferably, framework 1714 includes paper or another suitable material that has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1710 but is flexible enough to conform to the contours of the skin S. Accordingly, framework 1714 preferably maintains the approximate shape of the outer peripheral edge of pane 1710 and of any apertures 1710 a (two are shown in FIGS. 15A, 15B and 15D) while the contamination barrier is being laid over the cannulation site N and frame 1720. According to one embodiment of dressing 1700, a coupling between pane 1710 and framework 1714 is preferably relatively weaker than the bond between pane 1710 and the epidermis E. Accordingly, framework 1714 may be released after pane 1710 bonds to the epidermis E. Preferably, a tab 1714 a facilitates pulling framework 1714 from pane 1710.
  • Frame 1720 preferably has greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1710. Preferably, frame 1720 preferably includes polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, or another suitable material that is relatively rigid with respect to pane 1710. For example, frame 1720 may include a pad of polyvinyl chloride foam. Frame 1720 preferably distributes forces, e.g., due to pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000, over an area of the skin S that is larger than that overlaid by superficies 3300 (not shown in FIGS. 15A-15D).
  • Frame 1720 preferably links cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Preferably, frame 1720 includes (i) a mount 1722 for cooperatively engaging cannula 20; and (ii) at least one fitting—a first fitting 1730 a and a second fitting 1730 b are shown in FIGS. 15A, 15C and 15D—for coupling with electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Accordingly, frame 1720 preferably includes a link for establishing and maintaining a positional relationship between cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. According to one embodiment, mount 1722 preferably includes a base 1722 a and one or more resilient projections 1722 b extending from base 1722 a. Preferably, base 1722 a includes an interface for coupling mount 1722 with frame 1720, e.g., via an adhesive, and projection(s) 1722 b resiliently capture a portion of cannula 20. Therefore, mount 1722 preferably establishes and maintains a positional relationship between cannula 20 and frame 1720. Preferably, individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1730 a or second fitting 1730 b, may be comparable to fittings 1110, 1210, 1310, 1430 or 1530 a/1530 b discussed above and therefore each may retain electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Therefore, each individual fitting preferably establishes and maintains a positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and frame 1720. Thus, according to one embodiment, frame 1720, mount 1722, and first fitting 1730 a or second fitting 1730 b preferably link cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 by establishing and maintaining their relative positional relationship.
  • Referring particularly to FIG. 15C, frame 1720 preferably prevents contiguous engagement between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the epidermis E. Preferably, a barrier layer 1720 a extends across the pocket of individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1730 a and second fitting 1730 b, and is interposed between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E in the first arrangements of individual fittings 1730 a or 1730 b. Barrier layer 1720 a may be the same material as pane 1710 or another material that is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses, and substantially transparent to emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006.
  • Strain relief devices preferably redirect forces from electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to dressing 1700. Preferably, individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1730 a or second fitting 1730 b, each include a set of strain relief devices that contiguously engage sensor cable 5000 in the first arrangement. According to one embodiment, each set of strain relief devices preferably includes a first fixture 1740 a and a second fixture 1740 b. Individual fixtures 1740 a or 1740 b preferably each include a plurality of posts separated by a gap that is smaller than the diameter of sensor cable 5000 and/or the diameter of tubing 32. Accordingly, sensor cable 5000 and/or tubing 32 may be retained by a resilient interference fit between a pair of posts that preferably limit lateral and/or longitudinal movement of sensor cable 5000 or tubing 32 relative to frame 1720.
  • Preferably, first and second fixtures 1740 a and 1740 b are disposed on opposite sides of mount 1722. Each of FIGS. 15A, 15C and 15D indicate only one of two pairs of fixtures that are shown. In the first arrangement, first fixture 1740 a preferably retains sensor cable 5000 proximate a first one of the first and second fittings 1730 a and 1730 b, and second fixture 1740 b preferably retains sensor cable 5000 and tubing 32 proximate a second one of the first and second fittings 1730 a and 1730 b. First fixture 1740 a of first fitting 1730 a is shown on the left-hand side of mount 1722 as viewed in FIG. 15D and second fixture 1740 b of first fitting 1730 a is shown on the right-hand side of mount 1722 as viewed in FIG. 15D. According to one embodiment, first fixture 1740 a preferably cooperates with sensor cable 5000 to eliminate or at least minimize rotation of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 with respect to first fitting 1730 a, and second fixture 1740 b preferably establishes first bight 5000 a and second bight 32 a for sensor cable 5000 and tubing 32, respectively.
  • A method of implementing dressing 1700 will now be discussed with reference to FIG. 15D. Cannula 20 is inserted at cannulation site N in a typical manner. Preferably, frame 1720 is bonded to the epidermis E (not indicated) with projection(s) 1722 b of mount 1722 engaging a portion of cannula 20. Pane 1710 and framework 1714 preferably are overlaid on frame 1720 with apertures 1710 a cincturing first fitting 1730 a, second fitting 1730 b, and first and second fixtures 1740 a and 1740 b. Preferably, adhesive 1712 bonds pane 1710 to the epidermis E, and framework 1714 is separated from pane 1710. Adhesive 1712 preferably also adheres pane 1710 over the portion of cannula 20 that is engaged by mount 1722 so that cannula 20 is coupled to frame 1720. Tubing 32 is coupled with cannula 20 in a typical manner and preferably also engages second fixture 1740 b to form second bight 32 a. Preferably, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is coupled to an individual fitting, e.g., the fitting on the left-hand side of mount 1722 as viewed in FIG. 15D, with sensor cable 5000 engaging first fixture 1740 a. Sensor cable 5000 preferably also engages second fixture 1740 b to form first bight 5000 a. Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is thereby coupled to frame 1720. Preferably, a lead management system 1750 limits the forces that may be transmitted to dressing 1700 as a result of pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000. Lead management system 1750 preferably bonds to the epidermis E, e.g., with an adhesive, and includes a patch 1750 a and a board 1750 b. According to one embodiment, patch 1750 a preferably is shaped and sized to overlay first and second bights 5000 a and 32 a, and board 1750 b preferably includes at least one fixture 1750 c that is similar to second fixture 1740 b in construction and function. Preferably, board 1750 b is spaced from first and second bights 5000 a and 32 a along the lengths of tubing 32 and sensor cable 5000. According to one embodiment, frame 1720, patch 1750 a and board 1750 b preferably share a similar construction and may be manufactured concurrently as a unit, which may then be separated when implementing dressing 1700.
  • Removing dressing 1700 preferably occurs after releasing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from one of the first and second fittings 1730 a and 1730 b. Preferably, pane 1710 is peeled off beginning with second area 1712 b while wings 1720 b (two are indicated on FIG. 15A) are held to separate pane 1710 from frame 1720. Cannula 20 preferably is disengaged from mount 1722 and extracted from the cannulation site N, and frame 1720 is peeled off the epidermis E. A barrier film such as Cavilon™, manufactured by 3M (St. Paul, Minn., USA), or another topical agent may be used when implementing dressing 1700 for protecting the epidermis E from adhesive trauma due to peeling off pane 1710 and/or frame 1720.
  • Dressing 1700 is advantageous at least because there is a link between cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 when sensing if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c. Preferably, frame 1720, mount 1722, and individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1730 a or second fitting 1730 b, establish and maintain a relative positional relationship that links cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Dressing 1700 is also advantageous because a contamination barrier is implemented in a typical manner, e.g., overlying the cannulation site N, and concurrently cooperates with the link between cannula 20 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000.
  • An eighth embodiment of dressing 1000 is shown in FIGS. 16A-16D. Appliances 1800 a and 1800 b preferably include (i) a contamination barrier that overlies the cannulation site N (not shown in FIGS. 16A-16D); (ii) a molded frame that locates electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (not shown in FIGS. 16A-16D) to sense if fluid is infusing the perivascular tissue P around transcutaneous sleeve 20 c; and (iii) a plurality of options for relatively locating electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and cannula 20 (not shown in FIGS. 16A-16D). According to one embodiment, pane 1810 includes a contamination barrier that preferably is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses, and may be semi-permeable to allow air or vapor to pass for permitting the skin S to breathe. Preferably, appliance 1800 a (FIGS. 16A and 16B) includes a first frame 1820 a that is integrally molded with a first fitting 1830 a, and appliance 1800 b (FIGS. 16C and 16D) includes a second frame 1820 b over-molding a second fitting 1830 b.
  • Employing molding to manufacture appliances 1800 a and 1800 b preferably reduces the number of independent components included in appliances 1800 a and 1800 b as compared to, for example, appliances 1400, 1500, 1600 a/1600 b and 1700. Preferably, the phrase “independent component” as it is used herein refers to a single part that (a) has a substantially uniform composition; and (b) is coupled with other parts in an assemblage. Appliance 1800 a preferably reduces the number of independent components by at least two as compared to, for example, appliances 1400, 1500, 1600 a/1600 b and 1700 because (i) first frame 1820 a and first fitting 1830 a may be formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling appliance 1800 a; and (ii) an adhesive for coupling first frame 1820 a with first fitting 1830 a may be eliminated. Appliance 1800 b preferably reduces the number of independent components by at least one as compared to, for example, appliances 1400, 1500, 1600 a/1600 b and 1700 because an adhesive for coupling first frame 1820 a with first fitting 1830 a is eliminated. Preferably, further reductions are possible in the number of independent components included in appliances 1800 a and 1800 b as compared to appliances 1500 or 1700. For example, as compared to appliances 1500 and 1700, a further reduction of at least one additional independent component may be possible because first or second frames 1820 a or 1820 b and strain relief device(s) for sensor cable 5000 may be formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling appliance 1800 a or 1800 b. And as compared to appliance 1700, a yet further reduction of at least two additional independent components may be possible because (i) first or second frames 1820 a or 1820 b and a mount for cannula 20 may be formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling the dressing; and (ii) an adhesive for coupling the mount with first or second frames 1820 a or 1820 b may be eliminated. Thus, employing molding may reduce the number of independent components that preferably are included in appliances 1800 a and 1800 b.
  • Appliance 1800 a (or appliance 1800 b) preferably includes a pane 1810, frame 1820 a (or frame 1820 b), and fitting 1830 a (or fitting 1830 b) that function similar to, for example, pane 1610, frame 1620 and fitting 1630, respectively. Accordingly, pane 1810 preferably is transparent or translucent to visible light for viewing the cannulation site N; frame 1820 a (or frame 1820 b) preferably maintains the shape of pane 1810 while appliance 1800 a (or appliance 1800 b) is laid over the cannulation site N; and a first arrangement of fitting 1830 a (or fitting 1830 b) preferably retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 relative to appliance 1800 a (or appliance 1800 b) for monitoring an intravascular infusion by cannula 20 and a second arrangement of fitting 1830 a (or fitting 1830 b) preferably releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement.
  • Pane 1810 preferably uses an adhesive 1812 to bond with the epidermis E in the vicinity of the cannulation site N. Preferably, pane 1810 includes a polyurethane film or another suitable material for providing a contamination barrier that may be transparent or translucent. Adhesive 1812 preferably couples pane 1810 to the epidermis E. Preferably, adhesive 1812 includes an acrylic adhesive that is suitable for contact with the epidermis E or another medical grade adhesive that is biocompatible according ISO 10993 and/or USP Class VI. Adhesive 1812 may be applied to pane 1810 on the entire surface that confronts the epidermis E, or adhesive 1812 may be omitted from one or more portions of the surface. Also, the strength of the bond between pane 1810 and the epidermis E may vary according to different embodiments of the dressing. For example, stronger or more adhesive 1812 may be used for coupling appliance 1800 a or appliance 1800 b to relatively robust skin and weaker or less adhesive 1812 may be used for coupling appliance 1800 a or appliance 1800 b to relatively delicate skin.
  • Appliances 1800 a and 1800 b each preferably include a plurality of options for positioning or orienting the appliances on the skin S. Preferably, appliance 1800 a includes a first guide 1814 a at a first location relative to fitting 1830 a, e.g., on the right-hand side of fitting 1830 a as viewed in FIG. 16A, and a second guide 1814 b at a second location relative to fitting 1830 a, e.g., on the left-hand side of fitting 1830 a as viewed in FIG. 16A. Similarly, appliance 1800 b includes first guide 1814 a located on the right-hand side of fitting 1830 b as viewed in FIG. 16C, and second guide 1814 b located on the left-hand side of fitting 1830 b as viewed in FIG. 16C. The most suitable one of first guide 1814 a or second guide 1814 b preferably is selected based on one or more factors including: (i) location of the cannulation site N; (ii) orientation of cannula 20; (iii) avoiding movement of cannula 20 or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to pulling or snagging tubing 32 or sensor cable 5000; and (iv) comfort of the patient. According to one embodiment, individual guides 1814 a and 1814 b preferably include a notch or some other feature of appliance 1800 a or 1800 b that may be sized or shaped to receive a portion of cannula 20. According to another embodiment, individual guides 1814 a and 1814 b preferably include a mount (not shown) for cooperatively engaging cannula 20. Alternate first and second guides 1814 a and 1814 b are advantageous at least because a choice is available for how electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 is located relative to cannula 20.
  • First and second frames 1820 a and 1820 b preferably have greater resistance to deformation than does pane 1810. Accordingly, individual frames, e.g., first frame 1820 a or second frame 1820 b, may maintain the shape of pane 1810 while appliance 1800 a or appliance 1800 b is laid over the cannulation site N. First and second frames 1820 a and 1820 b preferably are formed as single independent components, e.g., integrally molded with a homogenous chemical compound, rather than being built-up as a laminate. Preferably, individual frames, e.g., first frame 1820 a or second frame 1820 b, include polydimethylsiloxanes or another suitable material for molding the frames. Advantageously, appliances 1800 a and 800 b preferably resist absorbing fluids as compared to typical woven or fabric dressings.
  • First and second fittings 1830 a and 1830 b preferably are capable of retaining electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Preferably, individual fittings, e.g., first fitting 1830 a or second fitting 1830 b, each include a pocket 1832, a wall 1834, and a tab 1836. Pocket 1832 preferably receives electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (not shown in FIGS. 16A-16D) in the first arrangement. Preferably, pane 1810 extends across pocket 1832 and is interposed between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E in the first arrangement of the individual fittings. According to one embodiment, wall 1834 preferably includes a plurality of individual segments disposed partially around pocket 1832. Preferably, at least one tab 1836 projects from wall 1834 and overlies a portion of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement. Elastic deformation of wall 1834 or tab 1836 preferably permits electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to snap-in to pocket 1832 in the first arrangement and to snap-out from pocket 1832 in the second arrangement. According to one embodiment, tab 1836 preferably biases superficies 3300 toward the skin S by contiguously engaging electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in the first arrangement. According to other embodiments, individual fittings may include a latch, a cap, a resilient element, or another suitable device which, in the first arrangement, retains electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in pocket 1832 and preferably biases superficies 3300 toward the epidermis E, and in the second arrangement, releases electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 from the first arrangement so as to permit movement out of pocket 1832.
  • Appliances 1800 a and 1800 b preferably maintain an approximately consistent positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P. According to an embodiment of appliance 1800 a, frame 1820 a preferably distributes forces acting on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to, e.g., pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000, over an area of the skin S that is larger than that overlaid by superficies 3300. Preferably, one or more arms 1838 (four are shown in FIG. 16C) are coupled with wall 1834 according to an embodiment of appliance 1800 b. Arm(s) 1838 preferably extend away from pocket 1832, e.g., beyond an area of the skin S that is overlaid by superficies 3300 in the first arrangement of fitting 1830 b. Accordingly, forces acting on electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 due to, e.g., pulling or snagging sensor cable 5000, may be distributed by arm(s) 1838 and frame 1820 b over an area of the skin S that is larger than that overlaid by superficies 3300. Appliances 1800 a and 1800 b therefore preferably enhance an approximately consistent positional relationship between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the perivascular tissue P when sensing infiltration or extravasation.
  • Strain relief devices preferably redirect forces from sensor cable 5000 to appliance 1800 a or appliance 1800 b. Preferably, first frame 1820 a or second fitting 1830 b include at least one strain relief device that contiguously engages sensor cable 5000 in the first arrangement. First frame 1820 a and a strain relief device 1840 (FIGS. 16A and 16B) preferably are formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling appliance 1800 a. Second fitting 1830 b and first and second fixtures 1840 a and 1840 b (FIGS. 16C and 16D) preferably are formed as a single independent component, e.g., integrally molded with a homogeneous chemical compound, before assembling appliance 1800 b. According to an embodiment of appliance 1800 b, portions of first and second fixtures 1840 a and 1840 b preferably are exposed with respect to frame 1820 b. Preferably, strain relief device 1840, first fixture 1840 a, and second fixture 1840 b each include a plurality of posts separated by a gap that is smaller than the diameter of sensor cable 5000. Accordingly, sensor cable 5000 may be retained by a resilient interference fit between a pair of posts that preferably limit lateral and/or longitudinal movement of sensor cable 5000 relative to frame 1820 a or frame 1820 b.
  • Molding during manufacturing of appliance 1800 a and 1800 b preferably includes at least one of (i) integrally molding a single independent component that fulfills more than one role in an assemblage; or (ii) over-molding a first independent component with another independent component in an assemblage. Preferably, first frame 1820 a is integrally molded with wall 1834 and tab 1836 as an independent component included in appliance 1800 a. Roles including maintaining the shape of pane 1810 and retaining/releasing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 are therefore fulfilled by a single independent component in appliance 1800 a. According to an embodiment of appliance 1800 a, strain relief device 1840 preferably also is integrally molded with first frame 1820 a as an independent component included in appliance 1800 a. Accordingly, the additional role of limiting relative movement of sensor cable 5000 is also fulfilled by a single independent component in appliance 1800 a. According to an embodiment of appliance 1800 b, preferably an initial shot in a multi-shot mold forms a first independent component and a subsequent shot in the multi-shot mold assembles appliance 1800 b, including the independent component formed with the initial shot. Preferably, second frame 1820 b over-molds second fitting 1830 b in appliance 1800 b. For example, wall 1834 and tab 1836 preferably are integrally molded with second fitting 1830 b as an independent component before being over-molded with second frame 1820 b. According to embodiments of appliance 1800 b, first fixture 1840 a and/or second fixture 1840 b preferably also are integrally molded with second fitting 1830 b as an independent component before being over-molded with second frame 1820 b. Employing molding in manufacturing appliances 1800 a and 1800 b is advantageous at least because fewer independent components are preferably assembled as compared to, for example, appliances 1400, 1500, 1600 a/1600 b and 1700.
  • Sensor
  • FIG. 17 shows an embodiment according to the present disclosure of the electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 that preferably includes an anatomic sensor. As the terminology is used herein, “anatomic” preferably refers to the structure of an Animalia body and an “anatomic sensor” preferably is concerned with sensing a change over time of the structure of the Animalia body. By comparison, a physiological sensor is concerned with sensing the functions or activities of an Animalia body, e.g., pulse or blood chemistry, at a point in time.
  • The electromagnetic radiation signals emitted by electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably are not harmful to an Animalia body. According to one embodiment, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably emits electromagnetic radiation signals at wavelengths in the visible light or infrared radiation portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. Preferably, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 emits wavelengths in a range between approximately 380 nanometers and approximately 1 millimeter. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 790 terahertz to approximately 300 gigahertz. According to other embodiments, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may emit electromagnetic radiation signals in shorter wavelength portions of the electromagnetic spectrum, e.g., ultraviolet light, X-rays or gamma rays, preferably when radiation power and/or signal duration are such that tissue harm is minimized.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably aids in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation. Preferably, first electromagnetic radiation 3002 is emitted via superficies 3300 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and first electromagnetic radiation 3006 is collected via superficies 3300. First emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably includes (i) cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a that minimally penetrates the skin 5; and (ii) transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b that passes through the target area of the skin S into the perivascular tissue P. The perivascular tissue P in the vicinity of blood vessel V preferably includes the cells or compartments that may become unintentionally infused, e.g., infiltrated or extravasated by fluid exiting from cannula 20. First collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably includes (i) a noise component 3006 a due at least in part to cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a; and (ii) a signal component 3006 b that is a portion of transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b that is at least one of specularly reflected, diffusely reflected (e.g., due to elastic or inelastic scattering), fluoresced (e.g., due to endogenous or exogenous factors), or otherwise redirected from the perivascular tissue P before passing through the skin S.
  • The wavelength of first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably is longer than approximately 750 nanometers. The frequency of first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 therefore is no more than approximately 400 terahertz. According to one embodiment, first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably is in the near-infrared radiation portion of the electromagnetic spectrum. As the terminology is used herein, “near-infrared” preferably refers to electromagnetic radiation having wavelengths between approximately 750 nanometers and approximately 2,100 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 400 terahertz to approximately 145 terahertz. A desirable range in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum preferably includes wavelengths between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 375 terahertz to approximately 285 terahertz.
  • First emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably share one or more wavelengths. According to one embodiment, first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably share a single peak wavelength, e.g., approximately 940 nanometers (approximately 320 terahertz). As the terminology is used herein, “peak wavelength” preferably refers to an interval of wavelengths including a spectral line of peak power. The interval preferably includes wavelengths having at least half of the peak power. Preferably, the wavelength interval is +/−approximately 20 nanometers with respect to the spectral line. According to other embodiments, first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably share a plurality of peak wavelengths, e.g., approximately 940 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers. According to other embodiments, a first one of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably spans a first range of wavelengths, e.g., from approximately 700 nanometers to approximately 1000 nanometers. This wavelength range generally corresponds to a frequency range from approximately 430 terahertz to approximately 300 terahertz. A second one of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably shares with the first range a single peak wavelength, a plurality of peak wavelengths, or a second range of wavelengths. Preferably, patient monitoring device 6000 performs an electromagnetic radiation power analysis at the wavelength(s) shared by first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 for indicating an anatomical change over time in the perivascular tissue P.
  • The inventors discovered a problem regarding accurately alerting a healthcare giver to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination. The examination that healthcare givers perform typically includes palpating the skin S in the vicinity of the target area, observing the skin S in the vicinity of the target area, and/or comparing limbs that include and do not include the target area of the skin S. Typically, the object of the examination is to identify, for example, (i) edema, pain or numbness in the vicinity of the cannulation site N; (ii) blanching, discoloration, inflammation or coolness of the skin S in the vicinity of the cannulation site N; (iii) breakdown, tautness or stretching of the skin S; or (iv) drainage from the cannulation site N. False alerts to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination may distract healthcare givers or reduce confidence in the alerting system. The inventors further discovered, inter alia, the problem is first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 may not accurately alert healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • An Animalia body typically includes macrovascular and microvascular systems for circulating blood between the heart and tissues. Typically, the macrovascular system includes the relatively large (approximately 1.0-10.0 millimeter diameter) arteries and veins that deliver and return blood with respect to the heart, and the microvascular system includes the relatively small blood vessels that are embedded within the tissues. The microvascular system typically includes arterioles (approximately 0.1 millimeter diameter), capillaries (approximately 0.01 millimeter diameter), and venules (approximately 0.1 millimeter diameter). Preferably, the arterioles carry blood from arteries to capillaries and the venules carry blood from capillaries to veins.
  • Tissue blood perfusion is a physiological function that typically is regulated by the microvascular system. As the terminology is used herein, “blood perfusion” preferably refers to a delivery process that includes (i) transporting nutrients, e.g., oxygen, to capillaries; (ii) exchanging the nutrients and waste, e.g., carbon dioxide, through the capillaries between blood and interstitial fluid; and (iii) transporting the waste from the capillaries. Typically, tissue blood perfusion is evaluated based on blood flow per unit volume of tissue, e.g., (milliliters/minute)blood/or blood flow per unit mass of tissue, e.g., (milliliters/minute)blood/gramtissue. Body temperature and blood pressure are additional examples of physiological functions that typically are at least partially regulated by the microvascular system.
  • The microvascular system typically includes pre-capillary and post-capillary regulators for tissue blood perfusion. Typically, pre-capillary regulation includes modulating blood flow entering the capillaries and venules by contracting and relaxing pre-capillary sphincters and smooth muscles on the walls of the arterioles. Post-capillary regulation typically includes microscopic venous valves that restrict blood flow from post-capillary venules back into capillaries.
  • A posture change of an Animalia body typically elicits a vascular response including the microvascular system regulating tissue blood perfusion. As the terminology is used herein, “posture change” preferably refers to the result of actions or activities that modify the elevation of the cannulation site N relative to a patient's heart. Typically, posture changes include raising or lowering a limb. FIG. 34A schematically illustrates a first posture with preferably nominal tissue blood perfusion because the cannulation site N is relatively level with respect to the heart. FIG. 34B schematically illustrates a second posture with the cannulation site N relatively dependent with respect to the heart. Typically, the tissue blood perfusion in the second posture increases relative to the nominal tissue blood perfusion in the first posture because the microscopic venous valves preferably are at least partially inverted such that flow from post-capillary venules back into capillaries is less restricted. Accordingly, there preferably is an increased volume of blood in the microvascular system in the second posture as compared with the first posture. FIG. 34C schematically illustrates a third posture with the cannulation site N relatively elevated with respect to the heart. Typically, the tissue blood perfusion in the third posture decreases relative to the nominal tissue blood perfusion in the first posture because the pre-capillary sphincters and smooth muscles on the walls of the arterioles are less effective modulating blood flow against gravity. Accordingly, there preferably is a decreased volume of blood in the microvascular system in the third posture as compared with the first posture
  • The inventors discovered a source of the problem regarding accurately alerting a healthcare giver to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination is changing tissue blood volume affects the propagation of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006. As the terminology is used herein, “tissue blood volume” preferably refers to a volume of blood along a monitoring path of sensor 3000, and “monitoring path” preferably refers to a volume of tissue in which first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 propagate. Thus, tissue blood volume preferably is a measure of blood concentration in tissue. The inventors further discovered, inter alia, tissue blood volume is affected by patient posture changes. Typically, lowering the cannulation site N, e.g., changing posture from the first posture (FIG. 34A) to the second posture (FIG. 34B), increases the tissue blood volume and raising the cannulation site N, e.g., changing posture from the first posture (FIG. 34A) to the third posture (FIG. 34C), decreases the tissue blood volume. The inventors further discovered, inter alia, tissue blood volume changes along the monitoring path of sensor 3000 affect the propagation of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 such that first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 responds to tissue blood volume changes as well as to infiltration/extravasation events. Thus, the inventors discovered, inter alia, that tissue blood volume changes due to patient posture changes might falsely alert healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably mitigates false alerts caused by tissue blood volume changes. Preferably, a second wavelength is used to determine the accuracy of an alert to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination by distinguishing between tissue blood volume changes and infiltration/extravasation events. According to one embodiment, a second electromagnetic radiation 3012 is emitted via superficies 3300 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and a second electromagnetic radiation 3016 is collected via superficies 3300. Second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably is a portion of second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 that is at least one of specularly reflected, diffusely reflected (e.g., due to elastic or inelastic scattering), fluoresced (e.g., due to endogenous or exogenous factors), or otherwise redirected from subcutaneous tissue.
  • The wavelength of second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably is shorter than approximately 750 nanometers. The frequency therefore is at least approximately 400 terahertz. Preferably, second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are in the visible light portion of the electromagnetic spectrum. According to one embodiment, second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are in the yellow to red visible light portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. As the terminology is used herein, “yellow to red” preferably refers to electromagnetic radiation having wavelengths between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 750 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 525 terahertz to approximately 400 terahertz. A desirable range for second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably includes wavelengths between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 525 terahertz to approximately 485 terahertz. According to other embodiments, second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are approximately at an isosbestic wavelength to minimize the effect of blood oxygenation on measuring tissue blood volume. As the terminology is used herein, “isosbestic wavelength” preferably refers to a wavelength at which oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin have generally the same molar absorptivity. Conversely, absorptivity at non-isosbestic wavelengths typically is different for oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin. For example, oxyhemoglobin typically is more absorptive than deoxyhemoglobin at non-isosbestic wavelengths of infrared light; and deoxyhemoglobin typically is more absorptive than oxyhemoglobin at non-isosbestic wavelengths of red visible light. Tissue blood volume preferably includes a summation of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin components. Preferably, second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 are at an approximately isosbestic wavelength for measuring the oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin components of tissue blood volume with a single wavelength. According to other embodiments, second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 include two wavelengths: one for particularly measuring the oxyhemoglobin component of tissue blood volume and another for particularly measuring the deoxyhemoglobin component of tissue blood volume.
  • There are eight isosbestic wavelengths between approximately 400 nanometers and approximately 1,000 nanometers. Isosbestic wavelengths typically are indicated by intersections of the extinction curves for oxyhemoglobin (HbO2) and deoxyhemoglobin (Hb). Referring to FIG. 35A, known isosbestic points of deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin are shown at approximately 421 nanometers (approximately 712 terahertz), approximately 449 nanometers (approximately 668 terahertz), approximately 506 nanometers (approximately 592 terahertz), approximately 522 nanometers (approximately 574 terahertz), approximately 548 nanometers (approximately 547 terahertz), approximately 569 nanometers (approximately 527 terahertz), approximately 586 nanometers (approximately 512 terahertz), and approximately 808 nanometers (approximately 371 terahertz). According to one embodiment, a generally isosbestic wavelength for second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 preferably is approximately 586 nanometers.
  • According to one embodiment, second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are at an approximately isosbestic wavelength in contradistinction to typical pulse oximeters. Typically, pulse oximetry propagates non-isosbestic wavelengths of visible light and near-infrared radiation through biological materials including tissue, oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin. The Beer-Lambert law relates absorption of the visible light and near-infrared radiation with (i) the absorption coefficient of a material; and (ii) the propagation path length through that material. FIG. 35B schematically illustrates the materials in the propagation path of typical pulse oximetry systems. Typically, absorption includes a fixed component DC, which generally includes absorption by tissue, venous blood (deoxyhemoglobin) and non-pulsatile arterial blood (non-pulsatile oxyhemoglobin), and a fluctuating component AC, which generally includes absorption by pulsatile arterial blood (pulsatile oxyhemoglobin). The fluctuating component AC as compared to the fixed component DC typically is relatively small (e.g., approximately 2% of absorption) and therefore relatively difficult to accurately measure.
  • Pulse oximetry typically uses two non-isosbestic wavelengths for calculating blood oxygen saturation. The principle of pulse oximetry is based on different absorption characteristics of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin at wavelengths typically in the visible light and near-infrared radiation portions of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum. Typically, the visible light is at approximately 660 nanometers (approximately 455 terahertz) and the near-infrared radiation is at approximately 940 nanometers (approximately 320 terahertz). Pulse oximeters typically compute a normalized absorption ratio of the visible light to the near-infrared radiation according to the following equation:
  • visible infrared = A C visible D C visible / A C infrared D C infrared
  • and then plug the normalized absorption ratio into an algorithm or lookup table for determining blood oxygen saturation. Typically, increasing the differences between the absorption characteristics magnifies the fluctuating component AC as compared to the fixed component DC, thereby expanding the range of the normalized absorption ratio and improving accuracy in determining blood oxygen saturation. Increasing the difference between absorption coefficients of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin at non-isosbestic wavelengths therefore is a fundamental of accurate pulse oximetry. Moreover, measuring absorption at two wavelengths and using both measurements in a computation are required in pulse oximetry before a result, e.g., blood oxygen saturation or pulse rate, can be determined. Pulse oximetry typically cannot determine the result by measuring absorption at only one wavelength. By comparison, the second wavelength of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably is at an approximately isosbestic wavelength because of the generally similar absorption coefficients of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin. According to one embodiment, the two wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 independently provide (i) alerts to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination; and (ii) indications of a tissue blood volume change. System 100 therefore preferably uses the first and second wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to, respectively, analyze anatomical changes over time in the perivascular tissue P and verify the cause of the anatomical change.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably also detects tissue blood volume changes in addition to those due to patient posture changes. The inventors further discovered, inter alia, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 detects tissue blood volume changes caused by (i) the application of certain devices; or (ii) the introduction of certain medicines. For example, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably detects the application of sphygmomanometers, tourniquets, dressings or other devices that affect circulation and therefore affect blood perfusion in capillary beds of limbs including the cannulation site N. Other sources of tissue blood volume changes that electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably detects include the introduction of markers (e.g., methylene blue), anticoagulants, or medicines to control anemia or other blood conditions. Preferably, healthcare givers take into account such additional sources of tissue blood volume changers when deciding to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • Referring again to FIG. 17, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably includes waveguides to transmit first and second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002, 3006, 3012 and 3016. As the terminology is used herein, “waveguide” preferably refers to a duct, pipe, fiber or other device that generally confines and directs the propagation of electromagnetic radiation along a path. Preferably, an emission waveguide 3210 includes an emitter face 3214 for emitting first and second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3012, and a detection waveguide 3220 includes a detector face 3224 for collecting first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016. According to one embodiment, emission waveguide 3210 preferably includes a set of emission optical fibers 3212 and detection waveguide 3220 preferably includes a set of detection optical fibers 3222. Individual emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 preferably each have an end face. Preferably, an aggregation of end faces of emission optical fibers 3212 forms emitter face 3214 and an aggregation of end faces of detection optical fibers 3222 forms detector face 3224.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C schematically illustrate how an evolving infiltration/extravasation event preferably affects the electromagnetic radiation signals of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. FIGS. 18A-18C include individual schematic illustrations of the monitoring paths for (i) first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006; and (ii) second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016. According to one embodiment, the monitoring paths preferably overlap; however, they are separately shown on the left and right sides of each figure for the sake of clearly illustrating each monitoring path. Therefore, the left and right sides of individual FIGS. 18A-18C include duplicate showings of the materials (e.g., the skin S, the blood vessel V, the perivascular tissue P, and the infusate F) along the monitoring paths of electromagnetic radiation 3002, 3012, 3006 and 3016.
  • FIGS. 18A-18C show examples of three stages of infiltration/extravasation. FIG. 18A shows the skin S prior to an infiltration/extravasation event. Preferably, the skin S includes the cutaneous tissue C (e.g., dermis and/or the epidermis E including the stratum corneum) overlying subcutaneous tissue (e.g., the hypodermis H). The blood vessel V for intravenous therapy typically is disposed in the hypodermis H. FIG. 18B shows an infusate F beginning to accumulate in the perivascular tissue P. Accumulation of the infusate F typically begins in the hypodermis H, but may also begin in the cutaneous tissue C or at an interface of the hypodermis H with the cutaneous tissue C. FIG. 18C shows the accumulation of the infusate F expanding in the perivascular tissue P. Typically, the expanded accumulation extends further in the hypodermis H but may also extend into the cutaneous tissue C. According to one embodiment, infiltration/extravasation generally originates and/or expands in proximity to the blood vessel V as illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18C. According to other embodiments, infiltration/extravasation may originate and/or occur some distance from the blood vessel V, e.g., if pulling on the cannula C or administration set 30 causes the cannula outlet to become displaced from the blood vessel V.
  • The left sides of FIGS. 18A-18C schematically illustrate an optical power Φ6 of first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 relative to an optical power Φ2 of first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002. Preferably, first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 enters the skin S, at least some electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 exits the skin S. First emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S. Preferably, the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power Φ2 and the optical power Φ6. The monitoring path of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 is schematically illustrated with a crescent shape that preferably includes the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 to first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling.
  • First collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably is impacted by the infusate F accumulating in the perivascular tissue P. Prior to an infiltration/extravasation event (FIG. 18A), the optical power Φ6 preferably is a fraction of the optical power Φ2 due to extinction along the monitoring path. As the terminology is used herein, “extinction” preferably refers to attenuation of electromagnetic radiation due to (i) absorption; (ii) scattering; or (iii) a combination of absorption and scattering. According to one embodiment, the optical power Φ6 relative the optical power Φ2 decreases in response to the infusate F accumulating in the perivascular tissue P (FIGS. 18B and 18C).
  • The optical power Φ6 preferably decreases due to scattering of near-infrared electromagnetic radiation by the infusate F. Typically, the compositions of most infusates are dominated by water, which has different absorption and scattering coefficients as compared to the perivascular tissue P. At wavelengths between approximately 500 nanometers (approximately 600 terahertz) and approximately 1,300 nanometers (approximately 230 terahertz), extinction coefficients of water typically are dominated by scattering coefficients rather than absorption coefficients. Scattering therefore dominates extinction of near-infrared radiation propagating through water at wavelengths between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,300 nanometers. Thus, the optical power Φ6 preferably decreases relative to the optical power Φ2 because of extinction primarily due to scattering when the infusate F accumulates in the perivascular tissue P. Decreased optical power is schematically illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18C by the changing relative sizes of the arrows corresponding to first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006.
  • The right sides of FIGS. 18A-18C schematically illustrate an optical power Φ16 of second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 relative to an optical power Φ12 of second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012. Preferably, second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 enters the skin S, at least some electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 exits the skin S. Second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S. Preferably, the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power Φ12 relative to the optical power Φ16. The monitoring path of second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 is schematically illustrated with a crescent shape that preferably includes the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 to second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016. Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling.
  • The infusate F accumulating in the perivascular tissue P preferably also impacts second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016. Prior to an infiltration/extravasation event (FIG. 18A), the optical power Φ16 preferably is a fraction of the optical power Φ12 due to extinction along the monitoring path. According to one embodiment, the optical power Φ16 preferably decreases relative to the optical power Φ12 in response to the infusate F accumulating in the perivascular tissue P (FIGS. 18B and 18C).
  • Scattering of visible light by the infusate F preferably decreases the optical power Φ16. According to one embodiment, second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably is in the yellow to red visible light portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. As the terminology is used herein, “yellow to red” preferably refers to electromagnetic radiation having wavelengths between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 750 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 525 terahertz to approximately 400 terahertz. A desirable range for second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably includes wavelengths between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers. These wavelengths generally correspond to a frequency range of approximately 525 terahertz to approximately 485 terahertz. Accumulation of the infusate F causes the optical power Φ16 to decrease due to extinction. As discussed above, extinction coefficients at wavelengths between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 750 nanometers typically are dominated by scattering coefficients rather than absorption coefficients. Thus, the optical power Φ16 preferably decreases relative to the optical power Φ12 because of extinction primarily due to scattering when the infusate F accumulates in the perivascular tissue P. Decreased optical power is schematically illustrated in FIGS. 18A-18C by the changing relative sizes of the arrows corresponding to second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016.
  • Certain differences and similarities between first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 preferably are apparent in the three stages of infiltration/extravasation shown in FIGS. 18A-18C. Preferably, first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 generally penetrate deeper into the skin S than second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016. According to one embodiment, the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths from first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 to first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably extend along a longer path length though the hypodermis H; whereas, the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 to second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably extend a shorter path length though the cutaneous tissue C. Accordingly, the percentage of extinction solely due to the skin S (FIG. 18A) preferably is greater between first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 than between second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 because of the relative path lengths. As an infiltration/extravasation event begins (FIG. 18B) and expands (FIG. 18C), the percentage of electromagnetic power extinction due to the infusate F preferably is proportionally greater for near-infrared radiation than visible light. In particular, an extinction rate of first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 relative to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably is greater than an extinction rate of second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 relative to second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012. According to one embodiment, comparing the stage prior to an infiltration/extravasation event (FIG. 18A) and the stage with expanded accumulation of the infusate F (FIG. 18C), preferably there is up to 40% or more decrease in the optical power Φ6 and up to 30% or more decrease in the optical power Φ16.
  • FIGS. 18D-18F schematically illustrate how changing the tissue blood volume preferably affects the electromagnetic radiation signals of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. FIGS. 18D-18F include individual schematic illustrations of the monitoring paths for (i) first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006; and (ii) second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016. According to one embodiment, the monitoring paths preferably overlap; however, they are separately shown on the left and right sides of each figure for the sake of clearly illustrating each monitoring path. The left and right sides of individual FIGS. 18D-18F include duplicate showings of the materials (e.g., the skin S including the cutaneous tissue C overlying the hypodermis H) along the monitoring paths of electromagnetic radiation 3002, 3012, 3006 and 3016.
  • FIGS. 18D-18F show examples of three states of the tissue blood volume. FIG. 18D schematically illustrates a certain blood volume TBV1 of the skin S. FIG. 18E schematically illustrates a decreased tissue blood volume TBV2 relative to the tissue blood volume TBV1. FIG. 18F schematically illustrates an increased tissue blood volume TBV3 relative to the tissue blood volume TBV1.
  • The left sides of FIGS. 18D-18F schematically illustrate the optical power Φ6 relative to the optical power Φ2. Preferably, first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 enters the skin S, at least some electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 exits the skin S. First emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S. Preferably, the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power Φ2 relative to the optical power Φ6. The monitoring path of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 is schematically illustrated with a crescent shape that preferably includes the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 to first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling.
  • First collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably is impacted by changes in the tissue blood volume along the monitoring path. At the tissue blood volume TBV1 (FIG. 18D), the optical power Φ6 preferably is a fraction of the optical power Φ2 because hemoglobin along the monitoring path causes electromagnetic radiation extinction. According to one embodiment, the optical power Φ6 relative to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably increases when the tissue blood volume TBV1 changes to the decreased tissue blood volume TBV2 (FIG. 18E), and the optical power Φ6 relative to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably decreases when the tissue blood volume TBV1 changes to the increased tissue blood volume TBV3 (FIG. 18F).
  • The optical power Φ6 preferably responds to absorption of near-infrared electromagnetic radiation by hemoglobin. Typically, hemoglobin has different absorption and scattering coefficients as compared to the perivascular tissue P. As discussed above, absorption by hemoglobin depends on blood oxygenation; however, extinction coefficients of both deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin are dominated by absorption coefficients rather than scattering coefficients. Absorption therefore dominates extinction of near-infrared radiation propagating through deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin. Thus, the optical power Φ6 increases relative to the optical power Φ2 as extinction preferably due to absorption decreases when there is the decreased tissue blood volume TBV2 (FIG. 18E), and the optical power Φ6 decreases relative to the optical power Φ2 as extinction preferably due to absorption increases when there is the increased tissue blood volume TBV3 (FIG. 18F). These optical power changes are schematically illustrated by the changing relative sizes of the arrows corresponding to first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006.
  • The right sides of FIGS. 18D-18F schematically illustrate the optical power Φ16 relative to the optical power Φ12. Preferably, second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 enters the skin S, at least some electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 exits the skin S. Second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S. Preferably, the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power Φ12 and the optical power Φ16. The monitoring path of second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 is schematically illustrated with a crescent shape that preferably includes the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 to second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016. Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling.
  • Changing tissue blood volume along the monitoring path preferably also impacts second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016. At the tissue blood volume TBV1 (FIG. 18D), the optical power Φ16 preferably is a fraction of the optical power Φ12 because hemoglobin along the monitoring path causes extinction. According to one embodiment, the optical power Φ16 preferably increases relative to the optical power Φ12 when the tissue blood volume TBV1 changes to the decreased tissue blood volume TBV2 (FIG. 18E), and the optical power Φ16 preferably decreases relative to the optical power Φ12 when the tissue blood volume TBV1 changes to the increased tissue blood volume TBV3 (FIG. 18F).
  • Absorption of visible light by oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin preferably changes the optical power Φ16. According to one embodiment, a desirable range of wavelengths for second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 preferably is between approximately 570 nanometers (approximately 525 terahertz) and approximately 750 nanometers (approximately 400 terahertz). As discussed above, extinction coefficients of both deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin are dominated by absorption coefficients rather than scattering coefficients. Absorption therefore dominates extinction of visible light propagating through deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin. Thus, the optical power Φ16 increases relative to the optical power Φ12 as extinction preferably due to absorption decreases when there is the decreased tissue blood volume TBV2 (FIG. 18E), and the optical power Φ16 decreases relative to the optical power Φ12 as extinction preferably due to absorption increases when there is the increased tissue blood volume TBV3 (FIG. 18F). These optical power changes are schematically illustrated by the changing relative sizes of the arrows corresponding to first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016.
  • Certain differences and similarities between first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 preferably are apparent in the three states of the tissue blood volume shown in FIGS. 18D-18F. The distributions of blood in the skin S for the tissue blood volume TBV1, the decreased tissue blood volume TBV2 and the increased tissue blood volume TBV3 are illustrated as being generally uniform for the sake of explaining the impact of changing tissue blood volume; however, the distribution of blood in the skin S may not be uniform. The percentage decrease of extinction preferably is greater for visible light than near-infrared radiation when there is the decreased tissue blood volume TBV2. The percentage increase of extinction preferably is greater for visible light than near-infrared radiation when there is the increased tissue blood volume TBV3. Thus, the extinction of second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 relative to second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 preferably is more responsive to changing tissue blood volume than is the extinction of first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 relative to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002. According to one embodiment, comparing the tissue blood volume TBV1 (FIG. 18D) with the increased tissue blood volume TBV3 (FIG. 18F), preferably there is up to 20% or more decrease in the optical power Φ6 and up to 50% or more decrease in the optical power Φ16.
  • The inventors also discovered a different problem regarding accurately alerting healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination. In particular, healthcare givers may not be accurately alerted because of a relatively low signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. Thus, the inventors discovered, inter alia, that noise component 3006 a in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 frequently obscures signal component 3006 b that alerts healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination.
  • The inventors also discovered a source of the problem is emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 being reflected, scattered, or otherwise redirected from various tissues/depths below the stratum corneum of the skin S. Referring again to FIG. 17, the inventors discovered that noise component 3006 a of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 includes cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a that is reflected, scattered, or otherwise redirected from relatively shallow tissue, e.g., the cutaneous tissue C, and that signal component 3006 b of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 includes transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b that is reflected, scattered, or otherwise redirected from the relatively deep tissue, e.g., the hypodermis H. The inventors further discovered, inter alia, that signal component 3006 b from relatively deep tissue provides more accurate indications for healthcare givers to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination and that noise component 3006 a from relatively shallow tissue frequently obscures signal component 3006 b.
  • The inventors further discovered that sensor configuration preferably is related to the signal-to-noise ratio of a skin-coupled sensor. In particular, the inventors discovered that the relative configuration of emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably impact the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. Thus, the inventors discovered, inter alia, that the geometry, topography and/or angles of emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably impact the sensitivity of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 to signal component 3006 b relative to noise component 3006 a.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably includes superficies 3300 that overlies and confronts the skin S. Preferably, superficies 3300 includes a housing surface 3120, emitter face 3214, and detector face 3224. Superficies 3300 preferably may also include façades of a filler 3150 (see FIGS. 22 and 23A) that occludes apertures in housing surface 3120 around emission and detection end faces 3214 and 3224. Preferably, superficies 3300 is a three-dimensional surface contour that is generally smooth. As the terminology is used herein, “smooth” preferably refers to being substantially continuous and free of abrupt changes.
  • FIG. 19 shows an example of superficies 3300 having a suitable geometry for observing anatomical changes over time in the perivascular tissue P. In particular, the geometry of superficies 3300 preferably includes the relative spacing and shapes of emission and detector faces 3214 and 3224. According to one embodiment, a cluster of emission optical fiber end faces preferably has a geometric centroid 3216 and an arcuate arrangement of detection optical fiber end faces preferably extends along a curve 3226. As the terminology is used herein, “cluster” preferably refers to a plurality of generally circular optical fiber end faces that are arranged such that at least one end face is approximately tangent with respect to at least three other end faces. Preferably, curve 3226 is spaced from geometric centroid 3212 by a nominal spacing distance D. Curve 3226 may be approximated by a series of line segments that correspond to individual chords of generally circular detection optical fiber end faces. Accordingly, each detection optical fiber end face preferably is tangent to at most two other end faces. The arcuate arrangement of detection optical fiber end faces includes borders with radii of curvature that preferably originate at geometric centroid 3216, e.g., similar to curve 3226. Preferably, a concave border 3226 a has a radius of curvature that is less than the nominal spacing distance D by an increment ΔD, and a convex border 3226 b has a radius of curvature that is greater than the nominal spacing distance D by an increment ΔD. According to one embodiment, increment ΔD is approximately equal to the radius of individual detection optical fiber end faces. According to other embodiments, detector face 3224 preferably includes individual sets of detection optical fiber end faces arranged in generally concentric curves disposed in a band between concave and convex borders 3226 a and 3226 b. As the terminology is used herein, “band” preferably refers to a strip or stripe that is differentiable from an adjacent area or material.
  • FIGS. 20A-20C illustrate how different nominal spacing distances between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably impact collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. Preferably, emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 enters the skin S from emission waveguide 3210, electromagnetic radiation propagates through the Animalia tissue, and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 exits the Animalia tissue toward detection waveguide 3220. Emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed toward the skin S and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 is schematically illustrated with an arrow directed away from the skin S. Preferably, the relative sizes of the arrows correspond to the optical power Φ2 and the optical power Φ6. The propagation is schematically illustrated with crescent shapes that preferably include the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S from emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 to collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. Stippling in the crescent shape schematically illustrates a distribution of optical power in the skin S with relatively weaker optical power generally indicated with less dense stippling and relatively stronger optical power generally indicated with denser stippling. Referring to FIG. 20A, a first nominal spacing distance D1 preferably separates emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. At the first nominal spacing distance D1, the paths of electromagnetic radiation through the skin S generally are relatively short and predominantly extend through the cutaneous tissue C. Referring to FIG. 20B, a second nominal spacing distance D2 preferably separates emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. At the second nominal spacing distance D2, the paths of electromagnetic radiation preferably penetrate deeper into the skin S and extend in both the cutaneous tissue C and the hypodermis H. Referring to FIG. 20C, a third nominal spacing distance D3 preferably separates emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. At the third nominal spacing distance D3, the paths of electromagnetic radiation through the skin S generally are relatively long and predominantly extend through the hypodermis H.
  • The inventors discovered, inter alia, that varying the spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably changes a balance between the optical power Φ6 and the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. The optical power Φ6 preferably is greater than the optical power Φ2 for narrower nominal spacing distance D1 as compared to broader nominal spacing distance D3. On the other hand, the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably is higher for broader nominal spacing distance D3 as compared to narrower nominal spacing distance D1. Preferably, there is an intermediate nominal spacing distance D2 that improves the signal-to-noise ratio as compared to narrower nominal spacing distance D1 and, as compared to broader nominal spacing distance D3, improves the optical power Φ6 relative to the optical power Φ2.
  • The inventors designed and analyzed a skin phantom preferably to identify an optimum range for the intermediate nominal spacing distance D2. Preferably, the skin phantom characterizes several layers of Animalia skin including at least the epidermis (including the stratum corneum), dermis, and hypodermis. Table A shows the thicknesses, refractive indices, scattering coefficients, and absorption coefficients for each layer according to one embodiment of the skin phantom. Analyzing the skin phantom preferably includes tracing the propagation of up to 200,000,000 or more rays through the skin phantom to predict changes in the optical power Φ6. Examples of suitable ray-tracing computer software include ASAP® from Breault Research Organization, Inc. (Tucson, Ariz., US) and an open source implementation of a Monte Carlo Multi-Layer (MCML) simulator from the Biophotonics Group at the Division of Atomic Physics (Lund University, Lund, SE). The MCML simulator preferably uses CUDA™ from NVDIA Corporation (Santa Clara, Calif., US) or another parallel computing platform and programming model. Preferably, a series of 1-millimeter thick sections simulate infiltrated perivascular tissue at depths up to 10 millimeters below the stratum corneum. The infiltrated perivascular tissue sections preferably are simulated with an infusate that approximates water, e.g., having a refractive index of approximately 1.33. Based on computer analysis of the skin phantom, the inventors discovered, inter alia, a relationship exists between (1) the spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220; (2) an expected depth below the stratum corneum for the perivascular tissue P at which anatomical changes over time preferably are readily observed; and (3) the wavelength of the electromagnetic radiation.
  • FIG. 21 shows a graphical representation of the spacing/depth/wavelength relationship based on a computer analysis of the skin phantom. In particular, FIG. 21 shows a plot of spacing distances with the greatest signal drop at various perivascular tissue depths for certain wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation. The terminology “spacing distance with the greatest signal drop” preferably refers to the spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 that experiences the greatest drop in the optical power Φ6. The terminology “perivascular tissue depth” preferably refers to the depth below the stratum corneum of the perivascular tissue P at which anatomical changes over time are readily observed. According to the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 21, emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 that preferably are separated between approximately 3 millimeters and approximately 5 millimeters are expected to readily observe anatomical changes at depths between approximately 2.5 millimeters and approximately 3 millimeters below the stratum corneum for wavelengths between approximately 650 nanometers and approximately 950 nanometers (between approximately 460 terahertz and approximately 315 terahertz). Preferably, the spacing distance range between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 is between approximately 3.7 millimeters and approximately 4.4 millimeters to observe an anatomical change over time in the perivascular tissue P at an expected depth of approximately 2.75 millimeters when the electromagnetic radiation wavelength is between approximately 650 nanometers and approximately 950 nanometers. The spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably is approximately 4.5 millimeters to observe an anatomical change over time in the perivascular tissue P at an expected depth of approximately 2.8 millimeters when the electromagnetic radiation wavelength is approximately 950 nanometers. Preferably, the spacing distance between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 is approximately 4 millimeters to observe an anatomical change over time in the perivascular tissue P at an expected depth of approximately 2.6 millimeters when the electromagnetic radiation wavelength is between approximately 850 nanometers (approximately 350 terahertz) and approximately 950 nanometers.
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 preferably aids in observing anatomical changes that also occur at unexpected depths below the stratum corneum of the skin S. Preferably, the expected depth at which an anatomical change is expected to occur is related to, for example, the thickness of the cutaneous tissue C and the location of blood vessels V in the hypodermis H. Relatively thicker cutaneous tissue C and/or a blood vessel V located relatively deeper in the hypodermis H preferably increase the expected perivascular tissue depth for readily observing an anatomical change. Conversely, relatively thinner cutaneous tissue C and/or a relatively shallow blood vessel V, e.g., located close to the interface between the cutaneous tissue C and the hypodermis H, preferably decrease the expected perivascular tissue depth for readily observing an anatomical change. There may be a time delay observing anatomical changes that begin at unexpected distances from electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. The delay may last until the anatomical change extends within the observational limits of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. For example, if anatomical changes over time begin at unexpected depths below the stratum corneum, observing the anatomical change may be delayed until the anatomical change extends to the expected depths below the stratum corneum.
  • The shapes of emission and detector faces 3214 and 3224 preferably are related to the spacing distance range between emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220. Preferably, each individual point of emitter face 3214 is disposed a minimum distance from each individual point of detector face 3224, and each individual point of emitter face 3214 is disposed a maximum distance from each individual point of detector face 3224. The minimum and maximum distances preferably correspond to the extremes of the range for the intermediate spacing distance D2. Preferably, the minimum distance is between approximately 2 millimeters and approximately 3.5 millimeters, and the maximum distance preferably is between approximately 4.5 millimeters and approximately 10 millimeters. According to one embodiment, each individual point of emitter face 3214 is disposed a minimum distance not less than 3 millimeters from each individual point of detector face 3224, and each individual point of emitter face 3214 is disposed a maximum distance not more than 5 millimeters from each individual point of detector face 3224. Preferably, the minimum distance is approximately 3.5 millimeters and the maximum distance is approximately 4.5 millimeters. According to other embodiments, each individual point of emitter face 3214 is spaced from each individual point of detector face 3224 such that emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 transitions to collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 at a depth of penetration into the Animalia tissue preferably between approximately 1 millimeter and approximately 6 millimeters below the stratum corneum of the skin S. Preferably, the transition between transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b and signal component 3006 b along individual electromagnetic radiation paths occur at the point of deepest penetration into the Animalia tissue. Emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 preferably transition in the hypodermis H and may also transition in the dermis of relatively thick cutaneous tissue C. Preferably, transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b and signal component 3006 b transition approximately 2.5 millimeters to approximately 3 millimeters below the stratum corneum of the skin S.
  • The inventors also discovered, inter alia, that angles of intersection between superficies 3300 and emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably impact emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006. FIG. 22 shows a first embodiment of the angles of intersection, and FIGS. 23A and 23B show a second embodiment of the angles of intersection. Regardless of the embodiment, emission waveguide 3210 transmits electromagnetic radiation generally along a first path 3210 a to emitter face 3214, and detection waveguide 3220 transmits electromagnetic radiation generally along a second path 3220 a from detector face 3224. Superficies 3300 preferably includes housing surface 3120 and emitter and detector faces 3214 and 3224. Preferably, first path 3210 a intersects with superficies 3300 at a first angle α1 and second path 3220 a intersects with superficies 3300 at a second angle α2. In the case of concave or convex superficies 3300, or superficies 3300 that include projections or recesses, first and second angles α1 and α2 preferably are measured with respect to the tangent to superficies 3300. Emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably includes at least a part of the electromagnetic radiation that is transmitted along first path 3210 a, and the electromagnetic radiation transmitted along second path 3220 a preferably includes at least a part of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. Preferably, emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 exits emitter face 3214 within an emission cone 3004, and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 enters detector face 3224 within an acceptance cone 3008. Emission and acceptance cones 3004 and 3008 preferably include ranges of angles over which electromagnetic radiation is, respectively, emitted by emission waveguide 3210 and accepted by detection waveguide 3220. Typically, each range has a maximum half-angle θmax that is related to a numerical aperture NA of the corresponding waveguide as follows: NA=η sin θmax, where η is the refractive index of the material that the electromagnetic radiation is entering (e.g., from emission waveguide 3210) or exiting (e.g., to detection waveguide 3220). The numerical aperture NA of emission or detection optical fibers 3212 or 3222 typically is calculated based on the refractive indices of the optical fiber core (ηcore) and optical fiber cladding (ηclad) as follows: NA=√{square root over (ηcore 2−ηclad 2)}. Thus, the ability of a waveguide to emit or accept rays from various angles generally is related to material properties of the waveguide. Ranges of suitable numerical apertures NA for emission or detection waveguides 110 or 120 may vary considerably, e.g., between approximately 0.20 and approximately 0.60. According to one embodiment, individual emission or detection optical fibers 3212 or 3222 preferably have a numerical apertures NA of approximately 0.55. The maximum half-angle θmax of a cone typically is a measure of an angle between the cone's central axis and conical surface. Accordingly, the maximum half-angle θmax of emission waveguide 3210 preferably is a measure of the angle formed between a central axis 3004 a and the conical surface of emission cone 3004, and the maximum half-angle θmax of detection waveguide 3220 preferably is a measure of the angle formed between a central axis 3008 a and the conical surface of acceptance cone 3008. The direction of central axis 3004 a preferably is at a first angle β1 with respect to superficies 3300 and the direction of central axis 3008 a preferably is at a second angle β2 with respect to superficies 3300. Therefore, first angle β1 preferably indicates the direction of emission cone 3004 and thus also describes the angle of intersection between emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and superficies 3300, and second angle β2 preferably indicates the direction of acceptance cone 3008 and thus also describes the angle of intersection between collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and superficies 3300. In the case of concave or convex superficies 3300, or superficies 3300 that include projections or recesses, first and second angles β1 and β2 preferably are measured with respect to the tangent to superficies 3300.
  • FIG. 22 shows a generally perpendicular relationship between superficies 3300 and emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220. The inventors discovered, inter alia, if first and second angles α1 and α2 preferably are approximately 90 degrees with respect to superficies 3300 then (1) first and second angles β1 and β2 preferably also tend to be approximately 90 degrees with respect to superficies 3300; (2) emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably is minimally attenuated at the interface between the skin S and emitter face 3214; and (3) collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably has an improved signal-to-noise ratio. An advantage of having emission waveguide 3210 disposed at an approximately 90 degree angle with respect to superficies 3300 preferably is maximizing the electromagnetic energy that is transferred from along the first path 3210 a to emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 at the interface between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the skin S. Preferably, this transfer of electromagnetic energy may be improved when internal reflection in waveguide 3210 due to emitter face 3214 is minimized. Orienting emitter face 3214 approximately perpendicular to first path 3210 a, e.g., cleaving and/or polishing emission optical fiber(s) 3212 at approximately 90 degrees with respect to first path 3210 a, preferably minimizes internal reflection in waveguide 3210. Specifically, less of the electromagnetic radiation transmitted along first path 3210 a is reflected at emitter face 3214 and more of the electromagnetic radiation transmitted along first path 3210 a exits emitter face 3214 as emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002. Another advantage of having emission waveguide 3210 disposed at an approximately 90 degree angle with respect to superficies 3300 preferably is increasing the depth below the stratum corneum that emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 propagates into the skin S because first angle β1 also tends to be approximately 90 degrees when first angle α1 is approximately 90 degrees. Preferably, as discussed above with respect to FIGS. 18A-18C and 20A-20C, the predominant electromagnetic radiation paths through the skin S are crescent-shaped and the increased propagation depth of emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 may improve the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. Thus, according to the first embodiment shown in FIG. 22, emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably are disposed in a housing 3100 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 such that first and second paths 3210 a and 3220 a are approximately perpendicular to superficies 3300 for increasing the optical power Φ2 and for improving the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006.
  • FIGS. 23A and 23B show an oblique angular relationship between superficies 3300 and emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220. Preferably, at least one of first and second angles α1 and α2 are oblique with respect to superficies 3300. First and second angles α1 and α2 preferably are both oblique and inclined in generally similar directions with respect to superficies 3300. According to one embodiment, the difference between the first and second angles α1 and α2 preferably is between approximately 15 degrees and approximately 45 degrees. Preferably, the first angle α1 is approximately 30 degrees less than the second angle α2. According to other embodiments, first angle α1 ranges between approximately 50 degrees and approximately 70 degrees, and second angle α2 ranges between approximately 75 degrees and approximately 95 degrees. Preferably, first angle α1 is approximately 60 degrees and second angle α2 ranges between approximately 80 degrees and approximately 90 degrees. A consequence of first angle α1 being oblique with respect to superficies 3300 is that a portion of the electromagnetic radiation transmitted along first path 3210 a may be reflected at emitter face 3214 in a direction 3210 b rather than exiting emitter face 3214 as emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002. Another consequence is that refraction may occur at the interface between electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the skin S because the emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 typically have different refractive indices with respect to the skin S. Accordingly, first angles α1 and β1 would likely be unequal and second angles α2 and β2 would also likely be unequal.
  • FIG. 23B illustrates a technique for geometrically interpreting the interplay between emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 when emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 are obliquely disposed with respect to superficies 3300. Preferably, emission cone 3004 represents the range of angles over which emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 exits emitter face 3214, and acceptance cone 3008 represents the range of angles over which collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 enters detector face 3224. Projecting emission and acceptance cones 3004 and 3008 to a common depth below the stratum corneum of the skin S preferably maps out first and second patterns 3004 b and 3008 b, respectively, which are shown with different hatching in FIG. 23B. Preferably, the projections of emission and acceptance cones 3004 and 3008 include a locus of common points where first and second patterns 3004 b and 3008 b overlap, which accordingly is illustrated with cross-hatching in FIG. 23B. In principle, the locus of common points shared by the projections of emission and acceptance cones 3004 and 3008 includes tissue that preferably is a focus of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 for monitoring anatomical changes over time. Accordingly, an advantage of having emission waveguide 3210 and/or detection waveguide 3220 disposed at an oblique angle with respect to superficies 3300 preferably is focusing electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 at a particular range of depths below the stratum corneum of the skin S and/or steering electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in a particular relative direction. In practice, electromagnetic radiation propagating through the skin S is reflected, scattered and otherwise redirected such that there is a low probability of generally straight-line propagation that is depicted by the projections of emission and detection cones 3004 and 3008. Accordingly, FIG. 23B preferably is a geometric interpretation of the potential for electromagnetic radiation to propagate to a particular range of depths or in a particular relative direction.
  • Thus, the angles of intersection between superficies 3300 and emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 preferably impact emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Preferably, suitable angles of intersection that (i) improve the optical power Φ2; (ii) improve the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006; and/or (iii) focus electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 at particular depths/directions include, e.g., approximately perpendicular angles and oblique angles.
  • The discoveries made by the inventors include, inter alia, configurations of an electromagnetic radiation sensor that preferably increase the optical power of emitted electromagnetic radiation and/or improve the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation. Examples of suitable configurations include certain superficies geometries, certain superficies topographies (e.g., superficies 3300 including projections or recesses), and certain angular orientations of emission and detection waveguides. Preferably, suitable configurations include combinations of superficies geometries, superficies topographies, and/or angular orientations of the waveguides. According to one embodiment, an electromagnetic radiation sensor has a configuration that includes approximately 4 millimeters between waveguides, a convex superficies, and waveguides that intersect the superficies at approximately 90 degrees.
  • An electromagnetic radiation sensor according to the present disclosure preferably may be used, for example, (1) as an aid in detecting at least one of infiltration and extravasation; (2) to monitor anatomical changes in perivascular tissue; or (3) to emit and collect transcutaneous electromagnetic signals. The discoveries made by the inventors include, inter alia, that sensor configuration including geometry (e.g., shape and spacing), topography, and angles of transcutaneous electromagnetic signal emission and detection affect the accurate indications anatomical changes in perivascular tissue, including infiltration/extravasation events. For example, the discoveries made by the inventors include that the configuration of an electromagnetic radiation sensor is related to the accuracy of the sensor for aiding in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue.
  • Sensors according to the present disclosure preferably are manufactured by certain methods that may vary. Preferably, operations included in the manufacturing method may be performed in certain sequences that also may vary. According to one embodiment, a sensor manufacturing method preferably includes molding first and second housing portions 3102 and 3104 (see FIG. 17), which define an interior volume 3110. Preferably, superficies 3300 is molded with first housing portion 3102. At least one emission optical fiber 3212 and at least one detection optical fiber 3222 preferably extend through interior volume 3110. Preferably, portions of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 are disposed in interior volume 3110. First and second housing portions 3102 and 3104 preferably are coupled together. Preferably, filler 3150, e.g., epoxy, is injected via a fill hole (not shown) in housing 3100 to occlude internal volume 3110 and cincture the portions of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 in internal volume 3110. Portions of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 disposed outside housing 3100 preferably are cleaved generally proximate to superficies 3300. Preferably, end faces of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 are polished substantially smooth with housing surface 3120. According to one embodiment, each individual point on end faces of emission optical fibers 3212 preferably is disposed a distance not less than 3 millimeters and not more than 5 millimeters from each individual point on end faces detection optical fibers 3222. According to other embodiments, first housing portion 3102 preferably is supported with housing surface 3120 disposed orthogonal with respect to gravity, and portions of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 inside interior volume 3110 are fixed with respect to first housing portion 3102. The first and second angles of intersection α1 and α2 between superficies 3300 and emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 therefore preferably are approximately 90 degrees. According to other embodiments, at least one of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 is fixed relative to first housing portion 3102 at an oblique angle of intersection with respect to superficies 3300. According to other embodiments, occluding internal volume 3110 preferably includes heating at least one of housing 3100, emission optical fiber 3212, and detection optical fiber 3222. Preferably, heating facilitates flowing filler 3150 in interior volume 3110.
  • Electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably is positioned in close proximity to the skin S. As the terminology is used herein, “close proximity” of electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 with respect to the skin S preferably refers to a relative arrangement that minimizes gaps between superficies 3300 and the epidermis E of the skin S. According to one embodiment, electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 contiguously engages the skin S as shown in FIG. 24.
  • The inventors discovered a problem regarding accurately identifying the occurrence of infiltration or extravasation because of a relatively low signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006. In particular, the inventors discovered a problem regarding a relatively large amount of noise in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 that obscures signals indicative of infiltration/extravasation events. Another discovery by the inventors is that the amount of noise in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 tends to correspond with the degree of patient activity. In particular, the inventors discovered that collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 tends to have a relatively lower signal-to-noise ratio among patients that are more active, e.g., restless, fidgety, etc., and that collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 tends to have a relatively higher signal-to-noise ratio among patients that were less active, e.g., calm, sleeping, etc.
  • The inventors also discovered that a source of the problem is an imperfect cavity that may unavoidably and/or intermittently occur between superficies 3300 and the skin S. As the terminology is used herein, “imperfect cavity” preferably refers to a generally confined space that at least partially reflects electromagnetic radiation. In particular, the inventors discovered that the source of the problem is portions of emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and/or collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 being reflected in the imperfect cavity between superficies 3300 and the skin S.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates the source of the problem discovered by the inventors. Specifically, FIG. 25 shows a cavity G disposed between electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 and the skin S. The size, shape, proportions, etc. of the cavity G are generally overemphasized in FIG. 25 to facilitate describing the source of the problem discovered by the inventors. Referring also to FIG. 17, transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b preferably passes through the cavity G and passes through the target area of the skin S toward the perivascular tissue P. Cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a generally is reflected in the cavity G between the cutaneous tissue C and superficies 3300. Preferably, signal component 3006 b includes at least some of transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b that is at least one of reflected, scattered or otherwise redirected from the perivascular tissue P before passing through the skin S, passing through the cavity G, and entering detection waveguide 3220 via detector face 3224. Noise component 3006 a generally includes at least some of cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a that is reflected in the cavity G before entering detection waveguide 3220 via detector face 3224.
  • Preferably, signal component 3006 b provides an indication that an infiltration/extravasation event is occurring whereas noise component 3006 a tends to obscure an indication that an infiltration/extravasation event is occurring. Thus, the inventors discovered, inter alia, that a cavity between superficies 3300 and the skin S affects the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006.
  • FIGS. 26A and 26B illustrate that the cavity G preferably includes one or an aggregation of individual gaps. FIG. 26A shows individual gaps between superficies 3300 and the skin S that, taken in the aggregate, preferably make up the cavity G. Preferably, the individual gaps may range in size between approximately microscopic gaps G1 (three are indicated in FIG. 26A) and approximately macroscopic gaps G2 (two are indicated in FIG. 26A). It is believed that approximately microscopic gaps G1 may be due at least in part to epidermal contours of the skin S and/or hair on the skin S, and approximately macroscopic gaps G2 may be due at least in part to relative movement between superficies 3300 and the skin S. Patient activity is an example of an occurrence that may cause the relative movement that results in approximately macroscopic gaps G2 between superficies 3300 and the skin S.
  • FIG. 26B shows electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably isolated from the skin S by a foundation 3130. Preferably, foundation 3130 contiguously engages superficies 3300 and contiguously engages the skin S. Accordingly, the cavity G between foundation 3130 and the skin S preferably includes an aggregation of (1) approximately microscopic gaps G1 (two are indicated in FIG. 26B); and (2) approximately macroscopic gaps G2 (two are indicated in FIG. 26B). Foundation 3130 preferably is coupled with respect to electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 and includes a panel 3132 and/or adhesive 3134. Preferably, panel 3132 includes a layer disposed between electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 and the skin S. Panel 3132 preferably includes Tegaderm™, manufactured by 3M (St. Paul, Minn., USA), REACTIC™, manufactured by Smith & Nephew (London, UK), or another polymer film, e.g., polyurethane film, that is substantially impervious to solids, liquids, microorganisms and/or viruses. Preferably, panel 3132 is biocompatible, breathable, and/or transparent or translucent with respect to visible light. Panel 3132 preferably is generally transparent with respect to emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006. Preferably, adhesive 3134 bonds at least one of panel 3132 and electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 to the skin S. Adhesive 3134 preferably includes an acrylic adhesive, a synthetic rubber adhesive, or another biocompatible, medical grade adhesive. Preferably, adhesive 3134 minimally affects emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006. According to one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 26B, adhesive 3134 preferably is omitted where emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 penetrate foundation 3130, e.g., underlying emitter and detector faces 3214 and 3224.
  • FIG. 27 shows a housing 3100 according to the present disclosure including an electromagnetic radiation absorber 3160. Preferably, emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220 extend through interior volume 3110 that is generally defined by an interior wall 3112 of housing 3100. Housing 3100 preferably includes a biocompatible material, e.g., polycarbonate, polypropylene, polyethylene, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, or another polymer material. Preferably, filler 3150, e.g., epoxy or another potting material, fills interior volume 3110 around emission and detection waveguides 3210 and 3220. According to one embodiment, filler 3150 preferably cinctures emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 disposed in interior volume 3110. Preferably, housing 3100 includes surface 3120 that confronts the skin S and cinctures emitter and detector faces 3214 and 3224. Accordingly, superficies 3300 of electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably includes emitter face 3214, detector face 3224 and surface 3120.
  • Absorber 3160 preferably absorbs electromagnetic radiation that impinges on surface 3120. As the terminology is used herein, “absorb” or “absorption” preferably refer to transforming electromagnetic radiation propagating in a material to another form of energy, such as heat. Preferably, absorber 3160 absorbs wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation that generally correspond to the wavelengths of emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006. According to one embodiment, absorber 3160 preferably absorbs electromagnetic radiation in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum. Absorber 3160 may additionally or alternatively absorb wavelengths in other parts of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum, e.g., visible light, short-wavelength infrared, mid-wavelength infrared, long-wavelength infrared, or far infrared. According to one embodiment, absorber 3160 absorbs at least 50% and preferably 90% or more of the electromagnetic radiation that impinges on surface 3120.
  • Absorber 3160 preferably includes a variety of form factors for inclusion with housing 3100. Preferably, absorber 3160 includes at least one of a film, a powder, a pigment, a dye, or ink. Film or ink preferably are applied on surface 3120, and powder, pigment or dye preferably are incorporated, e.g., dispersed, in the composition of housing 3100. FIG. 27 shows absorber 3160 preferably is included in first housing portion 3102; however, absorber 3160 or another electromagnetic radiation absorbing material may also be included in second housing portion 3104 and/or filler 3150. Examples of absorbers 3160 that are suitable for absorbing near-infrared electromagnetic radiation preferably include at least one of antimony-tin oxide, carbon black, copper phosphate, copper pyrophosphate, illite, indium-tin oxide, kaolin, lanthanum hexaboride, montmorillonite, nickel dithiolene dye, palladium dithiolene dye, platinum dithiolene dye, tungsten oxide, and tungsten trioxide.
  • Absorber 3160 preferably improves the signal-to-noise ratio of received electromagnetic radiation 3006 by reducing noise component 3006 a. Preferably, electromagnetic energy that impinges on surface 3120 is absorbed rather than being reflected in the cavity G and therefore does not propagate further, e.g., toward detector face 3224. According to one embodiment, absorber 3160 preferably substantially attenuates cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a and noise component 3006 a as compared to electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 shown in FIG. 25.
  • Electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably may be used, for example, (1) as an aid in detecting at least one of infiltration and extravasation; (2) to identify an anatomical change in perivascular tissue; or (3) to analyze a transcutaneous electromagnetic signal. Emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 preferably propagates from emitter face 3214 through foundation 3130 and/or cavity G, if either of these is disposed in the path of emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002, toward the target area of the skin S. According to one embodiment, emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 divides into cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a and transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b in the cavity G.
  • Cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a may be initially reflected in cavity G, but preferably is generally absorbed by absorber 3160. According to one embodiment, absorber 3160 absorbs at least 50% and preferably 90% or more of cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a that impinges on surface 3120. Accordingly, noise component 3006 a due to cutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 a preferably is substantially eliminated or at least reduced by absorber 3160.
  • Transcutaneous electromagnetic radiation 3002 b preferably propagates through the skin S toward the perivascular tissue P. Preferably, at least a portion of transcutaneous portion 3002 b is at least one of reflected, scattered or otherwise redirected from the perivascular tissue P toward the target area of the skin S as signal component 3006 b. After propagating through the target area of the skin S, signal component 3006 b preferably further propagates through the cavity G and foundation 3130, if either of these is disposed in the path of signal component 3006 b, toward detector face 3224. Preferably, detector face 3224 collects signal component 3006 b and detection waveguide 3220 transmits collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 to patient monitoring device 6000. Preferably, patient monitoring device 6000 analyzes collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 to, for example, identify anatomical changes in perivascular tissue and/or aid in detecting an infiltration/extravasation event.
  • Absorber 3160 preferably also absorbs other noise in addition to that resulting from cutaneous portion 3002 a. For example, absorber 3160 preferably also absorbs a portion of signal component 3006 b that impinges on surface 3120 rather than being collected by detector face 3224.
  • Thus, absorber 3160 preferably improves the signal-to-noise ratio of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 by absorbing noise component 3006 a. Preferably, reducing noise component 3006 a in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 makes it easier for patient monitoring device 6000 to analyze signal 3006 b in collected electromagnetic radiation 3006.
  • Changes in the size and/or volume of cavity G preferably may also be used to monitor patient activity and/or verify inspections by caregivers. Preferably, information regarding the occurrence of patient posture change may be detected by electromagnetic energy sensor 3000. Accordingly, this information may aid a caregiver in evaluating if a patient is obsessed with or distracted by cannula 20 and therefore at greater risk of disrupting the patient's infusion therapy. Similarly, electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 preferably may be used to detect caregiver examinations of the target area of the skin and/or the cannulation site N. Preferably, a caregiver periodically examines the patient during infusion therapy for indications of infiltration/extravasation events. These examinations preferably include touching and/or palpating the target area of the patient's skin. These actions by the caregiver tend to cause relative movement between electromagnetic energy sensor 3000 and the skin S. Accordingly, a record of collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 preferably includes the occurrences over time of caregiver inspections.
  • Sensor Cable
  • Electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may be coupled to patient monitoring device 6000 via sensor cable 5000. According to some embodiments, electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and patient monitoring device 6000 may be coupled wirelessly rather than via sensor cable 5000, or electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 may incorporate certain features of patient monitoring device 6000.
  • FIGS. 28A-28C illustrate an embodiment of sensor cable 5000 according to the present disclosure. Sensor cable 5000 preferably provides transmission paths for first and second light signals between patient monitoring device 6000 and electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. According to one embodiment, sets of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 preferably extend in sensor cable 5000 along a longitudinal axis L between first and second ends 5002 and 5004. Preferably, first end 5002 is proximate to patient monitoring device 6000 and second end 5004 is proximate to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. A sheath 5010 preferably cinctures sets of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222 along the longitudinal axis L between first and second ends 5002 and 5004. Preferably, sheath 5010 includes a first end 5012 coupled to a plug 5020 and includes a second end 5014 coupled to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. Plug 5020 preferably facilitates consistent optical coupling and recoupling with patient monitoring device 6000.
  • Sensor cable 5000 preferably provides a conduit for emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222. According to one embodiment, each set includes several hundred optical fibers and preferably includes approximately 600 individual borosilicate optical fibers having an approximately 50 micron diameter, a numerical aperture NA of approximately 0.55, and a low hydroxyl group content, e.g., less than 50 parts per million and preferably less than 20 parts per million. One example of a suitable optical fiber material is Glass 8250 manufacture by Schott North America, Inc. (Elmsford, N.Y., US). According to other embodiments, each set may include different numbers of optical fibers possibly with different diameters, higher or lower numerical apertures, and different hydroxyl group contents. According to other embodiments, the optical fiber material may include different types of glass or plastic. The material of sheath 5010 preferably includes a medical grade thermoplastic polyurethane, e.g., Tecoflex®, manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation (Wickliffe, Ohio, US). According to one embodiment, sheath 5010 preferably is extruded around the sets of emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and 3222. According to other embodiments, one set of emission or detection optical fibers 3212 or 3222 may be cinctured in a jacket (not shown) disposed in sheath 5010. According to other embodiments, sheath 5010 may include an element to avoid crushing emission and detection optical fibers 3212 and/or to limit the minimum bend radius of sensor cable 5000.
  • Patient Monitoring Device
  • Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably is suitable for controlling pulses of first and second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3012, and for analyzing corresponding pulses of optical power Φ6 and Φ16 corresponding to first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016. Preferably, the optical power Φ6 changes over time in response to (i) fluid infusing the perivascular tissue P; and (ii) changing tissue blood volume along the monitoring path of first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006. Changes over time in the optical power Φ16 preferably distinguish between fluid infusing the perivascular tissue P or changing tissue blood volume. Accordingly, second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably (i) verify that an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated based on an anatomic change due to fluid infusing the perivascular tissue P; and (ii) eliminate or at least substantially mitigate false alerts to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination based on changing tissue blood volume.
  • FIGS. 28A-28C illustrate the exterior of patient monitoring device 6000 according to one embodiment of the present disclosure. Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes a shell 6010 supported on a pole by a clamp 6012. Preferably, shell 6010 includes an exterior surface and defines an interior space. According to one embodiment, clamp 6012 preferably is disposed on the exterior of shell 6010 and includes a fixed jaw 6014 and a moving jaw 6016. An actuator 6018, e.g., a knob and threaded rod, preferably displaces moving jaw 6016 relative to fixed jaw 6014 for gripping and releasing clamp 6012 with respect to the pole. Preferably, a bail 6020 is coupled to shell 6010 for capturing sensor cable 5000, e.g., when dressing 1000 is in the second arrangement. According to the embodiment shown in FIGS. 28A-28C, bail 6020 includes a hook coupled to shell 6010 at a plurality of junctures. According to other embodiments, bail 6020 may be coupled to shell 6010 at a single juncture or a basket or net slung from shell 6010 may be used to capture at least a portion of sensor cable 5000.
  • Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes a number of features disposed on the exterior of shell 6010. Preferably, patient monitoring device 6000 includes a power button 6030, an indicator set 6040, a display 6050, a set of soft keys 6060, a mute button 6070, a check button 6080 and a test port 6090. According to the embodiment shown in FIG. 28A, these features preferably are disposed on the front of shell 6010. Pressing power button 6030 preferably toggles ON and OFF patient monitoring device 6000.
  • Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably provides status reports of varying detail. Preferably, indicator set 6040 provides a basic status report and display 6050 provides a more detailed status report. According to one embodiment, indicator set 6040 includes a set of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a-6042 e providing a visible indication of at least one of three states of patient monitoring device 6000. A first state of patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes all of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a-6042 e illuminating a first color, e.g., green. Preferably, the first state is characterized by actively monitoring for indications of infiltration or extravasation without identifying a cause for alerting a healthcare giver to evaluate the patient. A second state of patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes all of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a-6042 e illuminating a second color, e.g., yellow. Preferably, the second state is characterized by identifying a cause for alerting the healthcare giver to evaluate the operation of system 100 with respect to the patient. For example, the second state may be indicated if the operation of system 100 is being disrupted because the patient is pulling on sensor cable 5000. A third state of patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes all of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a-6042 e illuminating a third color, e.g., red. Preferably, the third state is characterized by patient monitoring device 6000 alerting the healthcare giver to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination. According to other embodiments, the number as well as color(s) of multi-color light emitting diodes 6042 a-6042 e that are illuminated may provide information regarding, for example, duration or intensity of an event that is cause for alerting a healthcare giver.
  • Display 6050 preferably provides detailed information regarding the use, status, and alarms of patient monitoring device 6000. Preferably, display 6050 includes color, alphanumeric characters, graphs, icons and images to convey set-up and operating instructions, system maintenance and malfunction notices, system configuration statements, healthcare giver alerts, historical records, etc. According to one embodiment, display 6050 preferably displays individual labels 6052 describing a function assigned to a corresponding soft key 6060. According to other embodiments, display 6050 preferably facilitates quantifying with precision when an identifiable event occurred, its duration, its magnitude, whether an alert was issued, and the corresponding type of alert.
  • Mute button 6070 and check button 6080 preferably are hard keys having regularly assigned functions. Preferably, mute button 6070 temporarily silences an audible alarm. According to one embodiment, a healthcare giver preferably silences the audible alarm while performing an infiltration/extravasation examination. Preferably, the function of mute button 6070 is temporary because disabling rather than silencing the audible alarm may be detrimental to the future effectiveness of patient monitoring device 6000. Check button 6080 preferably includes one or more regularly assigned functions, e.g., registering periodic examinations of the cannulation site N. According to one embodiment, check button 6080 is preferably pressed each time a healthcare giver performs an examination of the cannulation site N. Preferably, the examination is registered in a historical record maintained by patient monitoring device 6000. According to other embodiments, the historical record may be reviewed on display 6050 and/or the historical record may be transferred off patient monitoring device 6000 to a recordkeeping system that maintains a generally comprehensive chronicle of the patient's treatment(s).
  • Patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes a test arrangement for verifying the operation and calibration of system 100. According to patient monitoring device 6000 shown in FIG. 28C, the test arrangement includes preferably inserting electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 in test port 6090, e.g., prior to electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 being coupled with dressing 1000 in the first arrangement. Preferably, collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 in the test arrangement includes a portion of emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 that is redirected by an optically standard material disposed in test port 6090. According to one embodiment, the optically standard material preferably includes Spectralon®, manufactured by Labsphere, Inc. (North Sutton, N.H., US), or another material having high diffuse reflectance. Preferably, collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 is collected by detector face 3224 and the corresponding light signal is transmitted via detection waveguide 3220 and plug 5020 to patient monitoring device 6000. The light signal is preferably compared with accepted calibration values. A satisfactory comparison preferably results in an affirmative indication by at least one of indicator set 6040 and display 6050; whereas, display 6050 may present instructions for additional diagnostic routines and/or guidance for recalibrating or repairing system 100 if the result is an unsatisfactory comparison.
  • The test arrangement shown in FIG. 28C is preferably a generally passive system for verifying the operation and calibration of system 100. According to other embodiments of patient monitoring device 6000, an active testing system preferably includes a light detector to measure the optical power Φ2 and a light source to mimic collected electromagnetic radiation 3006.
  • FIG. 29 shows a schematic block diagram of an operating device 6100 according to one embodiment of patient monitoring device 6000. Preferably, operating device 6100 includes a controller 6110, at least one optics bench 6120, a notification section 6150, and an input/output section 6160. Controller 6110 preferably is disposed in the interior space of shell 6010 and includes a processor 6112, non-volatile memory 6114, and volatile memory 6116. According to one embodiment, processor 6112 preferably includes a Peripheral Interface Controller (PIC) microcontroller. An example of a suitable processor 6112 is model number PI32MX695F512L-801/PT manufactured by Microchip Technology Inc. (Chandler, Ariz., US). Non-volatile memory 6114 preferably includes flash memory or a memory card that is coupled with processor 6112 via a bi-directional communication link. Examples of suitable bi-directional communication links include a serial peripheral interface (SPI) bus, an inter-integrated circuit (I2C) bus, or other serial or parallel communication systems. Preferably, non-volatile memory 6114 extends the non-volatile memory available on processor 6112. According to one embodiment, non-volatile memory 6114 includes a Secure Digital (SD) memory card. Volatile memory 6116 preferably includes, for example, random-access memory (RAM) that is coupled with processor 6112 via a bi-directional communication link. Preferably, volatile memory 6116 extends the volatile memory available on processor 6112. Preferably, controller 6110 performs a number of functions including, inter alia, (1) directing the storage of raw data that is collected via sensor 3000; (2) processing the raw data according to an algorithm running on processor 6112; (3) directing the storage of processed data; (4) issuing commands to notification section 6150; and (5) responding to inputs from input/output section 6160. According to one embodiment, a timestamp is preferably stored with individual units of raw data, processed data and/or log events. Preferably, controller 6110 maintains a log of events related to patient monitoring device 6000. According to other embodiments, operating device 6100 includes an electrical power supply, e.g., a battery, and/or manages electrical power supplied from a source that preferably is external to patient monitoring device 6000. Preferably, an external source of alternating current is transformed and regulated to supply direct current to operating device 6100.
  • Optics bench 6120 preferably is disposed in the interior space of shell 6010 and includes a first electro-optical signal transducer, a second electro-optical signal transducer, and a third electro-optical signal transducer. Preferably, first and second electro-optical signal transducers transform corresponding first and second digital electric signals from controller 6110 to first and second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3012. According to one embodiment, the first electro-optical signal transducer preferably includes a first digital-to-analog converter 6122 a and a first light emitting diode 6124 a to transform the first digital electric signal to first emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 at a first peak wavelength λ1, and the second electro-optical signal transducer preferably includes a second digital-to-analog converter 6122 b and a second light emitting diode 6124 b to transform the second digital electric signal to second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3012 at a second peak wavelength λ2. According to other embodiments, optics bench 6120 preferably includes additional electro-optical signal transducers to transform additional digital electric signals from controller 6110 to emitted electromagnetic radiation at additional discrete peak wavelengths. The third electro-optical signal transducer of optics bench 6120 preferably includes a photodiode 6126, an operational amplifier 6128 and an analog-to-digital converter 6130 to transform first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 to a third digital electric signal. Preferably, the third digital electric signal includes the raw data at each of the first and second peak wavelengths λ1 and λ2 that is collected by photodiode 6126. According to one embodiment, analog-to-digital converter 6130 preferably transforms the first collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 to a first sequence of values and transforms the second collected electromagnetic radiation 3016 to a second sequence of values. Preferably, the first and second sequences of values are sent to controller 6110 via a bi-directional communication link.
  • Optics bench 6120 preferably includes a printed circuit board (not shown) that supports first and second digital-to- analog converters 6122 a and 6122 b, operational amplifier 6128, analog-to-digital converter 6130, and a transceiver 6125 that provides a common enclosure for first light emitting diode 6124 a, second light emitting diode 6124 b, and photodiode 6126. Preferably, plug 5020 cooperatively mates with transceiver 6125 to provide consistent optical coupling between sensor cable 5000 and optics bench 6120. A bi-directional communication link preferably provides communication between optics bench 6120 and controller 6110. Operating device 6100 shown in FIG. 29 shows a single optics bench 6120 coupled with controller 6110; however, a plurality of optics benches 6120 may be coupled with controller 6110 when, for example, it is preferable to use a single patient monitoring device 6000 with a plurality of electromagnetic radiation sensors 3000.
  • Preferably, the first wavelength λ1 is sensitive to the infusate F and the second wavelength λ2 is sensitive to blood. According to one embodiment, the first wavelength λ1 is in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum, and the second wavelength λ2 is in the yellow to red visible light portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. According to other embodiments, the second wavelength λ2 preferably approximates an isosbestic wavelength of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin. Preferably, the second wavelength λ2 is approximately at an isosbestic wavelength not greater than 586 nanometers (approximately 512 terahertz) because the next longer isosbestic wavelength at approximately 808 nanometers (approximately 371 terahertz) is sensitive to the infusate F.
  • FIGS. 30A and 30B are time lines illustrating embodiments of strategies for controlling the electro-optical signal transducers of optics bench 6120 with controller 6110. According to the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 30A, the first and second electro-optical signal transducers are preferably driven at approximately 60 Hertz by the corresponding first and second digital electric signals from controller 6110. As the terminology is used herein, “drive” preferably refers to a command for cyclically activating and deactivating a device. First and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b therefore are individually activated once per cycle, e.g., twelve times every 0.2 seconds. Preferably, first light emitting diode 6124 a is activated during an initial period of each cycle, then there is a middle period Ro during each cycle when first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b are inactive, and second light emitting diode 6124 b is activated during a subsequent period of each cycle. The third digital signal from the third electro-optical signal transducer preferably is sampled three times during each cycle. Preferably, sampling durations are approximately 50% to approximately 75% of the initial, middle, or subsequent periods to isolate corresponding individual samples of (i) the optical power Φ6; (ii) a optical power Φ0 that correlates to ambient electromagnetic radiation affecting electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 (e.g., measured during the middle period Ro); and (iii) the optical power Φ16. Accordingly, the third digital signal preferably includes a first set of values including the samples of the optical power Φ6 from each cycle, a second set of values including the samples of the optical power Φ16 from each cycle, and a third set of values including the samples of the optical power Φ0 from each cycle.
  • Second electro-optical signal transducer preferably is driven at a rate that overcomes a perception of flashing by second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016. Preferably, the first electro-optical signal transducer can be driven at a slow rate, e.g., as low as 0.3 Hertz or lower, relative to the second electro-optical signal transducer when first emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3006 include infrared radiation, which typically is imperceptible to human eyes. According to the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 30B, controller 6110 drives the first electro-optical signal transducer at approximately 5 Hertz while driving the second electro-optical signal transducer at a rate such that second emitted and collected electromagnetic radiation 3012 and 3016 preferably are perceived by human eyes as glowing rather than flashing. Preferably, the second electro-optical signal transducer is driven at a minimum of approximately 24 Hertz and preferably at approximately 60 Hertz. Accordingly, the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 30B shows first light emitting diode 6124 a is activated once per cycle, e.g., one time every 0.2 seconds, and second light emitting diode 6124 b is activated 12 times per cycle, e.g., 12 times every 0.2 seconds. According to other embodiments, controller 6110 preferably drives the second electro-optical signal transducer at approximately 120 Hertz or more. Similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 30A, each cycle preferably includes a period of inactivity between activating first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b. Preferably, second light emitting diode 6124 b is activated before first light emitting diode 6124 a according to the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 30B. The third digital signal from the third electro-optical signal transducer preferably is sampled three times during each cycle by controller 6110 for obtaining individual samples of the optical power Φ6, the optical power Φ0, and the optical power Φ16. The amount of data that is processed by controller 6110 and stored in non-volatile memory 6114 preferably is reduced according to the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 30B principally because individual cycles take longer when the first electro-optical signal transducer is driven at approximately 5 Hertz or less. Other embodiments of control strategies preferably include an adaptable sampling rate for varying the sampling rates and cycle times, e.g., between those of the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 30A and 30B.
  • First and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 preferably are corrected to eliminate or substantially reduce the extraneous contributions of ambient electromagnetic radiation. Preferably, controller 6110 computes corrected values of the optical power Φ6 and the optical power Φ16 based on the corresponding value of optical power Φ0 in each cycle. According to one embodiment, controller 6110 subtracts the value of optical power Φ0 from the values of the optical power Φ6 and the optical power Φ16 in each cycle. The accuracy of the corrected values of the optical power Φ6 and the optical power Φ16 preferably increases when there are short intervals, e.g., up to approximately 1 second and preferably approximately 10 milliseconds to approximately 100 milliseconds, between (i) sampling the optical power Φ6 and the optical power Φ0; and (ii) sampling the optical power Φ16 and the optical power Φ0.
  • The corrected values of the optical power Φ6 and the optical power Φ16 preferably are normalized according to one embodiment of patient monitoring device 6000 before determining if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated. As the terminology is used herein, “normalize” preferably refers to transforming magnitudes of the corrected values of the optical power Φ6 and the optical power Φ16 to corresponding intensities that can be compared in a meaningful way. According to one embodiment, controller 6110 preferably computes (i) a first arithmetic mean Φ 6 of a first collection of corrected values of the optical power Φ6; and (ii) a second arithmetic mean Φ 16 of a second collection of corrected values of the optical power Φ16. Preferably, the first collection includes a finite number of consecutive corrected values of the optical power Φ6 beginning with the first cycle, and the second collection includes a finite number of consecutive corrected values of the optical power Φ16 beginning with the first cycle. The finite number(s) preferably correspond to a number of cycles (e.g., 5000 cycles) or a time period (e.g., 5 minutes). Controller 6110 preferably computes a first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 by dividing each corrected value of the optical power Φ6 by the first arithmetic mean Φ 6, and computes a second set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}16 by dividing each corrected value of the optical power Φ16 by the second arithmetic mean Φ 16. Preferably, individual normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 and {circumflex over (Φ)}16 are in a range between 0.3 and approximately 1.3. Typically, normalized values less than 1.0 indicate a signal decrease relative to an arithmetic mean and values greater than 1.0 indicate a signal increase relative to the arithmetic mean. Accordingly, the normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 and {circumflex over (Φ)}16 are indicative of percentage changes in the first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 and are used by controller 6110 in computations to determine if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated. According to other embodiments of patient monitoring device 6000, optical power magnitude rather than relative intensity preferably is used in comparisons and/or computations to determine if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated. Preferably, values of optical power Φ2, Φ12 and Φ0, as well as the uncorrected and corrected values of optical power Φ6 and Φ16, are measured in or converted to a common unit of optical power, e.g., milliwatts, for use in comparisons or computations by controller 6110.
  • The requirement to specify finite number(s) of consecutive corrected values preferably is eliminated according to other embodiments. Preferably, controller 6110 analyzes the rates of change of the corrected values of the optical power Φ6 and the optical power Φ16 and identifies corresponding stable values of optical power when the corresponding rate of change is approximately zero for a preferred duration. Controller 6110 preferably computes sets of normalized values by dividing each corrected value of the optical power by the corresponding stable value rather than dividing by an arithmetic mean. Accordingly, an advantage of analyzing rates of change is that a stable value may be determined in less time than it takes to collect a finite number of corrected values.
  • Referring again to FIG. 29, patient monitoring device 6000 preferably includes a temperature sensor 6140 to measure temperature changes that affect at least one of first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b. Typically, the optical power Φ emanating from first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b is affected by ambient temperature changes. This accordingly affects the optical power Φ6 and Φ16 of first and second emitted electromagnetic radiation 3002 and 3012. Temperature sensor 6140 preferably measures the ambient temperature and provides to controller 6110 an electrical signal that may be used to adjust at least one of the first and second digital electrical signal supplied to first and second digital-to- analog converters 6122 a and 6122 b, respectively. Accordingly, the optical power output of at least one of first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b may be generally maintained at a preferable level for a given ambient temperature. According to one embodiment, temperature sensor 6140 preferably is disposed in transceiver 6125 in proximity to first and second light emitting diodes 6124 a and 6124 b. According to other embodiments, temperature sensor 6140 preferably is supported on the printed circuit board for optics bench 6120. According to other embodiments, temperature sensor 6140 preferably is disposed on a printed circuit board for controller 6110. According to other embodiments, temperature sensor 6140 preferably is supported on the exterior of shell 6010.
  • Notification section 6150 provides visual or audible indications preferably to describe the status of system 100 or to alert a healthcare giver to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination. Preferably, visual indicators in notification section 6150 include indicator set 6040 and display 6050. Display 6050 preferably is coupled to controller 6110 via a display driver 6152. An audible indicator preferably includes a digital-to-analog converter 6154, an audio amplifier 6156, and a speaker 6158. Preferably, display driver 6152 and digital-to-analog converter 6154 communicate with controller 6110 via a communication link. Audio amplifier 6156 preferably drives speaker 6158. According to one embodiment, the output from speaker 6158 includes at least one of an alarm or a notification. Alarms preferably comply with a standard such as IEC 60601-1-8 promulgated by the International Electrotechnical Commission. Preferably, notifications include, for example, a tone, a melody, or a synthesized voice. The embodiment of operating device 6100 shown in FIG. 29 includes a pair of visual indicators and a single audible indicator; however, other combinations of visual and audible indicators are also envisioned.
  • According to one embodiment, a graphical user interface preferably includes certain features of notification and input/ output sections 6150 and 6160. Preferably, the graphical user interface combines in a generally common area on the exterior of shell 6010 at least one of indicator set 6040 and display 6050 with at least one of soft keys 6060, mute button 6070, and check button 6080. For example, patient monitoring device 6000 shown in FIG. 28A includes a graphical user interface that combines, inter alia, labels 6052 on display 6050 with soft keys 6060.
  • Input/output section 6160 preferably facilitates inputting commands to operating device 6100 or outputting data from operating device 6100. Preferably, input/output section 6160 includes a keypad 6162, at least one input/output port 6164 or wireless communication device 6166, and an input/output interface 6168 to couple keypad 6162, port(s) 6164 and device 6166 to controller 6110 via a bi-directional communication link. According to one embodiment, keypad 6162 includes soft keys 6060, mute button 6070, and check button 6080. According to other embodiments, keypad 6162 preferably includes a keyboard or a touchscreen. According to other embodiments, commands to operating device 6100 preferably are input via a pen device or voice recognition device. Input/output ports(s) 6164 preferably include connections for communicating with peripheral devices according to at least one standard. Examples of suitable communication standards preferably include, e.g., RS-232 and Universal Serial Bus (USB). Wireless communication device 6166 preferably provides an additional or alternate means for communicating with a peripheral device. The embodiment of input/output section 6160 shown in FIG. 29 includes three communication options; however, more or less than three options are also envisioned for enabling operating device 6100 to communicate with peripheral devices.
  • Algorithm
  • Algorithms for mitigating false alerts to perform an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably include distinguishing between accumulating fluid and changing tissue blood volume. Preferably, controller 6110 runs an algorithm to analyze the first and second sets of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 and {circumflex over (Φ)}16 for determining if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated.
  • The inventors discovered, inter alia, an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated when there is an anatomical change over time even when there is a coexistent physiological change. In particular, an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated when an algorithm determines the infusate F is accumulating in the perivascular tissue P and the tissue blood volume is changing in the monitoring path of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000. The inventors further discovered, inter alia, an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated when there is a physiological change that is not coexistent with an anatomical change over time. In particular, an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated when an algorithm determines the tissue blood volume is changing in the monitoring path of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and the infusate F is not accumulating in the perivascular tissue P. Preferably, an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated when a tissue blood volume change due to patient posture change is not coexistent with the fluid F infusing the perivascular tissue P.
  • Several embodiments of algorithms according to the present invention determine whether an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated. One embodiment of an algorithm preferably analyzes the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 to evaluate if a change is sensed in the monitoring path of electromagnetic radiation sensor 3000 and analyzes the second set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}16 to evaluate if the sensed change is due to a tissue blood volume change rather than an anatomic change over time. Referring to FIGS. 18A-18F, the sizes of the arrows for first and second collected electromagnetic radiation 3006 and 3016 preferably correspond to the optical power Φ2 and Φ6. Preferably, the decrease in the optical power Φ6 from FIG. 18A to FIG. 18C shows that an infiltration/extravasation examination possibly is indicated and a comparison of the relative decreases in the optical power Φ6 and Φ16 from FIG. 18A to FIG. 18C shows that an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is indicated. According to one embodiment, the algorithm preferably indicates an infiltration/extravasation examination when (i) the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 decreases at least approximately 5%; and (ii) the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 decreases more than the second set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}16. According to other embodiments, an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is indicated by the algorithm when (i) the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 decreases at least approximately 10%; and (ii) a ratio of the decrease in the second set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}16 to the decrease in the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 is greater than approximately 0.97. Referring to FIGS. 18D and 18F, the decrease in the optical power Φ6 shows that an infiltration/extravasation examination possibly is indicated and a comparison of the relative decreases in the optical power Φ6 and Φ16 shows that an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is contraindicated. According to one embodiment, the algorithm preferably contraindicates an infiltration/extravasation examination when (i) the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 decreases less than approximately 5%; or (ii) the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 decreases less than the second set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}m. According to other embodiments, an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is contraindicated by the algorithm when (i) the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 decreases less than approximately 10%; and (ii) a ratio of the decrease in the second set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}16 to the decrease in the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 is less than approximately 0.9.
  • Other embodiments of algorithms according to the present invention preferably are based on changes in ordered pairs of the normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 and {circumflex over (Φ)}16 to determine if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated. FIG. 31A schematically illustrates individual ordered pairs of the normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 and {circumflex over (Φ)}16 plotted for each cycle. Preferably, a known curve fitting technique is used to construct a fitted curve FC for the ordered pairs contained in a first collection C1. The number of ordered pairs in the first collection C1 includes (i) a preferred number of ordered pairs; or (ii) a minimum number of ordered pairs that preferably are sufficient for trending toward one of a group of empirically established fitted curves FC. According to the embodiment shown in FIG. 31A, the fitted curve FC preferably is a straight line described by a first-degree polynomial function, also known as a linear equation. According to other embodiments, the fitted curve FC preferably is described by higher order polynomial functions including, for example, a second-degree polynomial function (quadratic equation) or a third-degree polynomial function (cubic equation). Preferably, ordered pairs that are spaced generally along the fitted curve FC correlate with different tissue blood volume levels and an ordered pair laterally displaced with respect to the fitted curve FC correlates with different structures of the Animalia body. Shifts between ordered pairs that are within the first collection C1 preferably correlate with tissue blood volume changes or generally insubstantial anatomical changes. Preferably, an infiltration/extravasation examination is contraindicated by shifts between ordered pairs within the boundary of the first collection C1. Referring to FIG. 31B, a second collection C2 contains a preferred minimum number of ordered pairs that are at least a preferred minimum perpendicular displacement δ from the fitted curve FC. The ordered pairs in the second collection C2 preferably are collected within a number of cycles that approximately equal the preferred number of ordered pairs in the second collection C2. Preferably, an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated when the preferred minimum number, e.g., at least approximately 300, of ordered pairs are collected in the second collection C2. According to the embodiment shown in FIG. 31B, the minimum perpendicular displacement δ includes a vertical component δ6 (e.g., change in the normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6) and a horizontal component δ16 (e.g., change in the normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}16). Preferably, an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated by the algorithm when (i) the vertical component δ6 decreases at least approximately 5%; and (ii) the horizontal component changes less than the vertical component.
  • Other embodiments of algorithms according to the present invention compute a predicted signal τ that preferably is compared with a sensed signal for determining if an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated or contraindicated. Preferably, a calibration function for generating the predicted signal τ is computed by controller 6110 according to the algorithm. FIGS. 32A and 32B schematically illustrate examples of (i) the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 for an infrared radiation signal; (ii) the second set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}16 for a visible light signal; and (iii) the corresponding predicted signal τ. Preferably, coefficients of the calibration function are computed by controller 6110 based on the normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 and {circumflex over (Φ)}16 during a finite number of cycles, e.g., similar to the aforementioned use of a known curve fitting technique to describe the fitted curve FC. Similarly also, a preferred minimum number of cycles may be sufficient for trending toward one of a group of empirically established calibration curves. Preferably, controller 6110 computes the predicted signal τ based on the calibration function and the normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}16 for each cycle and then compares the predicted signal τ with the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6. According to one embodiment, an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated after a preferred number of cycles, e.g., 1000 cycles, during which (i) the predicted signal τ is at least approximately 5% lower; and (ii) the predicted signal τ differs less than approximately 10% from the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6. According to other embodiments, an infiltration/extravasation examination is indicated after approximately 2 minutes during which (i) the predicted signal τ is at least approximately 10% lower; and (ii) the predicted signal τ differs less than approximately 5% from the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6. FIG. 32A shows an embodiment when an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is contraindicated because the predicted signal τ drop is less than approximately 10%. Drops of at least 10% in the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 are shown after approximately 7-10 minutes and approximately 18-20 minutes; however, the cause of these drops is determined by the algorithm to be tissue blood volume changes rather than anatomic changes over time. FIG. 32B shows an embodiment when an infiltration/extravasation examination preferably is indicated after approximately 47 minutes when (i) the predicted signal τ drops at least approximately 10%; and (ii) the predicted signal τ and the first set of normalized values {circumflex over (Φ)}6 differ less than approximately 5%.
  • While the present invention has been disclosed with reference to certain embodiments, numerous modifications, alterations, and changes to the described embodiments are possible without departing from the sphere and scope of the present invention, as defined in the appended claims. For example, dressing 1000 preferably is devoid of materials, e.g., metal, that may harm a patient or damage diagnostic equipment during magnetic resonance imaging, computerized axial tomography, x-rays, or other procedures that use electromagnetic radiation. For another example, operation of the sensor may be reversed, e.g., collecting electromagnetic radiation with a waveguide that is otherwise configured for emission as discussed above and emitting electromagnetic radiation with a waveguide that is otherwise configured for detection as discussed above. For another example, relative sizes of the emission and detection waveguides may be adjusted, e.g., the emission waveguide may include more optical fibers than the detection waveguide and visa-versa. Accordingly, it is intended that the present invention not be limited to the described embodiments, but that it has the full scope defined by the language of the following claims, and equivalents thereof.
  • TABLE A
    Absorption
    Skin Tissue Thickness Refractive Scattering Coefficient
    Layer (mm) Index Coefficient (mm−1) (mm−1)
    epidermis 0.0875 1.5 3.10-7.76 0.24-0.88
    dermis 1 1.4 0.93-2.24 0.01-0.05
    hypodermis 4 1.4 1.22-1.60 0.01-0.04

Claims (19)

What is claimed is:
1. A system to aid in diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in Animalia tissue, the system comprising:
a sensor including —
a housing including a surface configured to confront an epidermis of the Animalia tissue;
a first waveguide being partially disposed in the housing and configured to transmit first and second signals that enter the Animalia tissue through the epidermis, the first signal having a peak wavelength between approximately 800 nanometers and approximately 1,050 nanometers, and the second signal having a peak wavelength between approximately 570 nanometers and approximately 620 nanometers; and
a second waveguide being partially disposed in the housing and configured to transmit third and fourth signals that exit the Animalia tissue through the epidermis, the third signal including a portion of the first signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue, and the fourth signal including a portion of the second signal that is at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue;
a dressing being configured to couple the sensor to the epidermis;
a device being configured to evaluate the third and fourth signals, the device including —
an optics bench including a first light emitting diode, a second light emitting diode and a photodiode, the first light emitting diode being configured to emit the first signal transmitted by the first waveguide, the second light emitting diode being configured to emit the second signal transmitted by the first waveguide, and the photodiode being configured to detect the third and fourth signals transmitted by the second waveguide;
a processor coupled to the optics bench, the processor being configured to (i) compute normalized values of the third and fourth signals, (ii) compare the normalized value of the third signal with a threshold value, and (iii) compare the normalized values of the third and fourth signals; and
an indicator coupled to the processor, the indicator being configured to output a notice when (i) the normalized value of the third signal is less than the threshold value and (ii) the normalized value of the fourth signal is greater than the normalized value of the third signal; and
a cable coupling the sensor and the device, the cable including portions of the first and second waveguides.
2. The system of claim 1 wherein the peak wavelengths of the first and third signals are between approximately 930 nanometers and approximately 960 nanometers.
3. The system of claim 1 wherein the peak wavelengths of the first and third signals are centered about approximately 940 nanometers, and the peak wavelengths of the second and fourth signals are centered about approximately 610 nanometers.
4. The system of claim 1 wherein the peak wavelengths of the second and fourth signals generally correspond to an isosbestic point of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin.
5. The system of claim 1 wherein the peak wavelengths of the second and fourth signals are centered about approximately 586 nanometers.
6. The system of claim 1 wherein the first waveguide includes a plurality of emission optical fibers and the second waveguide includes a plurality of detection optical fibers.
7. The system of claim 6 wherein the cable comprises a sheath cincturing the pluralities of emission and detection optical fibers.
8. The system of claim 1 wherein the dressing comprises a fitting having first and second arrangements, the first arrangement being configured to retain the housing with respect to the epidermis, and the second arrangement being configured to release the housing from the first arrangement.
9. The system of claim 8 wherein the dressing comprises a body coupled to the fitting and configured to prevent contiguous engagement between the housing and the epidermis.
10. The system of claim 1 wherein the threshold value is not greater than approximately 0.95.
11. The system of claim 1 wherein the threshold value is approximately 0.90.
12. The system of claim 1 wherein the processor is configured to evaluate the third signal for infusate accumulation over time in the Animalia tissue and to evaluate the fourth signal for changing tissue blood volume in the Animalia tissue.
13. The system of claim 1 wherein the notice comprises an aid to diagnosing at least one of infiltration and extravasation in the Animalia tissue.
14. The system of claim 1 wherein the first waveguide includes an emitter face configured to confront the epidermis, the second waveguide includes a detector face configured to confront the epidermis, and the surface cinctures the emitter and detector faces.
15. The system of claim 14 wherein the housing comprises an electromagnetic radiation energy absorber configured to generally absorb portions of the first, second, third and fourth signals that (i) are at least one of reflected, scattered and redirected from the Animalia tissue, and (ii) impinge on the surface.
16. The system of claim 14 wherein each individual point of the emitter end face is disposed a minimum distance not less than 3 millimeters from each individual point of the detector end face, and each individual point of the emitter end face is disposed a maximum distance not more than 5 millimeters from each individual point of the detector end face.
17. The system of claim 1 wherein the cable includes a plug and the optics bench includes a transceiver configured for consistent optical coupling with the plug, the transceiver includes a common enclosure for the first light emitting diode, the second light emitting diode, and the photodiode.
18. The system of claim 1 wherein the device comprises a shell generally encasing first and second printed circuit boards, the optics bench is mounted on the first printed circuit board, the processor is mounted on the second printed circuit board, and the second printed circuit board is spaced from the first printed circuit board.
19. The system of claim 1 wherein the device comprises a temperature sensor coupled to the processor.
US13/954,949 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue Abandoned US20130317368A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/954,949 US20130317368A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261609865P 2012-03-12 2012-03-12
US201261640542P 2012-04-30 2012-04-30
US201261706726P 2012-09-27 2012-09-27
US201361755273P 2013-01-22 2013-01-22
US13/792,051 US20130237848A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-03-09 Geometry of a Transcutaneous Sensor
US13/792,079 US20130237858A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-03-10 Apparatus and Method for Mitigating Noise Affecting a Transcutaneous Signal
US13/792,074 US20130237856A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-03-10 Apparatus and Method for Mitigating Noise Affecting a Transcutaneous Signal
US13/792,068 US20130232759A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-03-10 Method of Manufacturing a Transcutaneous Sensor
US13/794,776 US20130237840A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-03-11 Dressing for an Electromagnetic Spectrum Sensor
US13/792,193 US20130237832A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-03-11 Appliance for an Electromagnetic Spectrum Sensor Monitoring an Intravascular Infusion
US201361809651P 2013-04-08 2013-04-08
US13/954,949 US20130317368A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/794,776 Continuation-In-Part US20130237840A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-03-11 Dressing for an Electromagnetic Spectrum Sensor

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20130317368A1 true US20130317368A1 (en) 2013-11-28

Family

ID=49757299

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/954,961 Active US9326686B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System and method for mitigating the effects of tissue blood volume changes to aid in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation in animalia tissue
US13/954,953 Abandoned US20130317373A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US13/954,968 Abandoned US20130338512A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System and Method for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US13/954,958 Abandoned US20130338462A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US13/954,949 Abandoned US20130317368A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US15/144,803 Abandoned US20160310053A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2016-05-02 System and Method for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/954,961 Active US9326686B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System and method for mitigating the effects of tissue blood volume changes to aid in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation in animalia tissue
US13/954,953 Abandoned US20130317373A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US13/954,968 Abandoned US20130338512A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System and Method for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US13/954,958 Abandoned US20130338462A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-07-30 System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/144,803 Abandoned US20160310053A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2016-05-02 System and Method for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (6) US9326686B2 (en)

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130317373A1 (en) * 2012-03-12 2013-11-28 Ivwatch, Llc System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US20140046291A1 (en) * 2012-04-26 2014-02-13 Evena Medical, Inc. Vein imaging systems and methods
US20160058308A1 (en) * 2014-05-01 2016-03-03 Mark Ries Robinson Pulse Photoplethysmogram System for Diabetes Assessment
US9389096B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2016-07-12 Uber Technologies, Inc. Determining location information using a location data point provided by a computing device
US20160367154A1 (en) * 2014-02-06 2016-12-22 Vita-Sentry Ltd. Obtaining cardiovascular parameters using arterioles related transient time
US20170072168A1 (en) * 2014-03-05 2017-03-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Graphic for medical article securement systems and methods of using same
US20170079533A1 (en) * 2014-05-01 2017-03-23 Medici Technologies, LLC Diabetes and Hypertension Screening by Assessment of Arterial Stiffness and Autonomic Function
US20170095209A1 (en) * 2015-10-02 2017-04-06 Intelomed, Inc. Sensor mount for a reflective photo-optic sensor
CN107333466A (en) * 2014-12-15 2017-11-07 雷迪奥米特巴塞尔股份公司 The apparatus and method that analyte concentration is determined for hurtless measure
CN107438396A (en) * 2015-03-23 2017-12-05 奥斯兰姆奥普托半导体有限责任公司 Sensor for sensing biometric function
US20170368310A1 (en) * 2016-06-27 2017-12-28 Michael J. Vaillancourt Dressing
US10230943B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2019-03-12 Washington University Goggle imaging systems and methods
US10806804B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2020-10-20 Washington University Compounds having RD targeting motifs and methods of use thereof
US11338112B2 (en) * 2017-07-03 2022-05-24 Cathaid, Inc. Devices for monitoring movement of a secured catheter during a procedure
US11406719B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2022-08-09 Washington University Dichromic fluorescent compounds
US11712482B2 (en) 2019-12-13 2023-08-01 Washington University Near infrared fluorescent dyes, formulations and related methods
US12121596B2 (en) 2023-06-01 2024-10-22 Washington University Near infrared fluorescent dyes, formulations and related methods

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9579039B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2017-02-28 Masimo Corporation Non-invasive intravascular volume index monitor
WO2014099602A1 (en) 2012-12-17 2014-06-26 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System A system of intravenous fluid/medication delivery that employs signature flow amplitudes or frequencies to facilitate the detection of intravenous infiltration
WO2014168831A1 (en) * 2013-04-08 2014-10-16 Ivwatch, Llc Device to aid in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation in animalia tissue
US20200069190A1 (en) * 2016-12-13 2020-03-05 Amolifescience Co., Ltd. Patch-type sensor module
JP7387644B2 (en) * 2018-05-17 2023-11-28 ガンブロ・ルンディア・エービー Processing apparatus and method with level control of gas separation devices
US20190392923A1 (en) * 2018-06-21 2019-12-26 Gary P. Warren System for Annotating a Patient Record
CN110947052A (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-03 捷普科技(上海)有限公司 Injection device
US11400258B2 (en) 2018-11-13 2022-08-02 SharpMed, LLC. Sutureless adhesion system
TW202133808A (en) * 2020-01-10 2021-09-16 美商菲歐普提斯公司 Medical device and sheath seal and seal verification
US11957873B2 (en) * 2020-02-04 2024-04-16 Augustine Biomedical And Design, Llc IV extravasation detection device
CA3228198A1 (en) 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 Bayer Healthcare Llc System, device, and method for safeguarding wellbeing of patients for fluid injection
US20220031232A1 (en) * 2020-07-30 2022-02-03 Novotec Llc Vessel location assistance device
KR20220026207A (en) * 2020-08-25 2022-03-04 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for measuring body temperature, and healthcare device
USD991286S1 (en) * 2021-04-26 2023-07-04 Eli Lilly And Company Display screen with animated graphical user interface

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3618602A (en) * 1969-08-28 1971-11-09 Robert F Shaw Liquid infusion infiltration detection apparatus and method
US4877034A (en) * 1987-06-18 1989-10-31 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Method and device for detection of tissue infiltration
US20010012767A1 (en) * 2000-02-03 2001-08-09 Samsung Electronic Co., Ltd. Compact optical transceiver integrated module using silicon optical bench

Family Cites Families (104)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4010749A (en) 1975-05-09 1977-03-08 Shaw Robert F Method of detecting infiltration of infused liquid by comparing altered skin temperature with skin temperature in area of infiltrated liquid
US4122838A (en) 1976-08-09 1978-10-31 Leonard Loren W Body surface contour deformation sensor
FR2374917A1 (en) 1976-12-24 1978-07-21 Shaw Robert Medical infusion leakage detector - using heater or cooler when patient's skin temp. is close to infusion temp.
US4378808A (en) 1980-04-07 1983-04-05 Whitman Medical Corporation Liquid crystal infiltration sensing system
US4647281A (en) 1985-02-20 1987-03-03 M/A-Com, Inc. Infiltration detection apparatus
US4778451A (en) 1986-03-04 1988-10-18 Kamen Dean L Flow control system using boyle's law
US4898576A (en) 1986-06-06 1990-02-06 Philip James H Intravenous fluid flow monitor
US4743228A (en) 1986-08-18 1988-05-10 Ivac Corporation Fluid flow monitoring method and system
US4773422A (en) 1987-04-30 1988-09-27 Nonin Medical, Inc. Single channel pulse oximeter
US4846792A (en) 1988-03-08 1989-07-11 Baxter International Inc. Automatic infiltration detection system and method
US4979940A (en) 1988-03-08 1990-12-25 Baxter International Inc. Infusion system, methodology, and algorithm for identifying patient-induced pressure artifacts
US4959050A (en) 1988-09-26 1990-09-25 Baxter International Inc. In-line infiltration detection apparatus and method
MX9702434A (en) 1991-03-07 1998-05-31 Masimo Corp Signal processing apparatus.
US5334141A (en) 1992-06-26 1994-08-02 Medrad, Inc. Extravasation detection system and apparatus
US5947910A (en) 1994-01-14 1999-09-07 E-Z-Em, Inc. Extravasation detection technique
USRE38695E1 (en) 1994-01-14 2005-02-08 E-Z-Em, Inc. Extravasation detection electrode patch
US5964703A (en) 1994-01-14 1999-10-12 E-Z-Em, Inc. Extravasation detection electrode patch
US5490523A (en) 1994-06-29 1996-02-13 Nonin Medical Inc. Finger clip pulse oximeter
EP1905352B1 (en) 1994-10-07 2014-07-16 Masimo Corporation Signal processing method
US5954668A (en) 1996-06-14 1999-09-21 Medrad, Inc. Extravasation detector using microwave radiometry
US6002952A (en) 1997-04-14 1999-12-14 Masimo Corporation Signal processing apparatus and method
US7383069B2 (en) 1997-08-14 2008-06-03 Sensys Medical, Inc. Method of sample control and calibration adjustment for use with a noninvasive analyzer
AU9569898A (en) 1997-09-23 1999-04-12 Mallinckrodt, Inc. Optical extravasation detection method and apparatus
DE69735316T2 (en) 1997-11-26 2006-12-21 E-Z-Em, Inc. Detection of extravasation
ATE521277T1 (en) 1998-06-03 2011-09-15 Masimo Corp STEREO PULSE OXIMETER
US7047054B2 (en) 1999-03-12 2006-05-16 Cas Medical Systems, Inc. Laser diode optical transducer assembly for non-invasive spectrophotometric blood oxygenation monitoring
US6360114B1 (en) 1999-03-25 2002-03-19 Masimo Corporation Pulse oximeter probe-off detector
US6526300B1 (en) 1999-06-18 2003-02-25 Masimo Corporation Pulse oximeter probe-off detection system
US6675029B2 (en) 1999-07-22 2004-01-06 Sensys Medical, Inc. Apparatus and method for quantification of tissue hydration using diffuse reflectance spectroscopy
US6408204B1 (en) 1999-07-28 2002-06-18 Medrad, Inc. Apparatuses and methods for extravasation detection
US7509153B2 (en) 2000-09-26 2009-03-24 Sensys Medical, Inc. Method and apparatus for control of skin perfusion for indirect glucose measurement
US7519406B2 (en) 2004-04-28 2009-04-14 Sensys Medical, Inc. Noninvasive analyzer sample probe interface method and apparatus
US20020172323A1 (en) 2001-02-02 2002-11-21 University Of Massachusetts Medical Center Device for detection of extravasation
US7047058B1 (en) 2001-02-06 2006-05-16 Medrad, Inc. Apparatuses, systems and methods for extravasation detection
US6425878B1 (en) 2001-02-28 2002-07-30 L.G.Med Ltd. Method and device for detecting extravasation
US8135448B2 (en) 2001-03-16 2012-03-13 Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc Systems and methods to assess one or more body fluid metrics
US6697658B2 (en) 2001-07-02 2004-02-24 Masimo Corporation Low power pulse oximeter
ATE343347T1 (en) 2001-07-26 2006-11-15 Medrad Inc ELECTROMAGNETIC SENSORS FOR APPLICATIONS ON BIOLOGICAL TISSUE
EP1622502A2 (en) 2001-07-26 2006-02-08 Medrad, Inc. Detection of fluids in tissue
US6822564B2 (en) 2002-01-24 2004-11-23 Masimo Corporation Parallel measurement alarm processor
US7169107B2 (en) 2002-01-25 2007-01-30 Karen Jersey-Willuhn Conductivity reconstruction based on inverse finite element measurements in a tissue monitoring system
EP1499231A4 (en) 2002-03-08 2007-09-26 Sensys Medical Inc Compact apparatus for noninvasive measurement of glucose through near-infrared spectroscopy
US7142901B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2006-11-28 Masimo Corporation Parameter compensated physiological monitor
GB2396221B (en) 2002-12-10 2006-06-07 Neorad As Extravasation detector
US7801583B2 (en) 2002-12-10 2010-09-21 Neorad As Extravasation detector
JP4229688B2 (en) 2002-12-17 2009-02-25 株式会社根本杏林堂 Leak detection device
US20040215081A1 (en) 2003-04-23 2004-10-28 Crane Robert L. Method for detection and display of extravasation and infiltration of fluids and substances in subdermal or intradermal tissue
JP4443957B2 (en) 2003-04-28 2010-03-31 株式会社根本杏林堂 Leak detection device and method
US7239901B2 (en) 2003-05-19 2007-07-03 Hutchinson Technology Incorporated Tissue spectrometer with improved optical shutter
US6943881B2 (en) 2003-06-04 2005-09-13 Tomophase Corporation Measurements of optical inhomogeneity and other properties in substances using propagation modes of light
US7263394B2 (en) 2003-06-04 2007-08-28 Tomophase Corporation Coherence-gated optical glucose monitor
US7500950B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2009-03-10 Masimo Corporation Multipurpose sensor port
US8295920B2 (en) 2003-10-24 2012-10-23 Medrad, Inc. System for detecting fluid changes and sensoring devices therefor
US7280858B2 (en) 2004-01-05 2007-10-09 Masimo Corporation Pulse oximetry sensor
CA2555396C (en) 2004-02-06 2016-03-15 Daniel Barolet Method and device for the treatment of mammalian tissues
US7277741B2 (en) 2004-03-09 2007-10-02 Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated Pulse oximetry motion artifact rejection using near infrared absorption by water
US7613489B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2009-11-03 Hutchinson Technology Incorporated Optimized wavelength gap for improved StO2 measurement
US8235949B2 (en) 2004-09-10 2012-08-07 Medrad, Inc. Application systems for use with medical devices
US7809430B2 (en) 2004-09-14 2010-10-05 Nemoto Kyorindo Co., Ltd. Leak detecting apparatus
US7970458B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2011-06-28 Tomophase Corporation Integrated disease diagnosis and treatment system
US7239385B2 (en) 2004-11-30 2007-07-03 Hutchinson Technology Incorporated Method and apparatus for monitoring output signal instability in a light source
US20060173360A1 (en) 2005-01-07 2006-08-03 Kalafut John F Method for detection and display of extravasation and infiltration of fluids and substances in subdermal or intradermal tissue
US7392074B2 (en) 2005-01-21 2008-06-24 Nonin Medical, Inc. Sensor system with memory and method of using same
US20060178616A1 (en) 2005-02-08 2006-08-10 Steven Hartman Leak detector for detecting leak of liquid injected into blood vessel using pulse signal
WO2006094109A1 (en) 2005-03-01 2006-09-08 Masimo Laboratories, Inc. Noninvasive multi-parameter patient monitor
US8060189B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2011-11-15 Infrascan, Inc. System and method for detection of hematoma
US7831298B1 (en) 2005-10-04 2010-11-09 Tomophase Corporation Mapping physiological functions of tissues in lungs and other organs
US7536214B2 (en) 2005-10-26 2009-05-19 Hutchinson Technology Incorporated Dynamic StO2 measurements and analysis
US20070112329A1 (en) 2005-11-08 2007-05-17 Sage Burton H Jr Infiltration detection system
US7826890B1 (en) 2005-12-06 2010-11-02 Wintec, Llc Optical detection of intravenous infiltration
JP5231394B2 (en) 2006-04-19 2013-07-10 アシスト・メディカル・システムズ,インコーポレイテッド Extravasation detection device
US8073518B2 (en) 2006-05-02 2011-12-06 Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc Clip-style medical sensor and technique for using the same
US7674244B2 (en) 2006-05-23 2010-03-09 Medrad, Inc. Devices, systems and methods for detecting increase fluid levels in tissue
US8180419B2 (en) 2006-09-27 2012-05-15 Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc Tissue hydration estimation by spectral absorption bandwidth measurement
US8100834B2 (en) 2007-02-27 2012-01-24 J&M Shuler, Inc. Method and system for monitoring oxygenation levels of a compartment for detecting conditions of a compartment syndrome
US8175665B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2012-05-08 Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc Method and apparatus for spectroscopic tissue analyte measurement
US8197431B2 (en) 2007-09-21 2012-06-12 Baxter International Inc. Acoustic access disconnect detection system
ES2711907T3 (en) 2007-09-24 2019-05-08 Liebel Flarsheim Co Llc Injection monitor
US7995816B2 (en) 2007-09-24 2011-08-09 Baxter International Inc. Detecting access disconnect by pattern recognition
WO2009042621A2 (en) 2007-09-24 2009-04-02 Mallinckrodt Inc. Injection system having microbubble-enhanced extravasation detection system
WO2009042624A2 (en) 2007-09-24 2009-04-02 Mallinckrodt Inc. Systems and methods for detecting extravasation by tissue firmness
WO2009042562A1 (en) 2007-09-24 2009-04-02 Mallinckrodt Inc. Self calibrating extravasation detection system
KR100995293B1 (en) 2008-05-28 2010-11-19 주식회사 메디슨 Ultrasound system and method for detecting extravasation
WO2010052476A1 (en) 2008-11-06 2010-05-14 Neorad As Extravasation detection for fluid injection using doppler ultrasound blood flow measurement
MX2011011662A (en) 2009-05-05 2012-02-08 Carefusion 303 Inc Model-based infusion site monitor.
JP5643580B2 (en) 2009-11-27 2014-12-17 株式会社東芝 Blood flow dynamic analysis device, blood flow dynamic analysis program, fluid analysis device, and fluid analysis program
WO2011087059A1 (en) 2010-01-15 2011-07-21 株式会社根本杏林堂 Leakage detection unit and leakage detection system
US9677555B2 (en) 2011-12-21 2017-06-13 Deka Products Limited Partnership System, method, and apparatus for infusing fluid
JP5629172B2 (en) 2010-03-29 2014-11-19 テルモ株式会社 Extravasation detection device and infusion system
WO2012020507A1 (en) 2010-08-13 2012-02-16 日本協能電子株式会社 Liquid leakage detection system
WO2012040630A1 (en) 2010-09-24 2012-03-29 Venetec International, Inc. Infiltration detection device
CN103596608B (en) 2011-03-31 2017-05-17 株式会社根本杏林堂 Leakage detection sensor and drug infusion system
US10722136B2 (en) 2011-09-02 2020-07-28 Battelle Memorial Institute Wireless and power-source-free extravasation and infiltration detection sensor
US20130237845A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-09-12 Ivwatch, Llc Geometry of a Transcutaneous Sensor
US20140309535A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2014-10-16 Ivwatch, Llc Apparatus for Mitigating Noise Affecting a Signal
US9326686B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2016-05-03 Ivwatch, Llc System and method for mitigating the effects of tissue blood volume changes to aid in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation in animalia tissue
US20130317442A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-11-28 Ivwatch, Llc Dressing for an Insertion Site of an Intravascular Infusate
US20130331707A1 (en) * 2012-03-12 2013-12-12 Ivwatch, Llc System for Locating a Transcutaneous Sensor on Skin
US20130324854A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-12-05 Ivwatch, Llc Method for Locating a Transcutaneous Sensor on Skin
US20130237858A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-09-12 Gary P. Warren Apparatus and Method for Mitigating Noise Affecting a Transcutaneous Signal
US20130237779A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-09-12 Gary P. Warren Systems and Methods to Mitigate the Effects of Skin Moisture on a Percutaneous Infrared Signal
US20130237830A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2013-09-12 Ivwatch, Llc Appliance for an Electromagnetic Spectrum Sensor Monitoring an Intravascular Infusion
US20140243625A1 (en) 2013-02-28 2014-08-28 Ivwatch, Llc Coupling Apparatus and System for an Intravenous Fluid Delivery Tube and a Transcutaneous Sensor Cable
WO2014168831A1 (en) 2013-04-08 2014-10-16 Ivwatch, Llc Device to aid in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation in animalia tissue

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3618602A (en) * 1969-08-28 1971-11-09 Robert F Shaw Liquid infusion infiltration detection apparatus and method
US4877034A (en) * 1987-06-18 1989-10-31 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Method and device for detection of tissue infiltration
US20010012767A1 (en) * 2000-02-03 2001-08-09 Samsung Electronic Co., Ltd. Compact optical transceiver integrated module using silicon optical bench

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Du et al, Simultaneous detection of blood volume, oxygenation, and intracellular calcium changes during cerebral ischemia and reperfusion in vivo using diffuse reflectance and fluorescence, J. of Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism (2005) 25, 1078-1092 *

Cited By (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11406719B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2022-08-09 Washington University Dichromic fluorescent compounds
US11310485B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2022-04-19 Washington University Goggle imaging systems and methods
US10904518B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2021-01-26 Washington University Goggle imaging systems and methods
US11765340B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2023-09-19 Washington University Goggle imaging systems and methods
US10230943B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2019-03-12 Washington University Goggle imaging systems and methods
US10652527B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2020-05-12 Washington University Goggle imaging systems and methods
US20130338462A1 (en) * 2012-03-12 2013-12-19 Ivwatch, Llc System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US20130317373A1 (en) * 2012-03-12 2013-11-28 Ivwatch, Llc System for Mitigating the Effects of Tissue Blood Volume Changes to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US9326686B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2016-05-03 Ivwatch, Llc System and method for mitigating the effects of tissue blood volume changes to aid in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation in animalia tissue
US20140046291A1 (en) * 2012-04-26 2014-02-13 Evena Medical, Inc. Vein imaging systems and methods
US9778063B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-10-03 Uber Technologies, Inc. Determining location information using a location data point provided by a computing device
US9389096B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2016-07-12 Uber Technologies, Inc. Determining location information using a location data point provided by a computing device
US9933274B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2018-04-03 Uber Technologies, Inc. Determining location information using a location data point provided by a computing device
US10165955B2 (en) * 2014-02-06 2019-01-01 Reuven Gladshtein Obtaining cardiovascular parameters using arterioles related transient time
US20160367154A1 (en) * 2014-02-06 2016-12-22 Vita-Sentry Ltd. Obtaining cardiovascular parameters using arterioles related transient time
US20170072168A1 (en) * 2014-03-05 2017-03-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Graphic for medical article securement systems and methods of using same
US20170079533A1 (en) * 2014-05-01 2017-03-23 Medici Technologies, LLC Diabetes and Hypertension Screening by Assessment of Arterial Stiffness and Autonomic Function
US20160058308A1 (en) * 2014-05-01 2016-03-03 Mark Ries Robinson Pulse Photoplethysmogram System for Diabetes Assessment
CN107333466A (en) * 2014-12-15 2017-11-07 雷迪奥米特巴塞尔股份公司 The apparatus and method that analyte concentration is determined for hurtless measure
US10835160B2 (en) 2014-12-15 2020-11-17 Radiometer Basel Ag Apparatus and method for non-invasively determining the concentration of an analyte
US20180103857A1 (en) * 2015-03-23 2018-04-19 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Sensor for sensing a biometric function
CN107438396A (en) * 2015-03-23 2017-12-05 奥斯兰姆奥普托半导体有限责任公司 Sensor for sensing biometric function
US10806804B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2020-10-20 Washington University Compounds having RD targeting motifs and methods of use thereof
US11413359B2 (en) 2015-05-06 2022-08-16 Washington University Compounds having RD targeting motifs and methods of use thereof
US20170095209A1 (en) * 2015-10-02 2017-04-06 Intelomed, Inc. Sensor mount for a reflective photo-optic sensor
US10835717B2 (en) * 2016-06-27 2020-11-17 Vlv Associates, Inc. Dressing
US20170368310A1 (en) * 2016-06-27 2017-12-28 Michael J. Vaillancourt Dressing
US11338112B2 (en) * 2017-07-03 2022-05-24 Cathaid, Inc. Devices for monitoring movement of a secured catheter during a procedure
US11712482B2 (en) 2019-12-13 2023-08-01 Washington University Near infrared fluorescent dyes, formulations and related methods
US12121596B2 (en) 2023-06-01 2024-10-22 Washington University Near infrared fluorescent dyes, formulations and related methods

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20130338511A1 (en) 2013-12-19
US20130338512A1 (en) 2013-12-19
US9326686B2 (en) 2016-05-03
US20130317373A1 (en) 2013-11-28
US20130338462A1 (en) 2013-12-19
US20160310053A1 (en) 2016-10-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9326686B2 (en) System and method for mitigating the effects of tissue blood volume changes to aid in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation in animalia tissue
AU2020289845B2 (en) Systems and methods for mitigating the effects of tissue blood volume changes to aid in diagnosing infiltration or extravasation in animalia tissue
AU2020202045A1 (en) Geometry of a transcutaneous sensor
US20130331707A1 (en) System for Locating a Transcutaneous Sensor on Skin
US20140303474A1 (en) Device to Aid in Diagnosing Infiltration or Extravasation in Animalia Tissue
US20130324854A1 (en) Method for Locating a Transcutaneous Sensor on Skin

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: IVWATCH, LLC, VIRGINIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WARREN, GARY P.;ALLEY, MATTHEW S.;ANCHELL, SCOTT J.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:030993/0173

Effective date: 20130812

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION